Development Standards
Prior legislation: Ord. 1286-2008. UDO § 5.33.
Refer to Chapter 15.20 AMC, Flood Hazard Prevention, for all floodplain standards. [Ord. 1746-2023.]
This division contains development standards that are arranged by category. There are two ways to determine which development standards apply to a specific zoning district. They are:
(A) “Additional Development Standards” Sections. Refer to the chapters in Division II of this title, Zoning Districts, for a specific zoning district. In the “Additional development standards” section for that specific zoning district are listed section numbers that determine which development standards apply. Only the section numbers noted in the “Additional development standards” section apply to that zoning district.
Example: In Chapter 18.40 AMC, the section number “AMC 18.164.010” can be found under the “Additional development standards” section in the R1 district. Therefore, the development standards in the section labeled “AMC 18.164.010” (in Chapter 18.164 AMC) would apply to the R1 zoning district.
(B) District Abbreviations. Refer to the abbreviations used at the top of each development standard section in this division. Each development standard section begins with a section number and introductory sentence followed by zoning district abbreviations (e.g., R1 for the low density single-family residential district). These zoning district abbreviations note that the development standards written in that section apply to that zoning district.
Example: In Chapter 18.164 AMC, the R1 abbreviation can be found under the AMC 18.164.010 development standard section. Therefore the language in AMC 18.164.010 would apply to the R1 district.
[Ord. 1746-2023; Ord. 1352-2010; Ord. 1286-2008. UDO § 5.01.]
PR | Parks and Recreation District |
AG | Agricultural District |
AC | Agricultural Commercial District |
ER | Estate Residential District |
R1 | Low Density Single-Family Residential District |
R2 | Medium Density Single-Family Residential District |
R3 | High Density Single-Family Residential District |
R4 | Multiple-family Residential District |
R5 | High Density Multiple-Family Residential District |
TR | Traditional Residential District |
LR | Lake Residential District |
MH | Manufactured Home Residential District |
UV | University District |
IS | Institutional District |
NC | Neighborhood Commercial District |
DC | Downtown Commercial District |
C1 | Small to Medium General Commercial District |
C2 | Medium to Large General Commercial District |
HC | Highway Commercial District |
I1 | Low Intensity Industrial District |
I2 | Medium Intensity Industrial District |
I3 | High Intensity Industrial District |
HI | High Impact District |
[Ord. 1746-2023; Ord. 1286-2008. UDO § 5.02.]
This accessory dwelling standards section applies to the following zoning district: ER.
The intent of the accessory dwelling standards is to provide an opportunity for an accessory dwelling while ensuring that specific conditions are met to protect the health, safety, and welfare of the residents within the zoning jurisdiction of the city. The following standards apply:
(A) Applicability. An accessory dwelling shall meet the applicable setbacks for accessory structures and structure height for accessory structures as indicated in the chapter.
(1) Minimum Front Yard Setback. The minimum front yard setback shall be as indicated in the applicable chapter in Division II of this title, Zoning Districts.
(2) Minimum Side Yard Setback. The minimum side yard setback shall be as indicated in the applicable chapter in Division II of this title, Zoning Districts.
(3) Minimum Rear Yard Setback. The minimum rear yard setback shall be as indicated in the applicable chapter in Division II of this title, Zoning Districts.
(4) Maximum Structure Height. The maximum structure height shall be as indicated in the applicable chapter in Division II of this title, Zoning Districts.
(B) Permits. An improvement location permit shall be required prior to the construction of an accessory dwelling or the conversion of an accessory structure to an accessory dwelling.
(C) Types. An accessory dwelling may be permitted on a lot only if the primary structure (primary dwelling) is owner-occupied.
(1) Permitted. An accessory dwelling shall include a guest house, mother-in-law suite, or any single dwelling unit.
(2) Prohibited. A mobile home, manufactured home, recreational vehicle, semi-tractor trailer, boat, motor vehicle, or trailer; in part, in whole, or of the like, shall not be permitted as an accessory dwelling.
(D) Relationship.
(1) Use. An accessory dwelling shall be accessory to the primary structure (primary dwelling).
(2) Timing. An accessory dwelling shall not be built on a lot prior to the construction of the primary structure (primary dwelling).
(E) Quantity and Size.
(1) Maximum Number. No more than one accessory dwelling shall be permitted on a lot, and it shall consist of one unit.
(2) Maximum Size. An accessory dwelling shall be a minimum of 800 square feet, but shall not exceed the square footage of the primary structure (primary dwelling).
(F) Design.
(1) Attachment. The accessory dwelling may be attached to or detached from the primary structure (primary dwelling).
(2) Minimum Components. The accessory dwelling shall contain bathroom, kitchen, and sleeping facilities.
(3) Driveway. An accessory dwelling shall utilize the driveway of the primary structure (primary dwelling).
(4) Parking. Off-street parking for an accessory dwelling shall comply with requirements for a dwelling unit in Chapter 18.176 AMC, Parking Standards.
(5) Utilities. An accessory dwelling shall utilize the utility connections that serve the primary structure (primary dwelling).
(6) Home Business. For the purpose of a home business, an accessory dwelling shall be considered a dwelling, not an accessory structure. Therefore, a home business that complies with AMC 18.160.220 through 18.160.240, Home business standards, may be conducted within an accessory dwelling.
(7) Exemptions. An accessory dwelling shall be exempt from complying with AMC 18.160.040 through 18.160.060, Architectural standards, and Chapter 18.172 AMC, Landscaping Standards.
(8) Accessory Structures.
(a) For the purpose of accessory structures, an accessory dwelling shall be considered accessory to the primary structure (primary dwelling). The accessory dwelling shall not be permitted to have its own accessory structures; all accessory structures on the lot shall be considered accessory to the primary structure (primary dwelling).
(b) Accessory dwellings shall not count towards the maximum number and maximum size standards for accessory structures included in Chapter 18.164 AMC, Accessory Structure Standards.
(9) Physical Appearance. The exterior finish and façade of any accessory dwelling shall match, closely resemble, or significantly complement the materials and colors used on the primary structure (primary dwelling). [Ord. 1746-2023; Ord. 1286-2008. UDO § 5.03.]
This architectural standards section applies to the following districts: ER, R1, R2, R3, R4, MH, NC.
The intent of the architectural standards is to protect the health, safety, and welfare of the residents of the city by maintaining the community’s character and improving the quality of life within the zoning jurisdiction of the city. The following standards apply:
(A) Project Applicability. Architectural details consistent with the requirements of this title shall be required when an improvement location permit for a new primary structure is obtained.
(B) Architectural Elements.
(1) Front Façade. The front façade of single-family and two-family dwellings shall be parallel or 30 degrees of parallel to the street to which the dwelling gains primary access, except as described below:
(a) On corner lots, the front façade may face either street.
(b) A single-family dwelling that is set back 200 feet or more from the street to which the dwelling gains primary access may orient the front façade up to 90 degrees from parallel to that street.
(2) Roof.
(a) The minimum pitch shall be five vertical units to twelve horizontal units (5:12 pitch).
(b) Single-family and two-family dwellings shall have eaves or overhangs a minimum of nine inches from the façade’s siding material on at least 80 percent of the roof line. The eave or overhang shall be measured after the installation of masonry.
(3) Garages.
(a) A one-car attached garage shall be required for all single-family dwellings, and a one-car attached garage shall be required for each unit in a two-family dwelling.
(b) Front-loading garages shall not be located in front of the main living area of the dwelling by more than eight feet.
(C) Mechanical Equipment. Mechanical equipment, central air conditioner units located on the ground, propane tanks, and the like shall not be located in front of the front façade. On corner lots this standard applies to each façade that faces a street. [Ord. 1746-2023; Ord. 1286-2008. UDO § 5.17.]
This architectural standards section applies to the following districts: TR, LR. The following standards apply:
(A) Project Applicability. Architectural details consistent with the requirements of this title shall be required when an improvement location permit for a new primary structure is obtained.
(B) Architectural Elements.
(1) Front Façade. The front façade of single-family and two-family dwellings shall be parallel or 30 degrees of parallel to the street to which the dwelling gains primary access, except as described below:
(a) On corner lots, the front façade may face either street.
(b) A single-family dwelling that is set back 200 feet or more from the street to which the dwelling gains primary access may orient the front façade up to 90 degrees from parallel to that street.
(2) Roof.
(a) The minimum pitch shall be five vertical units to twelve horizontal units (5:12 pitch).
(b) Single-family and two-family dwellings shall have eaves or overhangs a minimum of nine inches from the façade’s siding material on at least 80 percent of the roof line. The eave or overhang shall be measured after the installation of masonry.
(3) Garages.
(a) A one-car garage, attached or detached, shall be required for all single-family dwellings, and a one-car attached garage shall be required for each unit in a two-family dwelling.
(b) Front-loading garages shall not be located in front of the main living area of the dwelling by more than eight feet.
(C) Mechanical Equipment. Mechanical equipment, central air conditioner units located on the ground, propane tanks, and the like shall not be located in front of the front façade. On corner lots this standard applies to each façade that faces a street. [Ord. 1746-2023; Ord. 1286-2008. UDO § 5.18.]
This architectural standards section applies to the following districts: IS, C1, C2, HC. The following standards apply:
(A) Project Applicability. Architectural details consistent with the requirements of this title shall be required when an improvement location permit for a new primary structure is obtained.
(B) Architectural Features.
(1) Front Façade. The front façade shall face the street to which the business gains primary access, except on corner lots, the front façade may face either street.
(2) Other Façades.
(a) Any façade that faces a right-of-way shall be finished to a standard similar to the architectural quality of the front façade, including building materials, architectural detail, windows, and faux windows.
(b) Long façades (30 feet or greater) or large areas (420 square feet or greater) of a façade without visual relief shall not be permitted. Visual relief may include a faux window, column, a change in materials, or any change of the plane of the façade.
(3) Entries. A building greater than 15,000 square feet in area shall have clearly defined, highly visible customer entrances with at least two of the following features:
(a) Canopies or porticoes.
(b) Overhangs.
(c) Arcades.
(d) Raised corniced parapets over the door.
(e) Peaked roof forms.
(f) Arches.
(g) Outdoor patios.
(h) Architectural details such as tile work and moldings that are integrated into the building structure and design.
(i) Integral planters or wing walls that incorporate landscaped areas and/or places for sitting.
(j) Columns.
(k) Awnings.
(l) Enframed window walls.
(C) Site Planning and Layout. Lineal or strip development shall incorporate variation in building height, building mass, roof forms, and changes in wall planes. [Ord. 1746-2023; Ord. 1286-2008. UDO § 5.19.]
This confined feeding standards section applies to the following districts: AG.
The intent of the confined feeding standards is to protect the health, safety, and welfare of residents in the zoning jurisdiction of the city by regulating the placement and operation of confined feeding beyond standards required by state and federal agencies. The following standards apply:
(A) Minimum Distance From Existing Uses. All confined feeding facilities, including animal barns or sheds, lagoons, animal mortality facilities, parking areas, truck maneuvering areas, and accessory structures, shall meet the following standards:
(1) Residential. The minimum separation to an existing residential use shall be 1,300 feet measured from foundation to foundation.
(2) Institutional. The minimum separation to an existing institutional use shall be 1,300 feet measured from foundation to foundation.
(3) Retail, Restaurant, or Entertainment Related Businesses. The minimum separation to an existing retail, restaurant, or entertainment related business use shall be 1,200 feet measured from foundation to property line. [Ord. 1746-2023; Ord. 1286-2008. UDO § 5.20.]
This density and intensity standards section applies to the following districts: PR, AG, AC, ER, R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, TR, LR, MH, UV, IS, NC, DC, C1, C2, HC, I1, I2, I3, HI.
The intent of the density and intensity standards is to protect the health, safety, and welfare of residents through the establishment of maximum density and maximum land use intensity requirements. The following standards apply:
(A) Applicability. If a density or intensity standard does not appear in the chapter in Division II of this title, Zoning Districts, for a zoning district, then a density or intensity standard shall not apply to that particular zoning district.
(1) Maximum Density. The maximum density shall be as indicated in the applicable chapter in Division II of this title, Zoning Districts.
(2) Maximum Lot Coverage. The maximum lot coverage shall be as indicated in the applicable chapter in Division II of this title, Zoning Districts. [Ord. 1746-2023; Ord. 1286-2008. UDO § 5.21.]
This driveway standards section applies to the following zoning districts: PR, AG, AC, ER, R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, TR, LR, MH, UV, IS, NC, DC, C1, C2, HC, I1, I2, I3, HI.
The intent of the driveway standards is to ensure the placement of driveways protects the health, safety, and welfare of the residents within the zoning jurisdiction of the city. The following standards apply:
(A) Project Applicability. Any new or expanded access to a right-of-way intended for vehicular or farm equipment use shall be considered a driveway and shall meet the driveway standards of this title.
(1) Residential Limits. Access to four or more single-family lots or access to four or more dwelling sites within a manufactured home park shall be established as a public or private street and shall meet the applicable standards within the City of Angola’s construction standards.
(2) Nonresidential Limits. Access to four or more nonresidential lots that conveys over 2,000 vehicles on average per day shall be established as a public or private street and meet the applicable standards within the City of Angola’s construction standards.
(B) Cross-Reference.
(1) Street Classification. The classification of streets shall be based on the pavement management system of the Angola Street Department. In addition, all state and federal highways shall be designated arterial streets.
(2) Construction Standards. Driveways constructed within the zoning jurisdiction of the city shall meet or exceed the City of Angola’s construction standards.
(C) Permits. A driveway permit from the City of Angola shall be required for all driveway cuts onto public streets within the zoning jurisdiction of the city. The Engineering Department reviews and issues the driveway permit.
(1) State and Federal Highways. An Indiana Department of Transportation permit shall be required as a prerequisite to the City of Angola’s driveway permit for all driveway cuts onto state or federal highways.
(2) Extraterritorial Jurisdiction. Written approval from the Steuben County Highway Department shall be required as a prerequisite to the City of Angola’s driveway permit for all driveway cuts onto public streets within the city’s extraterritorial jurisdictional area.
(D) Measurement Rules.
(1) Between Driveway and Street Intersection. The distance between a driveway and a street intersection shall be determined by measuring from the edge of pavement of the driveway to the nearest right-of-way line of the street that is parallel or mostly parallel to the driveway. This measurement shall be taken at the right-of-way line of the street to which the driveway gains access.
(2) Between Driveways. The distance between driveways shall be determined by measuring from the edge of pavement of one driveway to the nearest edge of pavement of the other driveway at the right-of-way line of the street to which the driveways gain access.
(3) Driveway Width. The width of a driveway shall be determined by measuring from one edge of the pavement to the other edge of the pavement at the right-of-way line of the street to which the driveway gains access.
(E) Positioning.
(1) Alignment. The centerline of two driveways accessing an arterial or collector street from opposite sides of the street shall align with each other, or shall meet the separation requirements.
(2) Clear Vision of Driveways. All driveways shall be located to reasonably prevent collisions with intersecting traffic.
(a) Driveways gaining access to streets with a posted speed limit of 30 miles per hour or less shall be located such that they are visible by a driver for at least 60 feet after cresting a hill, rounding a curve, or passing any other physical barriers that prevent clear vision.
(b) Driveways gaining access to streets with a posted speed limit of 35 miles per hour to 45 miles per hour shall be located such that they are visible by a driver for at least 200 feet after cresting a hill, rounding a curve, or passing any other physical barriers that prevent clear vision.
(c) Driveways gaining access to streets with a posted speed limit of 50 miles per hour or higher shall be located such that they are visible by a driver for at least 200 feet after cresting a hill, rounding a curve, or passing any other physical barriers that prevent clear vision.
(3) Additional Separation. The Zoning Administrator or the City Engineer may deny a proposed driveway location or require additional separation due to other safety concerns, including but not limited to width of the right-of-way, width of the public street, condition of the public street, lack of shoulder, natural or manmade hazards, adverse shadowing from natural or manmade features, and adverse drainage on or around the public street.
(F) Discretion. The Zoning Administrator, City Engineer, or Technical Advisory Committee may determine if public improvements such as acceleration lanes, deceleration lanes, passing blisters, wider shoulders or approaches, frontage streets, or other improvements are necessary. See AMC 18.160.350, Public improvement standards. [Ord. 1746-2023; Ord. 1286-2008. UDO § 5.22.]
This driveway standards section applies to the following zoning districts: AG, AC. The following standards apply:
(A) Separation.
(1) From an Intersecting Street. A driveway shall not be permitted to be installed within 100 feet of any intersecting street (see “A” in the illustration below).
(2) From Another Driveway. A driveway shall not be permitted to be installed within 60 feet of another driveway (see “B” in the illustration below).

(B) Width. A driveway shall not exceed 30 feet in width.
(C) Materials. Asphalt, concrete, other non-porous materials, or gravel shall be acceptable driveway surface materials.
(D) Setback. All driveways shall be set back at least 10 feet from side property lines. [Ord. 1746-2023; Ord. 1286-2008. UDO § 5.23.]
This driveway standards section applies to the following zoning districts: ER, R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, TR, LR, MH. The following standards apply:
(A) Separation.
(1) From a Street Intersection. A driveway shall not be permitted to be installed:
(a) Within 150 feet of any intersecting street if access is along an arterial or collector street (see “A” in the illustration below).
(b) Within 100 feet of any intersecting street if access is along a local street (see “A” in the illustration below).
(c) If the lot is not large enough to achieve the required separation, then the driveway shall be installed at the location farthest from the intersection.
(d) Under no circumstances shall a driveway be permitted within 60 feet of any street intersection.
(2) Between Driveways. Unless a shared driveway is established, two or more driveways shall not be permitted to be installed:
(a) Within 100 feet of each other if access is along an arterial or collector street (see “B” in the illustration below).
(b) Within 16 feet of each other if access is along a local street (see “B” in the illustration below).

(B) Width. A driveway shall be at least nine feet wide, but shall not exceed 10 feet per lane and 20 feet overall.
(C) Materials. Driveways shall consist of asphalt, concrete, or other non-porous material approved by the Zoning Administrator.
(D) Setback. Driveways shall be set back at least three feet from side property lines unless a shared driveway is established.
(E) Shared Driveway.
(1) Easement Required. Shared driveways shall be permitted, but they shall be placed in a shared driveway easement per AMC 18.156.060, Easement standards.
(2) Width. Shared driveways shall not exceed 20 feet in width. [Ord. 1746-2023; Ord. 1286-2008. UDO § 5.24.]
This driveway standards section applies to the following zoning districts: PR, UV, IS, NC, DC, C1, C2, HC, I1, I2, I3, HI. The following standards apply:
(A) Separation.
(1) From a Street Intersection. A driveway shall not be permitted to be installed:
(a) Within 150 feet of any intersecting street if access is along an arterial or collector street (see “A” in the illustration below).
(b) Within 100 feet of any intersecting street if access is along a local street (see “A” in the illustration below).
(c) If the lot is not large enough to achieve the required separation, then the driveway shall be installed at the location farthest from the intersection.
(d) Under no circumstances shall a driveway be permitted within 60 feet of any street intersection.
(2) Between Driveways. Two or more driveways shall not be permitted to be installed:
(a) Within 100 feet of one another if access is along an arterial or collector street (see “B” in the illustration below).
(b) Within 45 feet of one another if access is along a local street (see “B” in the illustration below).

(B) Width. A driveway shall be at least nine feet wide, but shall not exceed 10 feet per lane and 30 feet in overall width.
(C) Materials. Driveways shall consist of asphalt, concrete, or other non-porous material approved by the Zoning Administrator.
(D) Setback. Driveways shall be set back at least 10 feet from side property lines. [Ord. 1746-2023; Ord. 1286-2008. UDO § 5.25.]
This environmental standards section applies to the following zoning districts: PR, AG, AC, ER, R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, TR, LR, MH, UV, IS, NC, DC, C1, C2, HC, I1, I2, I3, HI.
The intent of the environmental standards is to protect the health, safety, and welfare of residents of the zoning jurisdiction of the city by providing for the protection of air, soil, and water quality on a local level. The following standards apply:
(A) Cross-Reference. See AMC 18.160.400 through 18.160.420, Storage tank standards.
(B) Prohibitive Geology. A lot or portions thereof shall be unsuitable for structures when it contains any of the characteristics listed below. Structures may be permitted if an engineered site plan is submitted and approved by the Technical Advisory Committee. Such engineered site plan shall show and commit to adequate measures for erosion control; minimum site disturbance; soil stability for structural load; stormwater management; aesthetic treatment of engineered structures; and final landscaping.
(1) Slope. Predevelopment or post-development slopes greater than 20 percent.
(2) Rock. Adverse rock formations.
(3) Soil. Adverse soils.
(4) Stability Limitations.
(a) Has a low loading rate.
(b) Has a low weight-bearing strength.
(c) Has any other feature which will significantly accelerate the deterioration of a structure or significantly reduce the structure’s stability.
(C) Air Quality.
(1) Generally. A use shall not discharge fly ash, dust, smoke, vapors, noxious toxic or corrosive matter, or other air pollutants in such concentration as to conflict with public air quality standards or be detrimental to humans, animals, vegetation, or property.
(2) Outdoor Burners. Outdoor wood burners and corn burners shall not discharge ash, smoke, or fine particulate matter such that it is detectable beyond the lot lines of the lot on which it is located.
(D) Soil and Water Quality.
(1) Erosion Control.
(a) Developments shall be in compliance with the City of Angola’s stormwater management ordinance. (See Chapter 13.15 AMC.)
(b) Developments shall be in compliance with the filing requirements for erosion control on construction sites as in 327 IAC 15-5 (Rule 5), when applicable.
(c) Sedimentation in adjoining surfaces, drainage systems, and watercourses caused from the development of a lot or use shall not be permitted. If such sedimentation occurs, it shall be the responsibility of the owner of the developed lot or use to remove the sedimentation.
(2) Fill. All fill materials shall be free of environmentally hazardous materials, and the Zoning Administrator or the city’s MS4 Coordinator may request representative samples of the fill for testing purposes.
(3) Production. No use shall produce pollutants in such a quantity as to pollute soils, water bodies, adjacent properties, or conflict with public water standards.
(4) Storage. No use shall accumulate within the lot or discharge beyond the lot lines any waste, debris, refuse, trash, discarded construction materials, discarded appliances, scrap metals, or rotting wood that are in conflict with applicable public health, safety, and welfare standards unless expressly permitted by this title.
(5) Disposal. No waste materials such as garbage, rubbish, trash, construction material, gasoline, oil, flammables, soils, tars, chemicals, greases, industrial or agricultural waste, or any other material of such nature, quantity, obnoxiousness, toxicity, or temperature that it may contaminate, pollute, or harm the waters or soils shall be deposited, located, stored, or discharged on any lot unless expressly permitted by this title.
(E) Environmental Feature Protective Setback. Primary structures, accessory dwellings, storage-based accessory structures, and support-based accessory structures shall be at least 25 feet from the delineated boundary of a wetland or the edge of the water at normal pool of a lake, pond, creek, stream, or river. [Ord. 1746-2023; Ord. 1286-2008. UDO § 5.26.]
This fence and wall standards section applies to the following zoning districts: PR, AG, AC, ER, R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, TR, LR, MH, UV, IS, NC, DC, C1, C2, HC, I1, I2, I3, HI.
The intent of the fence and wall standards is to ensure neighborliness, visibility, and aesthetic quality; and to protect the health, safety, and welfare of the residents of the zoning jurisdiction of the city. The following standards apply:
(A) Cross-Reference.
(1) Vision Clearance. Fences and walls shall meet all vision clearance standards in AMC 18.160.520, Vision clearance standards.
(2) Covenants. Property owners within subdivisions are advised to investigate applicable declaration of covenants which may impose greater restrictions than are found in this title. The stricter standard shall apply to lots with covenants.
(B) Permits. An improvement location permit shall be required prior to the installation of a fence or wall unless the fence meets one of the exemptions below.
(1) Agricultural. Containment fences for livestock shall be exempt from obtaining an improvement location permit, but shall still meet all the applicable fence and wall standards.
(2) Noncontainment Fences. Noncontainment fences, such as split rail fences, that are three feet or less in height, that are located in the front yard, and serve primarily decorative purposes shall be exempt from obtaining an improvement location permit, but shall still meet all the applicable fence and wall standards.
(3) Privacy Partitions. Privacy partitions located around decks and patios which do not exceed 24 lineal feet shall be exempt from obtaining an improvement location permit, but shall still meet all the applicable fence and wall standards.
(C) Positioning.
(1) Presentation. Fences and walls shall present the nonstructural face outward.
(2) Property Line. Fences and walls shall be permitted on the property line, but if not on the property line shall be at least two feet from the property line so both sides of the fence can be maintained by the owner of the fence.
(3) Easement. No fence or wall shall be located within an easement unless written permission from the easement holder has been granted.
(D) Height Exemptions. Fences that surround sport courts shall be exempt from the maximum height regulations, but shall meet the applicable setback standards in Division II of this title, Zoning Districts, for the accessory structure with which they are associated.
(E) Maintenance. All fences and walls shall be properly maintained and kept in good condition. [Ord. 1746-2023; Ord. 1286-2008. UDO § 5.27.]
This fence and wall standards section applies to the following zoning districts: PR. The following standards apply:
(A) Types.
(1) Permitted Materials. Wood, composite wood, stone, masonry, wrought iron, decorative metal, and PVC shall be permitted materials for fences and walls. Vinyl, zinc, or powder coated chain link and galvanized chain link shall only be permitted materials for fences and walls that surround swimming pools, sport courts, or similar recreational amenities.
(2) Prohibited Materials. Fences and walls shall not incorporate barbed wire, above-ground electrified wires, razor wire, glass, sharpened top spikes, or similarly hazardous materials.
(B) Location.
(1) Front Yards. Only fences that are decorative in nature, do not serve as an enclosure, and are three feet or less in height shall be permitted in front yard.
(2) Side and Rear Yards. Fences and walls shall be permitted in side and rear yards.
(C) Height.
(1) Front Yards. Fences and walls shall not exceed three feet in height.
(2) Side and Rear Yards. Fences and walls shall not exceed six feet in height. [Ord. 1746-2023; Ord. 1286-2008. UDO § 5.28.]
This fence and wall standards section applies to the following zoning districts: AG, AC. The following standards apply:
(A) Types.
(1) Permitted Materials. Wood, composite wood, stone, masonry, wrought iron, decorative metal, PVC, vinyl, zinc, or powder-coated chain link, and galvanized chain link shall be permitted materials for fences and walls. Chicken wire, wire mesh, agricultural wire, and fences that incorporate barbed wire or above-ground electrified wires shall only be permitted materials for fences that are used for the containment of livestock or to surround fields.
(2) Prohibited Materials. Fences and walls shall not incorporate razor wire, glass, sharpened top spikes, or other similarly hazardous materials.
(B) Location.
(1) Front Yards. Fences and walls shall be permitted in the front yard if one of the following conditions is met:
(a) The fence or wall is decorative in nature, does not serve as an enclosure, and is three feet or less in height.
(b) The fence is for the containment of livestock.
(c) The fence is around a field.
(2) Side and Rear Yards. Fences and walls shall be permitted in side and rear yards.
(C) Height.
(1) Front Yards. Fences and walls shall not exceed three feet in height; except containment fences and fences around fields shall not exceed six feet in height within the front yard.
(2) Side and Rear Yards. Fences and walls shall not exceed eight feet in height. [Ord. 1746-2023; Ord. 1286-2008. UDO § 5.29.]
This fence and wall standards section applies to the following zoning districts: ER, R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, TR, LR, MH, UV. The following standards apply:
(A) Types.
(1) Permitted Materials. Wood, composite wood, stone, masonry, wrought iron, decorative metal, PVC, vinyl, zinc, or powder coated chain link, and galvanized chain link shall be permitted materials for fences and walls.
(2) Prohibited Materials. Fences and walls shall not incorporate chicken wire, mesh wire, agricultural wire, metal or plastic slats within chain links, barbed wire, above-ground electrified wires, razor wire, glass, sharpened top spikes, or similarly hazardous materials.
(B) Location.
(1) Front Yards. Only fences that are decorative in nature, do not serve as an enclosure, and are three feet or less in height shall be permitted in the front yard.
(2) Side and Rear Yards. Fences and walls shall be permitted in side and rear yards.
(C) Height.
(1) Front Yards. Fences and walls shall not exceed three feet in height.
(2) Side and Rear Yards. Fences and walls shall not exceed six feet in height. [Ord. 1746-2023; Ord. 1286-2008. UDO § 5.30.]
This fence and wall standards section applies to the following zoning districts: IS, NC, DC, C1, C2, HC. The following standards apply:
(A) Types.
(1) Permitted Materials. Wood, composite wood, stone, masonry, wrought iron, decorative metal, PVC, vinyl, zinc, or powder coated chain link, and galvanized chain link shall be permitted materials for fences and walls.
(2) Prohibited Materials. Fences and walls shall not incorporate chicken wire, mesh wire, agricultural wire, metal or plastic slats within chain links, barbed wire, above-ground electrified wires, razor wire, glass, sharpened top spikes, or similarly hazardous materials.
(B) Location.
(1) Front Yards. Fences and walls shall not be permitted in front yards.
(2) Side and Rear Yards. Fences and walls shall be permitted in side and rear yards.
(C) Height. Fences and walls shall not exceed six feet in height. [Ord. 1746-2023; Ord. 1286-2008. UDO § 5.31.]
This fence and wall standards section applies to the following zoning districts: I1, I2, I3, HI. The following standards apply:
(A) Types.
(1) Permitted Materials. Wood, composite wood, stone, masonry, wrought iron, decorative metal, PVC, vinyl, zinc, or powder coated chain link, and galvanized chain link shall be permitted materials for fences and walls.
(2) Prohibited Materials. Fences and walls shall not incorporate chicken wire, mesh wire, agricultural wire, metal or plastic slats within chain links, above-ground electrified wires, glass, sharpened top spikes, or similarly hazardous materials. While barbed wire and razor wire are generally not permitted materials, the Zoning Administrator may permit the use of barbed wire and razor wire in special circumstances (i.e., prison).
(B) Location.
(1) Front Yards. Fences and walls shall not be permitted in front yards.
(2) Side and Rear Yards. Fences and walls shall be permitted in side and rear yards.
(C) Height. Fences and walls shall not exceed eight feet in height. [Ord. 1746-2023; Ord. 1286-2008. UDO § 5.32.]
This floor area standards section applies to the following zoning districts: PR, AG, AC, ER, R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, TR, LR, MH, UV, IS, NC, DC, C1, C2, HC, I1, I2, I3, HI.
The intent of the floor area standards is to protect the health, safety, and welfare of residents and community character through the establishment of minimum floor area requirements. The following standards apply:
(A) Applicability. If a floor area standard does not appear in the chapter for a zoning district, then a standard does not apply to that particular zoning district.
(1) Minimum Main Floor Area. The minimum main floor area shall be per each chapter in Division II of this title, Zoning Districts.
(2) Maximum Main Floor Area. The maximum main floor area shall be per each chapter in Division II of this title, Zoning Districts.
(3) Minimum Dwelling Unit Size. The minimum dwelling unit size shall be per each chapter in Division II of this title, Zoning Districts. [Ord. 1746-2023; Ord. 1286-2008. UDO § 5.34.]
This height standards section applies to the following zoning districts: PR, AG, AC, ER, R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, TR, LR, MH, UV, IS, NC, DC, C1, C2, HC, I1, I2, I3, HI.
The intent of the height standards is to ensure adequate fire and life safety protection for taller structures, and to protect the health, safety, and welfare of the residents in the zoning jurisdiction of the city. The following standards apply:
(A) Cross-Reference. See AMC 18.160.440 and 18.160.450, Telecommunication facilities standards.
(B) Applicability. If a height standard does not appear in the chapter for a zoning district, then a standard does not apply to that particular zoning district.
(1) Primary Structure. The maximum height for primary structures shall be per each chapter in Division II of this title, Zoning Districts.
(2) Accessory Structure. The maximum height for accessory structures shall be per each chapter in Division II of this title, Zoning Districts.
(3) Exceptions. The following types of structures or features shall be exempt or partially exempt from the maximum structure height standards, assuming they are permitted uses or structural features, as stated:
(a) Grain elevators and grain silos used for agricultural purposes may exceed the maximum structure height but shall not exceed 150 feet in height.
(b) Church steeples, bell towers, and religious symbols may exceed the maximum structure height but shall not exceed 200 percent of the height of the primary structure.
(c) Functional chimneys may exceed the maximum structure height but shall not extend more than 10 feet above the roof’s highest point.
(d) Awnings shall be constructed to allow clear passage beneath the awning. Specifically, no fabric, structure component, decorative element, or the like shall be less than eight feet above the surface beneath the awning.
(e) Public utility structures and private water towers may exceed the maximum structure height, but shall not exceed 150 feet.
(f) Roof-mounted antennas that are not located on the front roof plane may exceed the maximum structure height, but shall not exceed five feet over the maximum primary structure height or 10 feet above the primary structure’s height, whichever is less.
(g) Pole-mounted antennas located in a rear yard may exceed the maximum structure height but shall not exceed 20 feet over the maximum primary structure height or 30 feet above the primary structure’s height, whichever is less.
(h) Roof-mounted mechanical equipment, including elevator bulkheads, may exceed the maximum structure height but shall not extend any more than 15 feet above the roof’s highest point; provided, that it is architecturally integrated into the building’s features or is generally screened from view by an architectural enclosure, parapet, or similar feature. Industrial uses shall be exempt from the integration and screening requirement.
(i) Flagpoles may exceed the maximum structure height, but shall not exceed 25 feet or the height of the primary structure, whichever is greater.
(j) Ham radio towers shall be exempt from the maximum structure height if the ham radio tower is located on a lot owned by a ham radio operator that has a valid and active license from the Federal Communications Commission (FCC). [Ord. 1746-2023; Ord. 1286-2008. UDO § 5.35.]
This home business standards section applies to the following zoning districts: AG, ER, R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, TR, LR, MH, NC, DC.
The intent of the home business standards is to ensure the protection of the health, safety, and welfare of the residents in the zoning jurisdiction of the city by allowing and regulating home-based businesses that have minimal impact on the residential character of neighborhoods. The following standards apply:
(A) Permits. An improvement location permit for a type 1 home business shall not be required.
(B) Permissible Home Businesses.
(1) Permitted. A type 1 home business shall be limited to a home office, catalog business, telecommuting, professional services, or Internet business.
(2) Discretion. Businesses not specifically listed above shall be interpreted by the Zoning Administrator as to whether the business shall be permitted as a type 1 home business.
(C) Personnel.
(1) Residency. The primary operator shall reside in the dwelling unit where the home business is located.
(2) Employees. Only the residents of the dwelling unit where the home business is located shall be employed in the type 1 home business.
(D) Operations.
(1) Nuisance. The type 1 home business shall not generate offensive noise, vibration, smoke, odors, dust, heat, glare, or electrical disturbances.
(2) Traffic. The home business shall not generate vehicular traffic in greater volumes than would normally be expected in the neighborhood in which it is located.
(3) Customers. The home business shall not have patrons or customers visit the home business.
(4) Hours. The hours of operation of the home business shall not interfere with the use and enjoyment of adjacent properties.
(E) Design.
(1) Primary Structure.
(a) The home business shall be conducted entirely within the primary structure.
(b) The home business shall not exceed 10 percent of the square footage of the primary structure.
(c) There shall be no visible evidence of the home business, including but not limited to alterations to the exterior of the residence which change the character of the residence, exterior displays, or the outdoor storage of materials or equipment used in the home business.
(2) Accessory Structure. No accessory structure shall be utilized for any part of the type 1 home business.
(3) Parking and Loading. Off-street parking and loading facilities beyond what is common for a residential structure shall not be permitted.
(4) Mechanical Equipment. The home business shall not require the installation of mechanical equipment other than that which is common in a residential structure.
(5) Utility Service. The home business shall not require the installation of a sewer, water, or electrical utility service that is beyond what is common in a residential structure. Exceeding typical phone, cable, or Internet services for residential property shall be permitted.
(6) Signs. Signs shall not be permitted. [Ord. 1746-2023; Ord. 1286-2008. UDO § 5.36.]
This home business standards section applies to the following zoning districts: AG, ER, R1, R2, R3, R4, TR, LR. The following standards apply:
(A) Permits. An improvement location permit for a type 2 home business shall be required.
(B) Permissible Home Businesses.
(1) Permitted. The home business shall be limited to domestic crafts, art and music teaching, tutoring, hair cutting or styling, professional service office, clergy office, or similar businesses as determined by the Zoning Administrator.
(2) Prohibited. The home business shall not include walk-in retail sales.
(3) Discretion. Businesses not specifically listed above shall be interpreted by the Zoning Administrator as to whether the business shall be permitted as a type 2 home business.
(C) Personnel.
(1) Residency. The primary operator shall reside in the dwelling unit where the home business is located.
(2) Employees. One employee who does not reside in the dwelling unit where the home business is located may be employed at the home business.
(D) Operations.
(1) Nuisance. The home business shall not generate offensive noise, vibration, smoke, odors, dust, heat, glare, or electrical disturbances.
(2) Traffic. The home business shall not generate vehicular traffic in greater volumes than would normally be expected in the neighborhood in which it is located.
(3) Customers. The home business shall not generate visitors in the form of patrons or customers in greater volumes than would normally be expected in the neighborhood.
(4) Hours. The hours of operation of the home business shall be no earlier than 6:00 a.m. and no later than 9:00 p.m. for the employee that does not reside in the dwelling unit where the home business is located, and the hours of operation of the home business shall not interfere with the use and enjoyment of adjacent residential properties.
(E) Design.
(1) Primary Structure.
(a) The home business shall be conducted entirely within the primary structure.
(b) The home business shall not exceed 25 percent of the square footage of the primary structure or 500 square feet, whichever is less.
(c) There shall be no visible evidence of the home business, including but not limited to alterations to the exterior of the dwelling unit which change the character of the dwelling unit, exterior displays, or the outdoor storage of materials or equipment used in the home business.
(2) Accessory Structure. No accessory structure shall be utilized for any part of the home business.
(3) Parking and Loading.
(a) Off-street parking and loading facilities beyond what is common for a residential structure shall not be permitted.
(b) The home business shall not receive more than three deliveries per week. Deliveries shall be made primarily between 8:00 a.m. and 5:00 p.m. by a vehicle not larger than a box-style truck.
(4) Mechanical Equipment. The home business shall not require the installation of mechanical equipment other than that which is common in a residential structure.
(5) Utility Service. The home business shall not require the installation of a sewer, water, or electrical utility service that is beyond what is common in a residential structure. Exceeding typical phone, cable, or internet services for residential property shall be permitted.
(6) Signs. One wall sign, not to exceed four square feet, shall be permitted. The sign shall be permanently attached to the primary structures. Signs in the yard shall not be permitted. [Ord. 1746-2023; Ord. 1286-2008. UDO § 5.37.]
This home business standards section applies to the following zoning districts: AG. The following standards apply:
(A) Permits. An improvement location permit for a type 3 home business shall be required.
(B) Permissible Home Businesses.
(1) Permitted. The home business shall be limited to assembly of products, automobile repair, welding, contracting business, landscaping business, light manufacturing, or a similar use as determined by the Zoning Administrator.
(2) Prohibited. The home business shall not include any kind of walk-in retail sales.
(3) Discretion. Businesses not specifically listed above shall be interpreted by the Zoning Administrator as to whether the business shall be permitted as a type 3 home business.
(C) Personnel.
(1) Residency. The primary operator of the home business shall reside in the dwelling on the same lot where the home business is located.
(2) Employees. Five employees who do not reside in the dwelling where the home business is located may be employed by the home business.
(D) Operations.
(1) Nuisance. The home business shall not generate offensive noise, vibration, smoke, odors, dust, heat, glare, or electrical disturbances.
(2) Hours. The hours of operation of the home business shall be no earlier than 6:00 a.m. and no later than 9:00 p.m. for anyone who does not reside on the premises and for any activity that involves the accessory structure where the home business is primarily located. There are no limits on the hours of operation of the office component of the home business.
(E) Design.
(1) Primary Structure.
(a) The office component of the home business may be operated in the primary structure (the home).
(b) The home business shall not exceed five percent of the square footage of the primary structure.
(c) There shall be no evidence of the home business from alterations to the exterior of the residence. However, the character of the property may show minimal evidence of its business use, including exterior storage of materials, vehicles, or equipment used in the home business.
(2) Accessory Structure.
(a) The home business shall be primarily conducted within an accessory structure.
(b) The home business may consume 100 percent of the square footage of the accessory structure.
(3) Parking and Loading.
(a) Off-street parking and loading facilities beyond what is common for a residential structure or agricultural use shall not be permitted.
(b) There shall be no more than seven operable vehicles parked on the lot at any time.
(4) Exterior Storage.
(a) Vehicles, trailers, and other equipment used in the home business shall be stored and/or parked in an organized manner that is in an inconspicuous location.
(b) All exterior storage shall be located behind the footprint of the primary structure and behind or beside the accessory structure that is the primary location of the home business.
(c) All exterior storage shall be screened so it is nearly invisible from any right-of-way.
(5) Mechanical Equipment. The home business shall not require the installation of industrial-grade mechanical equipment. Commercial-grade mechanical equipment shall be permitted.
(6) Utility Service. The home business shall not require the installation of a sewer or water utility service beyond what is common in a residential structure. Commercial-grade electrical services and exceeding typical phone, cable, or internet services for residential property shall be permitted.
(7) Sign Standards. One wall sign shall be permitted on the accessory structure but shall not exceed 10 square feet in area, regardless of its distance from the street. [Ord. 1746-2023; Ord. 1286-2008. UDO § 5.38.]
This lighting standards section applies to the following zoning districts: PR, AG, AC, ER, R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, TR, LR, MH, UV, IS, NC, DC, C1, C2, HC, I1, I2, I3, HI.
The intent of the lighting standards is to protect the health, safety, and welfare of the residents within the zoning jurisdiction of the city by permitting site and façade lighting that has minimal impact on adjacent property. The following standards apply:
(A) Cross-Reference.
(1) Parking Lot Lighting. See Chapter 18.176 AMC, Parking Standards, for parking lot lighting requirements.
(2) Illumination of Signs. See Chapter 18.180 AMC, Sign Standards, for standards regarding the illumination of signs.
(B) Permits. A building permit shall be required for the installation of lighting, and lighting shall be in compliance with the Indiana Electrical Code.
(C) Measurement Rules. Measurements of light readings shall be taken at any point along the property line of the subject property with a light meter facing the center of the property at any height from the ground level to 35 feet above the ground.
(D) Types. All lighting fixtures and poles within a single development shall be consistent in style, color, size, height, and design.
(1) Permitted.
(a) Site Lighting. Pole-, wall-, or ground-mounted fixtures shall be full-cutoff fixtures.
(b) Façade Highlighting. Modest intensity up-lighting of structure façades and landscaping from ground-mounted fixtures shall be permitted.
(2) Prohibited. Non-cutoff fixtures, semi-cutoff fixtures, and cutoff fixtures shall not be permitted.
(3) Exemptions. Sport field and sport court lights shall be semi-cutoff or cutoff fixtures, shall not exceed 100 feet in height, and shall be shut off by 10:00 p.m. Sunday through Thursday and 11:00 p.m. Friday through Saturday.
(E) Glare. Light fixtures shall be fully shielded to prevent direct lighting on streets, alleys, and adjacent properties. Any structural part of the light fixture providing this shielding shall be permanently affixed.
(F) Light Trespass. The maximum allowable light at a property line shall be five lux, with the following exceptions:
(1) Commercial Zoning Districts. When the subject property is located within a commercial zoning district and the adjacent property is also located within a commercial zoning district or an industrial zoning district, then the allowable light at the property line shall be 20 lux, but only along the sides of the property that are adjacent to the specified zoning districts. However, no light shall cross an adjacent commercial or industrial property and reach a property line with a noncommercial or nonindustrial district with greater than five lux.
(2) Industrial Zoning Districts. When the subject property is located within an industrial zoning district and the adjacent property is also located within an industrial zoning district, then the allowable light at the property line shall be 30 lux, but only along the sides of the property that are adjacent to the specified zoning district. [Ord. 1746-2023; Ord. 1286-2008. UDO § 5.45.]
This loading standards section applies to the following zoning districts: UV, IS, NC, C1, C2, HC, I1, I2, I3, HI.
The intent of loading standards is to protect the health, safety, and welfare of the residents of the zoning jurisdiction of the city by requiring loading berths to meet certain standards. The following standards apply:
(A) Project Applicability. The following loading standards only apply when a project electively involves a loading berth.
(B) Design.
(1) Location.
(a) Loading berths shall be located so that they are not visible from public streets. If such a location is not possible, a loading berth visible from a public street shall be screened by solid structure walls and/or landscape buffers.
(b) Loading berths shall have adequate area for trucks to maneuver in and out of the facility. Trucks shall not block rights-of-way, streets, alleys, aisles, or other internal circulation when maneuvering into or docked at loading berths.
(2) Surface Materials. Loading berths shall be paved with asphalt or concrete.
(3) Drainage. Loading berths shall be constructed to allow proper drainage away from the structure. [Ord. 1746-2023; Ord. 1286-2008. UDO § 5.46.]
This lot standards section applies to the following zoning districts: PR, AG, AC, ER, R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, TR, LR, MH, UV, IS, NC, DC, C1, C2, HC, I1, I2, I3, HI.
The intent of the lot standards is to protect the health, safety, and welfare of the residents of the zoning jurisdiction of the city by establishing area, width, and frontage requirements for lots. The following standards apply:
(A) Applicability. If a lot standard does not appear in the chapter for a zoning district, then the standard does not apply to that particular zoning district.
(1) Minimum Dwelling Site Area. The minimum dwelling site area shall be per each chapter in Division II of this title, Zoning Districts.
(2) Minimum Dwelling Site Width. The minimum dwelling site width shall be per each chapter in Division II of this title, Zoning Districts.
(3) Minimum Lot Area. The minimum lot area shall be per each chapter in Division II of this title, Zoning Districts.
(4) Maximum Lot Area. The maximum lot area shall be per each chapter in Division II of this title, Zoning Districts.
(5) Minimum Lot Width. The minimum lot width shall be per each chapter in Division II of this title, Zoning Districts.
(B) Minimum Lot Frontage. The minimum lot frontage shall be at least 60 percent of the minimum lot width included in each chapter in Division II of this title, Zoning Districts, with the following exception:
(1) Cul-de-Sac Lots. The minimum lot frontage for lots established along a cul-de-sac bulb shall be at least 20 percent of the minimum lot width for the applicable district. However, under no circumstances shall the lot frontage be less than 25 feet in residential districts or 35 feet in all other districts. [Ord. 1746-2023; Ord. 1286-2008. UDO § 5.47.]
This manufactured housing standards section applies to the following district: MH.
The intent of manufactured housing standards is to promote quality and safe lease-lot manufactured home and mobile home developments. The following standards apply:
(A) Permits. An improvement location permit shall be required for each manufactured home dwelling and each mobile home dwelling prior to installation on a dwelling site, and for all other primary or accessory structures on the lot or dwelling sites.
(B) Design.
(1) Dwelling Sites.
(a) Each dwelling site within a lease-lot development shall have a separate concrete pad for each mobile home and a separate foundation for each manufactured home or other habitable structure.
(b) Each dwelling site within a lease-lot development shall have separate utility connections.
(c) Each dwelling site within a lease-lot development with four or more dwelling sites shall have direct access onto a paved private street.
(d) No more than one dwelling shall be placed on a dwelling site.
(2) Dwelling Units.
(a) Each dwelling within a lease-lot development shall be tied down and have a permanent perimeter enclosure or have a permanent foundation.
(b) Each dwelling within a lease-lot development with four or more dwelling sites shall be considered a separate residence for all purposes such as taxing, assessing of improvements, garbage collection, and public utilities. [Ord. 1746-2023; Ord. 1286-2008. UDO § 5.48.]
This outdoor dining standards section applies to the following districts: UV, NC, DC, C1, C2, HC.
The intent of outdoor dining standards is to permit outdoor dining in appropriate areas while maintaining pedestrian accessibility and circulation, ensuring the safety of diners and restaurant servers, and preserving or enhancing the character of the area. The following standards apply:
(A) Permits. An improvement location permit shall be required prior to establishing an outdoor dining area. A new permit shall not be required each year unless changes are proposed in the outdoor dining area.
(B) Operations. Generally, outdoor dining is permitted from March 31st through December 1st, and from 6:00 a.m. until 11:00 p.m. Sunday through Thursday and 6:00 a.m. until 12:00 midnight Friday through Saturday.
(C) Design.
(1) Circulation and Accessibility.
(a) All outdoor dining areas shall maintain a minimum four-foot-wide pedestrian circulation area along a public sidewalk. The pedestrian circulation area shall be free of all obstacles including but not limited to tree wells, fire hydrants, street light poles, and newspaper boxes. This pedestrian circulation area shall be maintained at all times.
(b) Outdoor dining areas shall not interfere with handicap accessibility, curbs, ramps, or driveways.
(c) Portions of outdoor dining areas fronting a right-of-way shall have a pedestrian barrier enclosing the outdoor dining area except for ingress/egress into the establishment. The pedestrian barrier shall meet all of the following criteria:
(i) Pedestrian barriers shall be sturdy, stable, and have sufficient weight so they cannot be blown over by wind.
(ii) Pedestrian barriers shall not be permanently attached or bolted to the sidewalk, unless granted special permission from the Board of Public Works and Safety.
(iii) Pedestrian barriers shall be at least 30 inches in height to prevent tripping hazards.
(iv) Pedestrian barriers shall be removed and stored during the off season, but not on the exterior of the building.
(d) Outdoor dining areas that do not front a right-of-way shall have a pedestrian barrier around at least 75 percent of the outdoor dining area. The pedestrian barrier shall meet all of the following criteria:
(i) Pedestrian barriers shall be constructed of wood, composite wood, stone, masonry, wrought iron, decorative metal, or a combination of these materials.
(ii) Pedestrian barriers shall be permanently attached to the ground.
(iii) Pedestrian barriers shall be at least 30 inches in height to prevent tripping hazards.
(e) No element of the outdoor dining area shall interfere with access to any structure.
(2) General.
(a) A sufficient number of trash containers shall be provided outdoors and be readily accessible to outdoor diners. However, full service establishments with outdoor dining areas shall not be required to provide outdoor trash containers.
(b) There shall be no storage of food trays; carts; receptacles for dirty dishes or trays; carts for utensils; or cooking appliances in any portion of the outdoor dining area.
(c) There shall be no service stations in any portion of the outdoor dining area.
(3) Furniture.
(a) To maintain a high quality environment, quality materials shall be used for outdoor dining areas. Outdoor dining furniture and outdoor trash containers shall be iron, steel, aluminum, wood, or resin. Finishes on the furniture and trash containers shall be kept relatively free of fading, chips, and rust.
(b) Umbrellas are permitted, but shall be flame retardant, color-fast fabric with an anti-flyback feature.
(c) Outdoor dining furniture, trash containers, and umbrellas shall not incorporate signs.
(d) Outdoor dining furniture, trash containers, and umbrellas shall be stored during the off season, but not on the exterior of the building. [Ord. 1746-2023; Ord. 1286-2008. UDO § 5.49.]
This outdoor storage standards section applies to the following zoning districts: PR, ER, R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, TR, LR, MH, UV, IS, NC, DC, C1, C2, HC.
The intent of outdoor storage standards is to protect the health, safety, and welfare and ensure neighborliness and aesthetic quality for the residents of the zoning jurisdiction of the city. The following standards apply:
(A) Prohibited. The outdoor storage of equipment, product, supplies, materials, machinery, building materials, waste or scrap, pallets, and similar materials shall not be permitted.
(B) Vehicles. Vehicles shall not encroach into a right-of-way or block or impede an access easement, sidewalk, or driving aisle.
(C) Recreational Vehicles.
(1) Quantity. No more than one recreational vehicle shall be stored outdoors or parked outdoors on a lot at any one time, except as listed below.
(a) Watercraft that are registered (plated) and docked in a lake shall be exempt.
(b) Businesses that sell recreational vehicles shall be exempt, but shall meet the standards in AMC 18.160.310, Outdoor storage standards – Merchandising.
(2) Parking.
(a) A recreational vehicle shall be stored or parked on a paved surface in a rear yard or side yard of a lot such that no part of the recreational vehicle projects into the front yard.
(b) A recreational vehicle shall not be stored on the street or on the driveway of any lot for more than 48 hours in any 30-day period.
(3) Use. At no time shall a stored recreational vehicle be occupied or used for living, sleeping, or home business purposes. [Ord. 1746-2023; Ord. 1286-2008. UDO § 5.50.]
This outdoor storage standards section applies to the following zoning districts: C2. The following standards apply:
(A) Vehicle Dealership. The outdoor display, storage, and parking of vehicles for sale shall be permitted; provided, that all vehicles are parked on asphalt or concrete; on a display approved by the Zoning Administrator; or enclosed within a structure. All parked vehicles and vehicle parking surfaces or displays shall meet the setbacks required for parking lots (see AMC 18.160.360, Setback standards). Vehicles shall not be parked in the right-of-way, on grass, or on gravel. [Ord. 1746-2023; Ord. 1286-2008. UDO § 5.51.]
This outdoor storage standards section applies to the following zoning districts: I1, I2, I3, HI. The following standards apply:
(A) Industrial Outdoor Storage. Outdoor storage of vehicles, equipment, product, supplies, materials, waste or scrap, pallets, and the like shall be permitted if all of the following conditions are met.
(1) Location. Outdoor storage areas shall be located in a side yard or rear yard and shall be set back 10 feet from the property line.
(2) Screening. Outdoor storage areas shall be screened on all sides with a solid fence or wall that is six feet or more in height and meets the standards established in AMC 18.160.140 through 18.160.190, Fence and wall standards. [Ord. 1746-2023; Ord. 1286-2008. UDO § 5.52.]
This performance standards section applies to the following zoning districts: PR, AG, AC, ER, R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, TR, LR, MH, UV, IS, NC, DC, C1, C2, HC, I1, I2, I3, HI.
The intent of this performance standards section is to protect the health, safety, and welfare of residents of the zoning jurisdiction of the city by establishing requirements for noise, vibration, odor, and other performance characteristics. The following standards apply:
(A) Cross-Reference. See AMC 18.160.130, Environmental standards, for standards relating to air quality, water quality, and soil quality.
(B) Nuisance Characteristics. No use shall exhibit obnoxious characteristics to the extent that it constitutes a public nuisance. No use in existence on the effective date of the ordinance codified in this title shall be so altered or modified to conflict with these standards.
(1) Electrical Disturbance. No use shall cause electrical disturbance adversely affecting radio, television, or other equipment in the vicinity.
(2) Noise.
(a) No use shall produce noise that, when measured at any of the lot lines, exceeds 70 decibels from 6:00 a.m. to 9:00 p.m. or 40 decibels from 9:00 p.m. to 6:00 a.m.
(b) Public safety sirens and related apparatus used solely for public purposes shall be exempt from this standard.
(3) Vibration. No use shall cause vibrations or concussions detectable beyond the lot lines without the aid of instruments.
(4) Odor. No use shall emit across the lot lines malodorous gas or odor in such quantity as to be detectable at any point along the lot lines.
(5) Heat and Glare. No use shall produce heat or glare in such a manner as to be a nuisance or create a hazard noticeable from any point beyond the lot lines.
(C) Fire Protection. Firefighting equipment and prevention measures acceptable to the Fire Department and any federal, state, county, city, and/or local authorities that may also have jurisdiction shall be readily available and apparent when any activity involving the handling or storage of flammable or explosive materials is conducted. [Ord. 1746-2023; Ord. 1286-2008. UDO § 5.61.]
This permanent outdoor display standards section applies to the following zoning districts: AC, UV, NC, DC, C1, C2, HC, I1.
The intent of the permanent outdoor display standards is to permit the use of outdoor areas for display and sale of merchandise, but to ensure that such displays are sensitive to the character of the district and do not jeopardize the health, safety, and welfare of the residents of the zoning jurisdiction of the city. The following standards apply:
(A) Project Applicability. Outdoor areas that a business or institution wants to use on a regular basis for outdoor displays shall meet this section.
(B) Permits. An improvement location permit shall be required when a new permanent outdoor display area is proposed. Once a permit is issued for a permanent outdoor display area, a new permit is not required each time the merchandise changes. However, a new permit shall be required if the permanent outdoor display area changes.
(C) Location.
(1) Accessibility. A permanent outdoor display shall not block any sidewalk, accessibility ramp, or driveway.
(2) Setbacks.
(a) Front Yard. A permanent outdoor display shall meet the front yard setback identified in the applicable zoning district in Division II of this title, Zoning Districts.
(b) Side and Rear Yards. A permanent outdoor display shall meet the side yard and rear yard setbacks for accessory structures as identified in the applicable zoning district in Division II of this title, Zoning Districts.
(3) Proximity to Primary Structure. A permanent outdoor display shall meet at least one of the following proximity standards:
(a) Every portion of a permanent outdoor display area shall be 10 feet or less from the front façade of the primary structure.
(b) Every portion of a permanent outdoor display shall be 20 feet or less from a side façade of the primary structure.
(c) A permanent outdoor display shall meet the screen requirements in subsection (E) of this section, Screening.
(4) Canopies. All vending machines, ice machines, propane tank displays, and other permanent fixtures that are part of a permanent outdoor display area shall be located under a permanent canopy or awning that is attached to the primary structure.
(D) Size.
(1) Maximum Area. The cumulative area of all permanent outdoor display areas shall not exceed five percent of the footprint of the primary structure or tenant space to which the permanent outdoor display area is associated.
(2) Maximum Height.
(a) When products are displayed within an enclosed temporary structure, the enclosed temporary structure shall not exceed 15 feet in height.
(b) Products displayed outside shall not exceed six feet in height.
(E) Screening. When a permanent outdoor display area is more than 10 feet from the front façade of the primary structure or more than 20 feet from a side façade of the primary structure, at least one of the following screening mechanisms shall be installed:
(1) Wall. A wall that is 30 inches to 40 inches in height, is constructed of the same material as the primary structure, and is integrated into the design of the primary structure.
(2) Landscaping. A five-foot-wide landscape buffer that consists of one tree and one shrub for every 10 feet of perimeter around the outdoor display area. The trees and shrubs shall be permanently planted and may be arranged creatively for aesthetic purposes, but shall reasonably screen the permanent outdoor display area. [Ord. 1746-2023; Ord. 1286-2008. UDO § 5.62.]
This public improvement standards section applies to the following zoning districts: PR, AG, AC, ER, R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, TR, LR, MH, UV, IS, NC, DC, C1, C2, HC, I1, I2, I3, HI.
The intent of this public improvement standards section is to protect the health, safety, and welfare of the residents of the zoning jurisdiction of the city by ensuring public facilities are adequate to serve development. The following standards apply:
(A) Project Applicability. Public improvements consistent with the requirements of this title shall be required when one of the following conditions is met:
(1) New Primary Structure. An improvement location permit for a new primary structure is obtained.
(2) Addition to Primary Structure. An improvement location permit for an addition to the primary structure that adds 50 percent or more square footage is obtained.
(B) Adequate Public Facilities. Development is permitted only if public streets, public sidewalks, drainage facilities, and public utilities are adequate to serve the proposed development.
(1) Public Streets.
(a) The Technical Advisory Committee or the Plan Commission may require a traffic and street impact study to determine a proposed development’s impact on public streets. If required, the City of Angola shall conduct or procure services for a traffic and street impact study at the expense of the developer.
(b) Based on the results of the study, the Technical Advisory Committee or the Plan Commission shall make a determination as to whether the public street(s) will sufficiently accommodate the increased traffic generated by the development.
(i) If the public street(s) is (are) determined to be insufficient, the Plan Commission may deny the development; or
(ii) The Plan Commission may approve the development with mitigating conditions. The Technical Advisory Committee or the Plan Commission may recommend off-site improvements such as acceleration lanes, deceleration lanes, passing blisters, wider shoulders or approaches, frontage streets, shared driveways or other improvements that will provide sufficient facilities for the increased traffic from the proposed development.
(2) Public Sidewalks. Public sidewalks shall be required along the edge of the right-of-way, except when the Zoning Administrator determines the development is agricultural in nature or it is unlikely the public sidewalk will provide connectivity to future trails or sidewalks. New public sidewalks shall closely align with existing sidewalks, be installed approximately one foot inside the right-of-way, and meet or exceed the City of Angola’s construction standards.
(3) Drainage Facilities.
(a) Cross-Reference. Storm drainage collection, detention, and retention facilities shall comply with Chapter 13.15 AMC, Stormwater Management.
(b) Storm drainage collection, detention, and retention facilities shall have sufficient capacity to serve the development.
(c) If existing storm drainage facilities are not sufficient to serve the development, the Plan Commission may deny the development or approve the development with mitigating conditions. The Plan Commission, Technical Advisory Committee, City Engineer, MS4 Coordinator, or County Surveyor may recommend off-site improvements that will provide sufficient facilities for the increased runoff from the proposed development.
(4) Public Utilities.
(a) Cross-Reference. Requirements for connection to municipal sanitary sewer and water systems are in AMC 18.160.370, Sewer and water standards.
(b) Sanitary Sewer. The sanitary sewer collection system and wastewater treatment facility shall have sufficient capacity to serve the development. If the existing sanitary sewer collection system or wastewater treatment facility does not have sufficient capacity to serve the development, the Plan Commission may deny the development or approve the development with mitigating conditions. The Plan Commission, Technical Advisory Committee, or appropriate utility representative may recommend off-site improvements that will provide sufficient facilities for the increased demand in service from the proposed development.
(c) Water. The public water supply and distribution system shall have sufficient capacity to serve the development. If the public water supply and distribution system does not have sufficient capacity to serve the development, improvements that will provide sufficient facilities for the increased demand in service from the proposed development shall be required prior to approval of the development. The Plan Commission, Technical Advisory Committee, or appropriate utility representative may recommend improvements.
(C) Guarantees. When mitigating conditions are required, the developer may be required to post performance and maintenance guarantees for such improvements. [Ord. 1746-2023; Ord. 1286-2008. UDO § 5.63.]
This setback standards section applies to the following zoning districts: PR, AG, AC, ER, R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, TR, LR, MH, UV, IS, NC, DC, C1, C2, HC, I1, I2, I3, HI.
The intent of the setback standards is to protect the health, safety, and welfare of residents of the zoning jurisdiction of the city by requiring structures to meet certain setbacks. The following standards apply:
(A) Applicability. If a setback standard does not appear in the chapter for a zoning district, then the standard does not apply to that particular zoning district.
(1) Minimum Dwelling Site Front Setback. The minimum dwelling site front setback shall be per each chapter in Division II of this title, Zoning Districts.
(2) Minimum Dwelling Site Side Setback. The minimum dwelling site side setback shall be per each chapter in Division II of this title, Zoning Districts.
(3) Minimum Dwelling Site Rear Setback. The minimum dwelling site rear setback shall be per each chapter in Division II of this title, Zoning Districts.
(4) Minimum Front Setback.
(a) The minimum front setback shall be as per each chapter in Division II of this title, Zoning Districts.
(b) Where a subdivision has been platted and substantially built out utilizing a front setback less than that required by Division II of this title, Zoning Districts, an infill lot may utilize the established setback as defined in Chapter 18.08 AMC, Definitions.
(5) Minimum Side Setback.
(a) The minimum side setback shall be as per each chapter in Division II of this title, Zoning Districts.
(b) Where a subdivision has been platted and substantially built out utilizing a side setback less than that required by Division II of this title, Zoning Districts, an infill lot may utilize the established setback as defined in Chapter 18.08 AMC, Definitions.
(6) Minimum Rear Setback.
(a) The minimum rear setback shall be as per each chapter in Division II of this title, Zoning Districts.
(b) Where a subdivision has been platted and substantially built out utilizing a rear setback less than that required by Division II of this title, Zoning Districts, an infill lot may utilize the established setback as defined in Chapter 18.08 AMC, Definitions.
(7) Minimum Waterside Setback.
(a) The minimum waterside setback shall be per each chapter in Division II of this title, Zoning Districts.
(b) Where lake lots have been substantially built out utilizing a waterside setback less than that required by Division II of this title, Zoning Districts, an infill lot may utilize the established setback as defined in Chapter 18.08 AMC, Definitions.
(B) Exceptions. The following types of structures or features are exempt or partially exempt from the setback standard as stated:
(1) Signs. Signs are exempt from the setbacks in this section, but shall abide by the sign standards in Chapter 18.180 AMC, Sign Standards.
(2) Telecommunication Towers. Telecommunication towers are exempt from the setbacks in this section, but shall abide by AMC 18.160.440 and 18.160.450, Telecommunication facility standards.
(3) Architectural Features. Cornices, eaves, sills, canopies, or similar features shall be permitted to encroach into a required front, side, and/or rear setback not more than three feet. However, these items shall never be closer than three feet to the property line.
(4) Awnings. Awnings shall be permitted to encroach into a required front, side, and/or rear setback not more than four feet, but shall not be closer than three feet to the property line except in the DC district. (See AMC 18.180.060, downtown commercial sign standards, for standards relating to the projection of awnings in DC districts.)
(5) Chimneys. Chimneys shall be permitted to extend into a required setback not more than two feet. However, chimneys shall never be closer than three feet to the property line.
(6) Fences and Walls. Fences and walls shall be exempt from the setbacks in this section, but shall abide by the fence and wall standards in AMC 18.160.140 through 18.160.190, Fence and wall standards.
(7) Driveways. Driveways are exempt from setbacks in this section, but shall abide by the side yard setbacks established in AMC 18.160.090 through 18.160.120, Driveway standards.
(8) Parking Lots. In commercial, institutional, and industrial zoning districts, parking lots may encroach into the front, side, and rear yard setbacks for a primary structure by the following amounts:
(a) Front Yards. Parking lots may project into a front yard by 25 percent of the minimum front yard setback.
(b) Side Yards. Parking lots may project into a side yard by 50 percent of the minimum side yard setback.
(c) Rear Yards. Parking lots may project into a rear yard by 50 percent of the minimum rear yard setback.
(9) Utility Poles, Lines, and Junction Boxes. Utility poles, lines, and junction boxes shall be exempt from the setbacks in this section.
(10) Trash Receptacles. Trash receptacles shall meet the setback standards in AMC 18.160.510, Trash receptacle standards.
(11) Stairs or Open Platform. Stairs or an open platform or landing which does not extend above the level of the floor elevation of the first floor of the structure shall be permitted to extend into a required front, side, and/or rear setback not more than four feet. However, these items shall never be closer than three feet to the side property line or 10 feet to the front or rear property line.
(12) Storage Tanks. Storage tanks shall be exempt from the setbacks in this section, but shall comply with the setbacks established in AMC 18.160.400 through 18.160.420, Storage tank standards.
(C) Environmental Features. A 25-foot setback shall be maintained between structures and environmental features listed in AMC 18.160.130, Environmental standards. [Ord. 1746-2023; Ord. 1286-2008. UDO § 5.64.]
This sewer and water standards section applies to the following zoning districts: PR, AG, AC, ER, R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, TR, LR, MH, UV, IS, NC, DC, C1, C2, HC, I1, I2, I3, HI.
The intent of the sewer and water standards is to protect the health, safety, and welfare of the residents of the zoning jurisdiction of the city by specifying the type of utility connections required. The following standards apply:
(A) Applicability. If the below listed sewer and water standard does not appear in the chapter for a zoning district, then it does not apply to that particular zoning district.
(1) Sewer.
(a) Connection to a sanitary sewer utility shall be per each chapter in Division II of this title, Zoning Districts. Details about the terminology in the chapters are as follows:
(i) Required. Connection to the City of Angola municipal sanitary sewer system shall be required.
(ii) Required Where Available. Connection to the City of Angola municipal sanitary sewer system shall be required when access to the municipal sanitary sewer system is available within 300 feet or less of the property line.
(iii) Municipal or Privately Owned Sewer Utility Required. A connection to either the City of Angola municipal sanitary sewer system or a privately owned sanitary sewer system shall be required.
(b) Cross-Reference. Service and connections to the City of Angola municipal sanitary sewer systems shall comply with Chapter 13.10 AMC, Sewer.
(2) Water.
(a) Connection to a water utility shall be per each chapter in Division II of this title, Zoning Districts. Details about the terminology in the chapters are as follows:
(i) Required. Connection to the City of Angola municipal water system shall be required.
(ii) Required Where Available. Connection to the City of Angola municipal water system shall be required when the property is located within the city limits, and for properties located outside the city limits shall be required when the municipal water system is available within 300 feet or less of the property line, unless the water department writes a letter indicating that it cannot or will not allow access to its water system.
(b) Cross-Reference. Service and connections to the City of Angola municipal water utility shall comply with Chapter 13.05 AMC, Water. [Ord. 1746-2023; Ord. 1286-2008. UDO § 5.65.]
This sexually oriented business standards section applies to the following zoning districts: I2.
(A) Purpose. It is the purpose of this section to regulate sexually oriented businesses in order to promote the health, safety, and general welfare of the residents of the zoning jurisdiction of the city, and to establish reasonable and uniform regulations to prevent the deleterious secondary effects of sexually oriented businesses. The provisions of this section have neither the purpose nor effect of imposing a limitation or restriction on the content or reasonable access to any communicative materials, including sexually oriented materials. Similarly, it is neither the intent nor effect of this section to restrict or deny access by adults to sexually oriented materials protected by the First Amendment, or to deny access by the distributors and exhibitors of sexually oriented entertainment to their intended market. Neither is it the intent nor effect of this section to condone or legitimize the distribution of obscene material.
(B) Findings and Rationale. Based on evidence of the adverse secondary effects of adult uses presented in hearings and in reports made available to the Common Council, and on findings, interpretations, and narrowing constructions incorporated in the cases of City of Littleton v. Z.J. Gifts D-4, L.L.C., 541 U.S. 774 (2004); City of Los Angeles v. Alameda Books, Inc., 535 U.S. 425 (2002); City of Erie v. Pap’s A.M., 529 U.S. 277 (2000); City of Renton v. Playtime Theatres, Inc., 475 U.S. 41 (1986); Young v. American Mini Theatres, 427 U.S. 50 (1976); Barnes v. Glen Theatre, Inc., 501 U.S. 560 (1991); California v. LaRue, 409 U.S. 109 (1972); N.Y. State Liquor Authority v. Bellanca, 452 U.S. 714 (1981); Sewell v. Georgia, 435 U.S. 982 (1978); FW/PBS, Inc. v. City of Dallas, 493 U.S. 215 (1990); City of Dallas v. Stanglin, 490 U.S. 19 (1989); and
Uniontown Retail #36, LLC v. Bd. of Comm’rs of Jackson County, 950 N.E.2d 332 (Ind. Ct. App. 2011); Plaza Group Properties, LLC v. Spencer County Plan Comm’n, 911 N.E.2d 1264 (Ind. Ct. App. 2009); Plaza Group Properties, LLC v. Spencer County Plan Comm’n, 877 N.E.2d 877 (Ind. Ct. App. 2007); Ben’s Bar, Inc. v. Village of Somerset, 316 F.3d 702 (7th Cir. 2003); Andy’s Restaurant & Lounge, Inc. v. City of Gary, 466 F.3d 550 (7th Cir. 2006); Blue Canary Corp. v. City of Milwaukee, 270 F.3d 1156 (7th Cir. 2001); Schultz v. City of Cumberland, 228 F.3d 831 (7th Cir. 2000); Matney v. County of Kenosha, 86 F.3d 692 (7th Cir. 1996); Berg v. Health & Hospital Corp., 865 F.2d 797 (7th Cir. 1989); DiMa Corp. v. Town of Hallie, 185 F.3d 823 (7th Cir. 1999); Graff v. City of Chicago, 9 F.3d 1309 (7th Cir. 1993); North Avenue Novelties, Inc. v. City of Chicago, 88 F.3d 441 (7th Cir. 1996); Chulchian v. City of Indianapolis, 633 F.2d 27 (7th Cir. 1980); Illinois One News, Inc. v. City of Marshall, 477 F.3d 461 (7th Cir. 2007); G.M. Enterprises, Inc. v. Town of St. Joseph, 350 F.3d 631 (7th Cir. 2003); Metro Pony, LLC v. City of Metropolis, 2012 WL 1389656 (S.D. Ill. Apr. 20, 2012); Imaginary Images, Inc. v. Evans, 612 F.3d 736 (4th Cir. 2010); LLEH, Inc. v. Wichita County, 289 F.3d 358 (5th Cir. 2002); Ocello v. Koster, 354 S.W.3d 187 (Mo. 2011); 84 Video/Newsstand, Inc. v. Sartini, 2011 WL 3904097 (6th Cir. Sept. 7, 2011); Flanigan’s Enters., Inc. v. Fulton County, 596 F.3d 1265 (11th Cir. 2010); East Brooks Books, Inc. v. Shelby County, 588 F.3d 360 (6th Cir. 2009); Entm’t Prods., Inc. v. Shelby County, 588 F.3d 372 (6th Cir. 2009); Sensations, Inc. v. City of Grand Rapids, 526 F.3d 291 (6th Cir. 2008); World Wide Video of Washington, Inc. v. City of Spokane, 368 F.3d 1186 (9th Cir. 2004); Peek-a-Boo Lounge v. Manatee County, 630 F.3d 1346 (11th Cir. 2011); Daytona Grand, Inc. v. City of Daytona Beach, 490 F.3d 860 (11th Cir. 2007); Williams v. Morgan, 478 F.3d 1316 (11th Cir. 2007); Jacksonville Property Rights Ass’n, Inc. v. City of Jacksonville, 635 F.3d 1266 (11th Cir. 2011); H&A Land Corp. v. City of Kennedale, 480 F.3d 336 (5th Cir. 2007); Hang On, Inc. v. City of Arlington, 65 F.3d 1248 (5th Cir. 1995); Fantasy Ranch, Inc. v. City of Arlington, 459 F.3d 546 (5th Cir. 2006); Richland Bookmart, Inc. v. Knox County, 555 F.3d 512 (6th Cir. 2009); Bigg Wolf Discount Video Movie Sales, Inc. v. Montgomery County, 256 F. Supp. 2d 385 (D. Md. 2003); Richland Bookmart, Inc. v. Nichols, 137 F.3d 435 (6th Cir. 1998); Spokane Arcade, Inc. v. City of Spokane, 75 F.3d 663 (9th Cir. 1996); City of New York v. Hommes, 724 N.E.2d 368 (N.Y. 1999); Taylor v. State, No. 01-01-00505-CR, 2002 WL 1722154 (Tex. App. July 25, 2002); Fantasyland Video, Inc. v. County of San Diego, 505 F.3d 996 (9th Cir. 2007); Gammoh v. City of La Habra, 395 F.3d 1114 (9th Cir. 2005); Z.J. Gifts D-4, LLC v. City of Littleton, Civil Action No. 99-N-1696, Memorandum Decision and Order (D. Colo. March 31, 2001); People ex rel. Deters v. The Lion’s Den, Inc., Case No. 04-CH-26, Modified Permanent Injunction Order (Ill. Fourth Judicial Circuit, Effingham County, July 13, 2005); Reliable Consultants, Inc. v. City of Kennedale, No. 4:05-CV-166-A, Findings of Fact and Conclusions of Law (N.D. Tex. May 26, 2005);
and based upon reports concerning secondary effects occurring in and around sexually oriented businesses, including, but not limited to, Austin, Texas – 1986; Indianapolis, Indiana – 1984; Garden Grove, California – 1991; Houston, Texas – 1983, 1997; Phoenix, Arizona – 1979, 1995-98; Tucson, Arizona – 1990; Chattanooga, Tennessee – 1999-2003; Los Angeles, California – 1977; Whittier, California – 1978; Spokane, Washington – 2001; St. Cloud, Minnesota – 1994; Littleton, Colorado – 2004; Oklahoma City, Oklahoma – 1986; Dallas, Texas – 1997; Ft. Worth, Texas – 2004; Kennedale, Texas – 2005; Greensboro, North Carolina – 2003; Amarillo, Texas – 1977; Jackson County, Missouri – 2008; Louisville, Kentucky – 2004; New York, New York Times Square – 1994; the Report of the Attorney General’s Working Group On The Regulation Of Sexually Oriented Businesses (June 6, 1989, State of Minnesota); Dallas, Texas – 2007; “Rural Hotspots: The Case of Adult Businesses,” 19 Criminal Justice Policy Review 153 (2008); “Correlates of Current Transactional Sex among a Sample of Female Exotic Dancers in Baltimore, MD,” Journal of Urban Health (2011); “Stripclubs According to Strippers: Exposing Workplace Sexual Violence,” by Kelly Holsopple, Program Director, Freedom and Justice Center for Prostitution Resources, Minneapolis, Minnesota; “Sexually Oriented Businesses: An Insider’s View,” by David Sherman, presented to the Michigan House Committee on Ethics and Constitutional Law, Jan. 12, 2000; Memphis, Tennessee – 2005-2011; and assorted reports and affidavits concerning secondary effects, the Common Council finds:
(1) Sexually oriented businesses, as a category of commercial uses, are associated with a wide variety of adverse secondary effects including, but not limited to, personal and property crimes, prostitution, potential spread of disease, lewdness, public indecency, obscenity, illicit drug use and drug trafficking, negative impacts on surrounding properties, urban blight, litter, and sexual assault and exploitation.
(2) Sexually oriented businesses should be separated from sensitive land uses to minimize the impact of their secondary effects upon such uses, and should be separated from other sexually oriented businesses, to minimize the secondary effects associated with such uses and to prevent an unnecessary concentration of sexually oriented businesses in one area.
(3) Each of the foregoing negative secondary effects constitutes a harm which the city has a substantial government interest in preventing and/or abating. This substantial government interest in preventing secondary effects, which is the city’s rationale for this section, exists independent of any comparative analysis between sexually oriented and non-sexually oriented businesses. Additionally, the city’s interest in regulating sexually oriented businesses extends to preventing future secondary effects of either current or future sexually oriented businesses that may locate in the zoning jurisdiction of the city. The city finds that the cases and documentation relied on in this section are reasonably believed to be relevant to said secondary effects.
The city hereby adopts and incorporates herein its stated findings and legislative record related to the adverse secondary effects of sexually oriented businesses, including the judicial opinions and reports related to such secondary effects.
(C) The following standards apply:
(1) Separation From Sensitive Uses. For purposes of this subsection, measurements shall be made in a straight line, without regard to intervening structures or objects, from the closest part of any structure, including signs and roof overhangs, used in conjunction with the sexually oriented business to the closest part of any parcel containing one of the following land uses. Sexually oriented businesses shall have the following separation requirements:
(a) Residential Districts. Sexually oriented businesses shall be separated from residential zoning districts by at least 1,000 feet.
(b) Public Gathering Places. Sexually oriented businesses shall be separated from elementary or secondary schools, publicly-owned playgrounds and libraries, religious institutions, and licensed day care centers and preschools by at least 1,000 feet.
(c) Residences. Sexually oriented businesses shall be separated from residences and dwelling units by at least 750 feet.
(2) Separation From Other Sexually Oriented Businesses. For purposes of this subsection, measurements shall be made in a straight line, without regard to intervening structures or objects, from the closest part of any structure, including signs and roof overhangs, used in conjunction with the sexually oriented business to the closest part of any structure containing another sexually oriented business. Sexually oriented businesses shall be separated from other sexually oriented businesses by at least 1,000 feet. [Ord. 1746-2023; Ord. 1463-2014 § 1; Ord. 1425-2012 § 4; Ord. 1286-2008. UDO § 5.66.]
This special exception standards section applies to the following zoning districts: PR, AG, AC, ER, R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, TR, LR, MH, UV, IS, NC, DC, C1, C2, HC, I1, I2, I3, HI.
The intent of the special exception standards is to protect the health, safety, and welfare of the residents of the zoning jurisdiction of the city by ensuring the most appropriate development standards are applied to special exception requests. The following standards apply:
(A) Cross-Reference: The approval process and criteria for special exceptions is in Chapter 18.192 AMC, Processes.
(B) Applicable Development Standards. The development standards assigned to each zoning district are considered appropriate for the permitted uses within that zoning district. However, the development standards may not be appropriate for all special exception uses within a zoning district. For instance, some institutional uses are allowed in residential zoning districts as special exceptions. In this case, residential development standards would not necessarily be applicable.
(1) Determining Appropriate Development Standards.
(a) The Zoning Administrator shall determine which development standards sections within Division VI of this title, Development Standards, shall apply to each special exception application. The development standards determined to apply shall be documented in the application and approval.
(b) If the special exception use is a permitted use within another zoning district, the development standards for that zoning district shall be used as a guideline. In situations where the special exception use is not a permitted use in any zoning district, the most stringent development standards may be assigned by the Zoning Administrator as appropriate. [Ord. 1746-2023; Ord. 1286-2008. UDO § 5.76.]
This storage tank standards section applies to the following zoning districts: R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, TR, MH, NC, C1, I1.
The intent of this storage tank standards section is to protect the health, safety, and welfare of the residents of the zoning jurisdiction of the city by requiring outdoor storage tanks to meet certain criteria. The following standards apply:
(A) Prohibited. Outdoor storage tanks or drums shall not be permitted. [Ord. 1746-2023; Ord. 1286-2008. UDO § 5.77.]
This storage tank standards section applies to the following zoning districts: PR, ER, LR. The following standards apply:
(A) Project Applicability. Any new outdoor storage tanks or drums installed after the effective date of the ordinance codified in this title shall be permitted if all of the following standards are met.
(B) Permits. An improvement location permit shall be required prior to the installation of new outdoor storage tanks or drums.
(C) Prerequisite Criteria. No liquid or gas fuel shall be stored in bulk above ground, except tanks or drums connected directly to energy-generating devices or heating appliances located and operated on the same lot as the tanks or drums.
(D) Setbacks.
(1) Front Yard. Outdoor storage tanks and drums shall not be permitted in front yards.
(2) Side and Rear Yard. Outdoor storage tanks and drums shall be set back at least 30 feet from side and rear property lines.
(3) Structures. Outdoor storage tanks and drums shall be set back at least 30 feet from primary structures and 15 feet from accessory structures.
(E) Quantity. No lot shall have more than two outdoor storage tanks or drums.
(F) Cross-Reference. Outdoor storage tanks and drums shall meet all applicable state and federal regulations. [Ord. 1746-2023; Ord. 1286-2008. UDO § 5.78.]
This storage tanks standards section applies to the following zoning districts: AG, AC, IS, UV, C2, HC, I2, I3, HI. The following standards apply:
(A) Project Applicability. Any new outdoor storage tanks or drums installed after the effective date of the ordinance codified in this title shall be permitted if all of the following standards are met.
(B) Permits. An improvement location permit shall be required prior to the installation of new outdoor storage tanks or drums.
(C) Setbacks.
(1) Front Yard. Outdoor storage tanks and drums shall not be permitted in front yards.
(2) Side and Rear Yard. Outdoor storage tanks and drums shall be set back at least 30 feet from side and rear property lines.
(3) Structures. Outdoor storage tanks and drums shall be set back at least 30 feet from primary structures and 15 feet from accessory structures.
(D) Cross-Reference. Outdoor storage tanks and drums shall meet all applicable state and federal regulations. [Ord. 1746-2023; Ord. 1286-2008. UDO § 5.79.]
This structure standards section applies to the following zoning districts: PR, AG, AC, ER, R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, TR, LR, MH, UV, IS, NC, DC, C1, C2, HC, I1, I2, I3, HI.
The intent of this structure standards section is to protect the health, safety, and welfare of the residents of the zoning jurisdiction of the city and the character of each zoning district by regulating the quantity of primary structures on a lot. The following standards apply:
(A) Applicability. The maximum allowable number of primary structures shall be one unless indicated otherwise in the applicable chapter in Division II of this title, Zoning Districts. [Ord. 1746-2023; Ord. 1286-2008. UDO § 5.80.]
This telecommunication facility standards section applies to the following zoning districts: UV, IS, NC, DC, C1, C2, HC.
The intent of this telecommunication facility standards section is to protect the health, safety, and welfare of the residents of the zoning jurisdiction of the city by allowing for the provision of adequate and reliable public and private telecommunication service while minimizing the adverse, undesirable visual effects of such. The following standards apply:
(A) Permits. An improvement location permit shall not be required for telecommunication antennas.
(B) Types.
(1) Permitted. Telecommunication antennas shall be permitted when the following standards are met:
(a) The telecommunication antennas shall be non-freestanding.
(b) The telecommunication antennas shall be located in a functional but inconspicuous place on an existing structure such as a water tower, utility pole, or roof.
(c) The telecommunication antennas mounted on a roof shall not exceed the maximum structure height indicated in the appropriate chapter in Division II of this title, Zoning Districts, by more than 10 feet.
(d) The telecommunication antennas mounted on poles and other structures shall not exceed 110 percent of the existing pole or structure height.
(2) Prohibited. Freestanding telecommunication towers and all other telecommunication facilities, except telecommunication antennas, shall not be permitted. [Ord. 1746-2023; Ord. 1286-2008. UDO § 5.81.]
This telecommunication facilities standards section applies to the following zoning districts: PR, AG, I1, I2, I3. The following telecommunication facility standards shall apply:
(A) Permits. An improvement location permit shall be required prior to the construction, erection, placement, modification, or alteration of a telecommunication facility. See Chapter 18.192 AMC, Processes.
(B) Location.
(1) Accessory Utility Structures. The accessory utility structures of telecommunication facilities shall meet the minimum front yard setback, minimum side yard setback, and minimum rear setback requirements in the appropriate chapters in Division II of this title, Zoning Districts.
(2) Towers.
(a) Front Yard Setback. Telecommunication towers shall be set back from any right-of-way a minimum distance equal to 50 percent of the tower height, including all antennas and attachments.
(b) Side and Rear Yard Setback. Telecommunication towers shall be set back from the side and rear property lines a minimum distance equal to 50 percent of the tower height, including all antennas and attachments.
(c) Telecommunication towers shall not be located between the primary structure and a public street.
(d) Telecommunication towers shall not be located within the boundaries of any residential zoning district, and shall be set back from the boundaries of any residential zoning district a minimum distance equal to 110 percent of the tower height.
(C) Design.
(1) Project Applicability. Proposed or modified telecommunication towers and antennas shall meet the following design requirements.
(2) Height.
(a) Telecommunication towers shall not exceed 199 feet in height.
(b) All other utility structures and antennas shall meet the height standards in the appropriate chapters in Division II of this title, Zoning Districts, and in AMC 18.160.210, Height standards.
(3) Appearance. Towers and antennas shall be designed to blend into the surrounding environment through the use of color and camouflaging architectural treatment, except in an instance where the color is dictated by state or federal authorities such as the Federal Aviation Administration (FAA).
(4) Monopole Design. Towers shall be of a monopole design, unless the Board of Zoning Appeals determines an alternative design would better blend in with the surrounding environment.
(5) Collocation. Any proposed telecommunication tower shall be designed structurally, electrically, and in all respects to accommodate both the applicant’s antennas and comparable antennas for the following:
(a) A minimum of one additional user if the telecommunications tower is between 60 and 100 feet in height.
(b) A minimum of two additional users if the telecommunications tower is 100 feet or more in height.
(6) Accessory Utility Structures. All utility structures needed to support a telecommunications tower shall be architecturally designed to blend in with the surrounding environment.
(7) Fence Enclosure. Telecommunication facilities and all accessory utility structures shall be protected by a security fence that shall be at least six feet tall.
(8) Screening. A live evergreen screen consisting of shrubs, planted three feet on-center maximum or a row of evergreen trees planted a maximum of 10 feet on center shall be planted around the entire telecommunication facility and each of the guy wires and anchors, if used. The height of all plants at the time of planting shall be no less than five feet.
(9) Lighting. Telecommunication facilities shall not be illuminated by artificial means and shall not display strobe lights, except when it is dictated by state or federal authorities such as the Federal Aviation Administration (FAA).
(10) Signs. The use of any portion of a telecommunication facility for the posting of any signs or advertisements of any kind, other than warning or equipment information signs, shall not be permitted.
(D) Construction Standards. All telecommunication facilities shall be subject to inspection by the Building Commissioner and Zoning Administrator during the construction process.
(1) Easements. If an easement is required for location of a telecommunication facility on the property, the easement shall be staked by a licensed and registered Indiana land surveyor so as to provide proof the facility has been constructed within the easement.
(2) Footers. Footing inspections shall be required by the Building Commissioner for all telecommunication facilities having footings.
(3) Electrical Standards. All telecommunication facilities containing electrical wiring shall be subject to the provisions of the Indiana Electric Code, as amended.
(E) Inspection of Towers. The following shall apply to the inspection of telecommunications facilities:
(1) Frequency. Towers may be inspected at least once every five years, or more often as needed to respond to complaints received, by the Zoning Administrator, Building Commissioner, and/or a registered, professional engineer to determine compliance with the original construction standards.
(2) Investigation. The Zoning Administrator and the Building Commissioner may enter onto the property to investigate the matter and may order the appropriate action to bring the facility into compliance.
(3) Violations. Notices of violation will be sent in accordance with Chapter 18.196 AMC, Enforcement and Penalties, for any known violation on the telecommunication facility.
(F) Abandoned Towers. Any tower unused or left abandoned for six months shall be removed by the property owner at its expense. Should the property owner fail to remove the tower after 30 days from the date a notice of violation is issued, the city may remove the tower and bill the property owner for the costs of removal and cleanup of the site. [Ord. 1746-2023; Ord. 1286-2008. UDO § 5.82.]
This temporary use and structure standards section applies to the following zoning districts: PR, AG, AC, ER, R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, TR, LR, MH, UV, IS, NC, DC, C1, C2, HC, I1, I2, I3, HI.
The intent of temporary use and structure standards is to protect the public health, safety, and welfare of the residents of the zoning jurisdiction of the city by establishing standards for temporary uses and temporary structures. The following standards apply:
(A) Cross-Reference. See Chapter 18.180 AMC, Sign Standards, for temporary sign standards.
(B) Permits. A temporary improvement location permit shall be obtained prior to establishing the temporary use or structure except as indicated otherwise in this section.
(C) Types.
(1) Fundraising Events. Fundraising events such as chicken barbecues, fish fries, and car washes shall be permitted and shall be exempt from obtaining a temporary improvement location permit if the duration of the event is less than 24 hours over a two-day period.
(2) Garage and Yard Sales. Garage and yard sales shall be permitted and shall be exempt from obtaining a temporary improvement location permit, but shall comply with the provisions of Chapters 5.05 and 5.10 AMC.
(3) Portable On-Demand Storage. Portable on-demand storage (PODS) units shall be permitted and shall be exempt from obtaining a temporary improvement location permit, but shall not be located outdoors for more than 14 consecutive days, three times per calendar year.
(D) Termination. Temporary uses shall be terminated and structures removed at the end of the permitted event period. [Ord. 1746-2023; Ord. 1286-2008. UDO § 5.83.]
This temporary use and structure standards section applies to the following zoning districts: AG, ER. The following standards apply:
(A) Roadside Sales of Produce. The roadside sale of farm produce shall be permitted if the following conditions are met:
(1) Grown On Site. Eighty percent of the produce offered for sale shall be grown on the same lot where the roadside sale is located.
(2) Duration. The roadside sale of produce shall not exceed six months per calendar year.
(3) Sales Stand. The sales stand shall be portable or seasonal construction, shall comply with the provisions of AMC 18.160.520, Vision clearance standards, and shall be removed so as to observe the setback line for accessory structures when not in use.
(4) Parking. The roadside sale of produce shall be arranged so that parking does not block any right-of-way. [Ord. 1746-2023; Ord. 1286-2008. UDO § 5.84.]
This temporary use and structure standards section applies to the following zoning districts: R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, TR, LR, MH. The following standards apply:
(A) Model Homes. Model homes, apartments, and condominiums that contain a sales office shall be permitted with the following requirements:
(1) Duration. The duration of a temporary improvement location permit for a model home, apartment, or condominium shall be three years and may be renewed annually after the initial three-year period.
(2) Location. Model homes, apartments, and condominiums shall be on the site of the development for which the sales are taking place.
(3) Parking. The model home, apartment, or condominium shall provide the required parking in Chapter 18.176 AMC, Parking Standards, for the applicable district. [Ord. 1746-2023; Ord. 1286-2008. UDO § 5.85.]
This temporary use and structure standards section applies to the following zoning districts: PR, AC, NC, DC, C1, C2, HC, I1. The following standards apply:
(A) Farmer’s Market. Farmer’s markets shall be permitted and exempt from obtaining a temporary improvement location permit provided the following standards are met:
(1) Duration. The farmer’s market shall occur on a regular basis, no more than twice per week, for a period not to exceed seven months per calendar year.
(2) Location. The farmer’s market shall consist of vendors transporting produce and products to the site of the farmer’s market, setting up tables or booths, and removing all produce, products, tables, and booths at the end of the day.
(3) Parking. One parking space shall be required for every vendor space in a farmer’s market. The required parking spaces shall be within 600 feet of the farmer’s market and may include on-street parking spaces and public parking lots. [Ord. 1746-2023; Ord. 1286-2008. UDO § 5.86.]
This temporary use and structure standards section applies to the following zoning districts: AC, DC, C1, C2, HC, I1. The following standards apply:
(A) Sale of Seasonal Items. The sale of seasonal items such as Independence Day fireworks, Christmas trees, and Halloween pumpkins shall be permitted if the following standards are met:
(1) Duration. The duration of a temporary improvement location permit for the sale of seasonal items shall be no more than 45 days. All unsold merchandise shall be removed within five days after the expiration of the temporary improvement location permit.
(2) Location.
(a) The sale of seasonal items shall be on a lot that fronts a collector or arterial street.
(b) The sale of seasonal items shall be at least 50 feet from residential zoning districts.
(3) Additional Requirements. The sale of seasonal items must comply with all requirements of applicable state laws. [Ord. 1746-2023; Ord. 1286-2008. UDO § 5.87.]
This trash receptacle standards section applies to the following zoning districts: PR, ER, R4, R5, MH, UV, IS, NC, DC, C1, C2, HC, I1, I2, I3, HI.
The intent of this trash receptacle standards section is to protect the health, safety, and welfare of the residents of the zoning jurisdiction of the city by requiring outdoor trash receptacles to meet certain standards and to enhance the aesthetic environment of the city. The following standards apply:
(A) Project Applicability. Any new outdoor trash receptacle, dumpster, compactor, or similar container placed after the effective date of the ordinance codified in this title shall be permitted if all of the following standards are met.
(1) Exemptions. Outdoor trash receptacles, dumpsters, compactors, or similar containers temporarily placed (i.e., construction projects) shall be exempt from the standards in this section.
(B) Design.
(1) Screening.
(a) Outdoor trash receptacles, dumpsters, compactors, or similar containers shall be screened on all sides by a fence or wall that is constructed with wood, brick, or stone.
(b) Outdoor trash receptacles, dumpsters, compactors, or similar containers shall be accessible by gates.
(c) The screening of outdoor trash receptacles, dumpsters, compactors, or similar containers shall meet the location and setback requirements in AMC 18.160.140 through 18.160.190, Fence and wall standards.
(2) Surface Materials. Outdoor trash receptacles, dumpsters, compactors, or similar containers shall be placed on a paved surface.
(C) Setbacks.
(1) Front Yard. Trash receptacles shall not be located in a front yard.
(2) Side Yard. Trash receptacles may project into a side yard setback for a primary structure by 50 percent of the minimum side yard setback.
(3) Rear Yard. Trash receptacles may project into a rear yard setback for a primary structure by 50 percent of the minimum rear yard setback.
(D) Maintenance. All trash receptacles and screening associated with trash receptacles shall be properly maintained and kept in good condition. [Ord. 1746-2023; Ord. 1286-2008. UDO § 5.88.]
This vision clearance standards section applies to the following zoning districts: PR, AG, AC, ER, R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, TR, LR, MH, UV, IS, NC, DC, C1, C2, HC, I1, I2, I3, HI.
The intent of this vision clearance standards section is to protect the health, safety, and welfare of the residents of the zoning jurisdiction of the city by eliminating visual obstructions at intersections. The following standards apply:
(A) Vision Clearance Triangle. A vision clearance or sight triangle shall be maintained at every intersection of two or more streets, intersection of a street and alley, and intersection of a street and driveway.
(1) Horizontal Area.
(a) Arterial Streets. The vision clearance triangle leg lengths shall be 25 feet as measured from the edge of pavement (see “A” in the illustration below) when one or more of the intersecting streets is an arterial street.
(b) Other Streets. The vision clearance triangle leg lengths shall be 15 feet as measured from the edge of pavement (see “A” in the illustration below) when one or more of the intersecting streets is a collector or local street.

(2) Vertical Area. No primary or accessory structures, landscaping, fences, walls, or signs shall be permitted to be placed or to project into the vision clearance triangle between the heights of two and one-half feet and nine feet above the crown of the adjacent roadway.
(3) Exemptions. Public street signs and utility poles shall be exempt from the vision clearance standards. [Ord. 1746-2023; Ord. 1286-2008. UDO § 5.89.]
This wind turbine system standards section applies to the following zoning districts: PR, AG, AC, ER, R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, TR, LR, MH, UV, IS, NC, DC, C1, C2, HC, I1, I2, I3, HI. The following standards apply to small wind turbine systems:
(A) Permitted Systems.
(1) Horizontal Axis Wind Turbine. A horizontal axis small wind turbine system shall be permitted as per the standards in this section.
(2) Vertical Axis Wind Turbine. A vertical axis small wind turbine system shall be permitted as per the standards in this section.
(B) Prerequisites.
(1) Energy Production Purpose. Small wind turbine systems shall be primarily sized and installed for the purpose of generating energy for an on-site use (i.e., residence, small business, or farmstead). The small wind turbine system shall be sized to not produce more than 150 percent of the annual on-site electricity needs.
(2) Rated Power Limits. A small wind turbine system shall have a maximum rated power level of 11 kilowatts.
(3) Lot Size. A minimum three-quarter-acre lot shall be required for a small wind turbine system to be installed.
(4) Manufacturer Installation Specifications. Any permitted small wind turbine system shall be installed according to the manufacturer’s specifications unless in conflict with applicable standards in this title. When conflicts exist, the following standards apply:
(a) Manufacturer Specifications Are More Strict. When the manufacturer’s specifications are more strict than this title, the manufacturer’s specifications shall be followed.
(b) Zoning Standards Are More Strict. When this title is more strict than the manufacturer’s specifications, this title shall prevail, and that particular small wind turbine system shall be considered not permitted.
(C) Turbine System Limitations.
(1) Experimental Turbines. Small wind turbine systems shall be commercially available and shall have been (a) certified by the Small Wind Certification Council (SWCC); (b) certified by the American Wind Energy Association (AWEA); (c) certified by an equivalent, reputable agency; or (d) produced by a manufacturer that has produced and sold at least 50 units of the model of interest. Small wind turbine systems that do not meet at least one of these minimum standards shall be considered experimental and shall not be permitted.
(2) Connection to the Grid. Any small wind turbine system that is intended to be connected to the power grid shall be IEEE 1547 compliant (Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers Standard for Interconnecting Distributed Resources with Electric Power Systems).
(D) Supporting Structure.
(1) Tower-Mounted. A horizontal axis small wind turbine system designed by the manufacturer for tower mounting may be mounted on a monopole, pole with guy wires, lattice tower, or lattice tower with guy wires.
(2) Roof-Mounted. A horizontal or vertical axis small wind turbine system designed by the manufacturer for roof mounting may be mounted to the roof of a primary or accessory building.
(3) Ground-Mounted. A vertical axis small wind turbine system designed by the manufacturer for ground mounting shall be mounted on the ground.
(E) Height Limitations.
(1) Horizontal Axis (Tower-Mounted). The maximum tower height for a horizontal axis small wind turbine system shall be 80 feet for lots under five acres, and 110 feet for lots five acres or greater.
(2) Horizontal or Vertical Axis (Roof-Mounted). The maximum height of all components of a roof-mounted small wind turbine system shall be six feet above the highest point of the roof for residential buildings and 10 feet above the highest point on the roof for agricultural, commercial, institutional, and industrial uses.
(3) Vertical Axis (Ground-Mounted). The maximum height for all components of a vertical axis, ground-mounted small wind turbine system shall be 40 feet.
(F) Maximum Number of Turbine Systems.
(1) Small Lot. A lot with two acres or less shall be restricted to one horizontal axis small wind turbine system and one vertical axis roof-mounted small wind turbine system.
(2) Large Lots. A lot with more than two acres may have:
(a) Up to two tower-mounted horizontal axis or ground-mounted vertical axis small wind turbine systems; and
(b) Up to three roof-mounted vertical axis or horizontal axis small wind turbine systems.
(G) Wind Load. A small wind turbine system shall be engineered to survive a 100-mile-per-hour wind load or greater.
(H) Rotor Diameter. The maximum rotor diameter shall be 20 feet for a small wind turbine system.
(I) Location Restrictions.
(1) Setback From Property Line. A small wind turbine system, not including guy wires, shall be a minimum of 25 feet from the property line or 110 percent of the height of the tower, whichever is greater.
(2) Setback From Buildings. A small wind turbine system, not including guy wires, shall not be required to be set back from any on-site building.
(3) Setback From Utilities. A small wind turbine system, not including guy wires, shall be a minimum of 50 feet from any above-ground utility line or 120 percent of the height of the tower, whichever is greater.
(4) Setback for Guy Wires. Guy wire anchors shall be at least 15 feet from all property lines.
(J) Safety.
(1) Roof-Mounted Systems. The rotors (blades) of a horizontal axis turbine mounted on a roof shall not extend horizontally beyond the roof line of the building to which it is attached.
(2) Ground Clearance. The rotors (blades) of a horizontal axis wind turbine mounted on a tower shall not extend vertically to within 20 feet of the ground.
(3) Overspeed Protection. A small wind turbine system shall have a fail-safe braking system, auto-furling system, or similar system to prevent structural failure due to excessive revolutions per minute (rpm). Overspeed protection shall be a proven industry standard.
(K) Nuisance Prevention.
(1) Noise. A small wind turbine system shall not generate more than 40 dBA L90 or ambient dBA L90 + 5 dBA, whichever is greater when measured at the property line.
(2) Illumination. A small wind turbine system shall not be illuminated in any way unless required by FAA regulations.
(3) Feeder Lines. Feeder lines for wind turbines (i.e., electrical connection between the wind turbine and the on-site structure in which the power is utilized) shall be placed underground.
(L) Abandoned Systems. A small wind turbine system shall be considered abandoned if its use as a wind turbine system is discontinued for more than six months. The small wind turbine system shall be removed within six months after being abandoned.
(M) Appurtenances. A small wind turbine system shall not have any appurtenances (e.g., lighting, flags, signs, or decorations) attached to it except for meteorological measuring equipment. [Ord. 1746-2023; Ord. 1352-2010; Ord. 1286-2008. UDO § 5.90.]
This wind turbine system standards section applies to the following zoning districts: PR, AG, R5, UV, IS, C1, C2, HC, I1, I2, I3, HI. The following standards apply to large wind turbine systems:
(A) Permitted Systems.
(1) Horizontal Axis Wind Turbine. A horizontal axis large wind turbine system shall be permitted as per the standards in this section.
(2) Vertical Axis Wind Turbine. A vertical axis large wind turbine system shall be permitted as per the standards in this section.
(B) Prerequisites.
(1) Energy Production Purpose. Large wind turbine systems shall be primarily sized and installed for the purpose of generating energy for an on-site use (e.g., a school, industry, office building). The large wind turbine system shall be sized to not produce more than 200 percent of the annual on-site electricity needs.
(2) Rated Power Limits. A large wind turbine system shall have a minimum rated power of 11 kilowatts and shall have a maximum rated power level of 500 kilowatts.
(3) Lot Size. A minimum two-acre lot shall be required for a large wind turbine system to be installed.
(4) Manufacturer Installation Specifications. Any permitted large wind turbine system shall be installed according to the manufacturer’s specifications unless in conflict with applicable standards in this title. When conflicts exist, the following standards apply:
(a) Manufacturer Specifications Are More Strict. When the manufacturer’s specifications are more strict than this title, the manufacturer’s specifications shall be followed.
(b) Zoning Standards Are More Strict. When this title is more strict than the manufacturer’s specifications, this title shall prevail, and that particular large wind turbine system shall be considered not permitted.
(C) Turbine System Limitations.
(1) Minimum Ratings. A large wind turbine system shall be manufactured to meet all applicable industry standards for manufacturing practices and safety.
(2) Experimental Turbines. A large wind turbine system that does not meet the applicable minimum ratings shall be considered experimental and shall not be permitted.
(3) Connection to the Grid. A large wind turbine system that is intended to be connected to the power grid shall be IEEE 1547 compliant (Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers Standard for Interconnecting Distributed Resources with Electric Power Systems).
(D) Supporting Structure.
(1) Tower-Mounted Systems. A horizontal axis large wind turbine system designed for tower mounting shall be mounted on a monopole. Lattice towers and towers with guy wires shall not be permitted.
(2) Roof-Mounted. A large wind turbine system shall not be permitted to be mounted on a roof.
(3) Ground-Mounted Systems. A vertical axis large wind turbine system designed for ground mounting shall be mounted on the ground.
(E) Height Limitations.
(1) Horizontal Axis (Tower-Mounted). The maximum tower height for a horizontal axis large wind turbine system shall be 120 feet for lots under five acres, and 140 feet for lots five acres or greater.
(2) Roof-Mounted. Large wind turbine systems are not permitted to be mounted on a roof.
(3) Vertical Axis (Ground-Mounted). The maximum height of all components of a vertical axis, ground-mounted large wind turbine system shall be 60 feet.
(F) Maximum Number of Turbine Systems.
(1) Small Lot. A lot with 15 acres or less shall be restricted to one horizontal axis or vertical axis large wind turbine system.
(2) Large Lots. A lot with more than 15 acres may have up to two horizontal axis or vertical axis large wind turbine systems.
(G) Wind Load. A large wind turbine system shall be engineered to survive a 110-mile-per-hour wind load or greater.
(H) Rotor Diameter. The maximum rotor diameter shall be 200 feet for a large wind turbine system.
(I) Location Restrictions.
(1) Setback From Property Line. A large wind turbine system shall be a minimum of 100 feet or 200 percent of the hub height from the property line, whichever is greater.
(2) Setback From On-Site Buildings. A large wind turbine system shall be required to be set back 100 feet from any on-site primary building. There is no required setback from accessory structures.
(3) Setback From Off-Site Land Uses. A large wind turbine system shall be a minimum of 1,000 feet from a platted residential subdivision, multiple-family residential development, institutional use (e.g., school or church), land zoned single-family residential, land zoned multiple-residential, or land zoned institutional. These standards only apply to off-site properties and should not be construed as restricting any of the above listed types of development (e.g., school or multiple-family development) from choosing to have an on-site large wind turbine system.
(4) Setback From Airport or Heliport. A large wind turbine system shall be a minimum of 2,500 feet from an airport or heliport.
(5) Setback From Utilities. A large wind turbine system shall be a minimum of 200 feet or 200 percent of the hub height from above-ground transmission lines, utility lines, or substations, whichever is greater.
(J) Safety.
(1) Ground Clearance. The rotors (i.e., blades) of a horizontal axis large wind turbine system mounted on a tower shall not extend vertically to within 30 feet of the ground.
(2) Anti-Icing Technology. A large wind turbine system shall be equipped with technology able to detect icing on rotors that causes the system to shut down when experiencing a significant icing event; or shall utilize another industry-accepted standard for protecting against shedding of significant pieces of ice capable of damaging nearby buildings and/or injuring persons or animals on the ground.
(3) Controls and Brakes. A large wind turbine system shall be equipped with a redundant braking system that includes both aerodynamic overspeed controls (i.e., variable pitch, tip, and other similar systems) and mechanical brakes.
(K) Nuisance Prevention.
(1) Noise. A large wind turbine system shall not generate more than 40 dBA L90 or ambient dBA L90 + 5 dBA, whichever is greater when measured at the property line.
(2) Illumination. A large wind turbine system shall not be illuminated in any way unless required by Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) regulations. Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) regulations shall be demonstrated to the Zoning Administrator prior to installation. If signal lighting is required on the top of a large wind turbine system, then it shall be shielded to prevent light below the horizontal plane.
(3) Shadow Flicker. The flickering effect caused by a Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) required signal light and the turning of the rotor shall be mitigated to the extent possible with the best known technology or practice.
(4) Color. A large wind turbine system shall be a non-obtrusive color such as white, off-white, gray, earth tones, or similar nonreflective colors.
(5) Signs. No large wind turbine system shall be used to display a commercial message.
(6) Signal Interference. The owner shall make reasonable efforts to avoid any disruption or loss of radio, telephone, television or similar signals, and shall mitigate any harm caused by the large wind turbine system.
(7) Feeder Lines. Feeder lines for wind turbines (i.e., electrical connection between the wind turbine and the on-site structure in which the power is utilized) shall be placed underground.
(L) Abandoned Systems. A large wind turbine system shall be considered abandoned if its use as a wind turbine system is discontinued for more than six months. The large wind turbine system shall be removed within nine months after being abandoned.
(M) Appurtenances. A large wind turbine system shall not have any appurtenances (e.g., exterior lighting, wireless communication antennas, or ornamentation). Weather monitoring devices and safety equipment shall not be considered appurtenances. [Ord. 1746-2023; Ord. 1352-2010; Ord. 1286-2008. UDO § 5.91.]
This accessory structure standards section applies to the following zoning districts: PR, AG, AC, ER, R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, TR, LR, MH, UV, IS, NC, DC, C1, C2, HC, I1, I2, I3, HI.
The intent of the accessory structure standards is to permit accessory structures that meet the needs of property owners while ensuring neighborliness and aesthetic quality. These accessory structure standards also protect the health, safety, and welfare of the residents within the zoning jurisdiction of the city. The following standards apply:
(A) Cross-Reference. Some structures are regulated independent of the accessory structure standards. The following types of structures are regulated in other sections:
(1) Accessory Dwelling. See AMC 18.160.030, Accessory dwelling standards.
(2) Fences and Walls. See AMC 18.160.140 through 18.160.190, Fence and wall standards.
(3) Signs. See Chapter 18.180 AMC, Sign Standards.
(4) Storage Tanks. See AMC 18.160.400 through 18.160.420, Storage tank standards.
(5) Swimming Pools. Swimming pools shall meet the regulations within this chapter and the Indiana Administrative Code (675 IAC 20, Swimming Pool Code).
(6) Telecommunication Facilities. See AMC 18.160.440 and 18.160.450, Telecommunication facility standards.
(7) Trash Receptacles. See AMC 18.160.510, Trash receptacle standards.
(B) Applicability.
(1) Minimum Front Yard Setback. The minimum front yard setback shall be as indicated in the applicable chapter in Division II of this title, Zoning Districts.
(2) Minimum Side Yard Setback. The minimum side yard setback shall be as indicated in the applicable chapter in Division II of this title, Zoning Districts.
(3) Minimum Rear Yard Setback. The minimum rear yard setback shall be as indicated in the applicable chapter in Division II of this title, Zoning Districts.
(4) Maximum Structure Height. The maximum structure height shall be as indicated in the applicable chapter in Division II of this title, Zoning Districts.
(C) Permits. An improvement location permit shall be required prior to installation or construction of an accessory structure greater than 200 square feet in area unless specifically noted otherwise. In circumstances where a permit is not required, the accessory structure shall still meet all applicable accessory structure standards.
(D) Types.
(1) Prohibited Accessory Structures.
(a) A mobile home, manufactured home, recreational vehicle, semi-tractor trailer, boat, motor vehicle, or trailer; in part, in whole, or of the like, shall not be permitted as an accessory structure.
(b) Portable on-demand storage (PODS) units shall not be permitted as a permanent accessory structure. See AMC 18.160.460 through 18.160.500, Temporary use and structure standards.
(E) Maintenance. All accessory structures shall be properly maintained and kept in good condition. [Ord. 1746-2023; Ord. 1286-2008. UDO § 5.04.]
This accessory structure standards section applies to the following zoning districts: PR, AG, AC. The following standards apply:
(A) Types.
(1) Storage-Based. Storage-based accessory structures shall be permitted. Storage-based accessory structures shall include barns, boat houses, carports, detached garages, greenhouses, mini-barns, pole structures, pool houses, sheds, and other structures used primarily for storage purposes.
(2) Recreation-Based. Recreation-based accessory structures shall be permitted. Recreation-based accessory structures shall include decks, gazebos, hot tubs, ground-mounted satellite dishes, sport courts, swimming pools, and other structures used primarily for recreational purposes.
(B) Relationship.
(1) Use. An accessory structure shall relate to the primary use of the lot or the zoning district’s permitted uses.
(2) Timing. An accessory structure may be installed or built on a lot prior to the construction of the primary structure or without the existence of the primary structure.
(C) Quantity. No more than 10 accessory structures shall be permitted on a lot. There is no limit on recreation-based accessory structures.
(D) Location. Storage-based and recreation-based accessory structures shall only be allowed in side yards and rear yards with the following exceptions:
(1) Basketball Goals. A basketball goal along a driveway or mounted on the garage shall not be considered a sport court. However, a basketball goal shall meet the front yard setback requirement.
(2) Detached Garage. A detached garage may be placed forward of a primary structure, but only if it is side loading and to the side of the primary structure’s façade. [Ord. 1746-2023; Ord. 1302-2009 §§ 1, 2; Ord. 1286-2008. UDO § 5.05.]
This accessory structure standards section applies to the following zoning districts: ER. The following standards apply:
(A) Types.
(1) Storage-Based. Storage-based accessory structures shall be permitted. Storage-based accessory structures shall include barns, boat houses, carports, detached garages, greenhouses, mini-barns, pole structures, pool houses, sheds, and other structures used primarily for storage purposes.
(2) Recreation-Based. Recreation-based accessory structures shall be permitted. Recreation-based accessory structures shall include decks, gazebos, hot tubs, ground-mounted satellite dishes, sport courts, swimming pools, and other structures used primarily for recreational purposes.
(B) Relationship.
(1) Use. An accessory structure shall relate to the primary use of the lot.
(2) Timing. An accessory structure shall not be installed or built on a lot prior to the construction of the primary structure.
(C) Quantity and Size.
(1) Maximum Number. No more than three storage-based accessory structures shall be permitted on a lot. There is no limit on recreation-based accessory structures.
(2) Maximum Size. The cumulative square footage of all storage-based accessory structures shall not exceed two times the area of the footprint of the primary structure.
(D) Materials. The exterior finish and façade of all storage-based accessory structures greater than 200 square feet in area shall match, closely resemble, or significantly complement the materials and colors used on the primary structure.
(E) Location. Storage-based and recreation-based accessory structures shall only be allowed in side yard and rear yards with the following exceptions:
(1) Basketball Goals. A basketball goal along a driveway or mounted on the garage shall not be considered a sport court. However, a basketball goal shall meet the front yard setback requirement.
(2) Detached Garage. A detached garage may be placed forward of a primary structure, but only if it is side loading, less than 700 square feet of space, and to the side of the primary structure’s façade. [Ord. 1746-2023; Ord. 1302-2009 §§ 3, 4; Ord. 1286-2008. UDO § 5.06.]
This accessory structure standards section applies to the following zoning districts: R1, R2, R3, R4, TR. The following standards apply:
(A) Types.
(1) Storage-Based. Storage-based accessory structures shall be permitted. Storage-based accessory structures shall include barns, carports, detached garages, greenhouses, mini-barns, pole structures, pool houses, sheds, and other structures used primarily for storage purposes.
(2) Recreation-Based. Recreation-based accessory structures shall be permitted. Recreation-based accessory structures shall include decks, gazebos, hot tubs, ground-mounted satellite dishes, sport courts, swimming pools, and other structures used primarily for recreational purposes.
(B) Relationship.
(1) Use. An accessory structure shall relate to the primary use of the lot.
(2) Timing. An accessory structure shall not be installed or built on a lot prior to the construction of the primary structure.
(C) Quantity and Size.
(1) Maximum Number. No more than two storage-based accessory structures shall be permitted on a lot. There is no limit on recreation-based accessory structures.
(2) Maximum Size. The cumulative square footage of all storage-based accessory structures shall not exceed 100 percent of the area of the footprint of the primary structure.
(D) Materials. The exterior finish and façade of all storage-based accessory structures greater than 200 square feet in area shall match, closely resemble, or significantly complement the materials and colors used on the primary structure.
(E) Location. Storage-based and recreation-based accessory structures shall only be allowed in side and rear yards with the following exceptions:
(1) Basketball Goals. A basketball goal along a driveway or mounted on the garage shall not be considered a sport court. However, a basketball goal shall meet the front yard setback requirement. [Ord. 1746-2023; Ord. 1302-2009 §§ 5, 6; Ord. 1286-2008. UDO § 5.07.]
This accessory structure standards section applies to the following zoning districts: LR. The following standards apply:
(A) Types.
(1) Storage-Based. Storage-based accessory structures shall be permitted. Storage-based accessory structures shall include barns, boat houses, carports, detached garages, greenhouses, mini-barns, pole structures, pool houses, sheds, and other structures used primarily for storage purposes.
(2) Recreation-Based. Recreation-based accessory structures shall be permitted. Recreation-based accessory structures shall include decks, docks, gazebos, hot tubs, ground-mounted satellite dishes, piers, sport courts, swimming pools, and other structures used primarily for recreational purposes.
(B) Relationship.
(1) Use.
(a) Single Lot. In cases where an accessory structure is located on the same lot as the primary structure, the accessory structure shall relate to the primary use of the lot.
(b) Multiple Lots. In cases where a lake front through lot includes an adjacent lot separated only by a right-of-way or access easement, the accessory structure shall relate to the primary use of the lot to which it is legally associated.
(2) Timing.
(a) Single Lot. Accessory structure shall not be installed or built on a lot prior to the construction of the primary structure.
(b) Multiple Lots. An accessory structure shall not be installed or built on a lot prior to the construction of the primary structure to which the accessory structure is associated, even if that primary structure is on a separate lot.
(C) Quantity and Size.
(1) Maximum Number.
(a) Single Lot. In cases where an accessory structure is located on the same lot as the primary structure, no more than two storage-based accessory structures shall be permitted on a lot. There is no limit on recreation-based accessory structures.
(b) Multiple Lots. In cases where a lake front through lot includes an adjacent lot separated only by a right-of-way or access easement, no more than two storage-based accessory structures shall be permitted on the lot where the primary structure is located, and no more than two storage-based accessory structures shall be permitted on the lot where the primary structure is not located. There is no limit on recreation-based accessory structures.
(2) Maximum Size.
(a) Single Lot. In cases where an accessory structure is located on the same lot as the primary structure, the cumulative square footage of all storage-based accessory structures on a lot shall not exceed 100 percent of the area of the footprint of the primary structure.
(b) Multiple Lots. In cases where a lake front through lot includes an adjacent lot separated only by a right-of-way or access easement, the cumulative square footage of the storage-based accessory structures on the lot where the primary structure is located shall not exceed 100 percent of the area of the footprint of the primary structure and the cumulative square footage of the storage-based accessory structures on the lot where the primary structure is not located shall not exceed 100 percent of the area of the footprint of the primary structure or the maximum lot coverage ratio, whichever is less.
(D) Materials. The exterior finish and façade of all storage-based accessory structures greater than 200 square feet in area shall match, closely resemble, or significantly complement the materials and colors used on the primary structure.
(E) Location. Storage-based accessory structures shall only be allowed in street yards and side yards. Recreation-based accessory structures shall be allowed in lake yards, street yards, and side yards. [Ord. 1746-2023; Ord. 1302-2009 §§ 7, 8; Ord. 1286-2008. UDO § 5.08.]
This accessory structure standards section applies to the following zoning districts: R5. The following standards apply:
(A) Types.
(1) Support-Based. Support-based accessory structures shall be permitted. Support-based accessory structures may include a management office, sales office, maintenance facility, indoor fitness room, indoor or outdoor sport courts, indoor or outdoor swimming pool, indoor or outdoor play equipment, enclosed vending, laundry, and other structures customarily incidental to the development. All support-based accessory structures shall be subordinate to the residential component of the development; be located, designed, and intended to serve only the needs of the development and its residents; and shall present no visible evidence of its nonresidential nature to areas outside the development.
(2) Storage-Based. Except for garages and carports, storage-based accessory structures specific to each dwelling unit shall not be permitted.
(B) Relationship.
(1) Use. An accessory structure shall relate to the primary use of the land and be solely used in connection with the primary use.
(2) Timing.
(a) Support-Based. A support-based accessory structure may be installed or built on a lot prior to the construction of a primary structure.
(b) Storage-Based. A storage-based accessory structure shall not be installed or built on a lot prior to the construction of a primary structure.
(C) Quantity. No more than four support-based accessory structures shall be permitted for any development. There is no limit on storage-based accessory structures.
(D) Materials. The exterior finish and façade of all accessory structures greater than 200 square feet in area shall match, closely resemble, or significantly complement the materials and colors used on the primary structure.
(E) Location. Support-based and storage-based accessory structures are not restricted to any specific yards. [Ord. 1746-2023; Ord. 1302-2009 §§ 9, 10; Ord. 1286-2008. UDO § 5.09.]
This accessory structure standards section applies to the following zoning districts: MH. The following standards apply:
(A) Types.
(1) Support-Based. Support-based accessory structures shall be permitted. Support-based accessory structures shall include a management office, sales office, maintenance facility, indoor fitness room, indoor and outdoor sport courts, indoor and outdoor swimming pool, indoor and outdoor play equipment, enclosed vending, laundry, emergency storm shelter, and other structures customarily incidental to the development. All support-based accessory structures shall be subordinate to the residential component of the development; be located, designed, and intended to serve only the needs of the development and its residents; and present no visible evidence of their nonresidential nature to areas outside the development.
(2) Storage-Based. Storage-based accessory structures in the form of detached garages, carports, and sheds shall be permitted for dwelling sites.
(3) Recreation-Based. Recreation-based accessory structures in the form of decks and ground-mounted satellite dishes shall be permitted for dwelling sites.
(B) Relationship.
(1) Use. An accessory structure shall relate to the primary use of the land and be solely used in connection with the primary use.
(2) Timing.
(a) Support-Based. A support-based accessory structure may be installed or built on a lot prior to the construction of a primary structure.
(b) Storage-Based and Recreation-Based. Storage-based accessory structures and recreational-based accessory structures shall not be installed or built on a dwelling site prior to the construction or installation of a dwelling unit.
(C) Quantity and Size.
(1) Maximum Number per Development. No more than four support-based accessory structures shall be permitted for any development. There is no limit on recreation-based accessory structures.
(2) Maximum Number per Dwelling Site. Each dwelling site shall be permitted one shed in addition to a carport or garage. No additional storage-based accessory structures shall be permitted on a dwelling site.
(3) Maximum Size. The total area of storage-based accessory structures on a dwelling site shall not exceed 25 percent of the dwelling site area or 600 square feet, whichever is less.
(D) Materials. The exterior finish and façade of all accessory structures greater than 200 square feet in area shall match, closely resemble, or significantly complement the materials and colors used on the primary structure with which it is associated.
(E) Location. Storage-based and recreation-based accessory structures shall only be allowed in side yards and rear yards with the following exception:
(1) Basketball Goals. A basketball goal along a driveway or mounted on the garage shall not be considered a sport court. However, a basketball goal shall meet the front yard setback requirement. [Ord. 1746-2023; Ord. 1302-2009 §§ 11, 12; Ord. 1286-2008. UDO § 5.10.]
This accessory structure standards section applies to the following zoning districts: UV. The following standards apply:
(A) Types.
(1) Support-Based. Support-based accessory structures shall be permitted. Support-based accessory structures shall include a maintenance facility, mechanical structure, standalone restroom facility, storage building, enclosed vending, kiosk, or other structure used in support of the primary structure.
(2) Recreation-Based. Recreation-based accessory structures shall be permitted. Recreation-based accessory structures shall include a deck, fountain, pavilion, picnic shelter, public art display, sport court, terrace, play equipment, or other structures that add a recreational element to the primary use of the land.
(B) Relationship.
(1) Use. An accessory structure shall relate to the primary use of the land and be solely used in connection with the specific primary use.
(2) Timing. An accessory structure may be installed or built on a lot prior to the construction of a primary structure.
(C) Quantity. No more than eight support-based accessory structures shall be permitted on a lot. There is no limit on recreation-based accessory structures.
(D) Materials. The exterior finish and façade of all accessory structures shall match, closely resemble, or significantly complement the character of the district.
(E) Location. Support-based and recreation-based accessory structures shall only be allowed in side yards and rear yards. [Ord. 1746-2023; Ord. 1302-2009 §§ 13, 14; Ord. 1286-2008. UDO § 5.11.]
This accessory structure standards section applies to the following zoning districts: IS. The following standards apply:
(A) Types.
(1) Support-Based. Support-based accessory structures shall be permitted. A support-based accessory structure shall include a maintenance facility, mechanical structure, freestanding canopy, standalone restroom facilities, storage building, enclosed vending, kiosk, or structures used in support of the primary structure.
(2) Recreation-Based. Recreation-based accessory structures shall be permitted. A recreation-based accessory structure shall include a deck, fountains, pavilion, picnic shelter, public art display, sport courts, terrace, playground equipment or other structures that add a recreational element to the primary use of the land.
(B) Relationship.
(1) Use. An accessory structure shall relate to the primary use of the land and be solely used in connection with the specific primary use.
(2) Timing. An accessory structure shall not be installed or built on a lot prior to the construction of a primary structure.
(C) Quantity and Size. Up to eight support-based accessory structures shall be permitted on a lot. There is no limit on recreation-based accessory structures.
(D) Materials. The exterior finish and façade of all accessory structures shall match, closely resemble, or significantly complement the character of the district.
(E) Location. Support-based and recreation-based accessory structures shall only be allowed in side yards and rear yards. [Ord. 1746-2023; Ord. 1302-2009 §§ 15, 16; Ord. 1286-2008. UDO § 5.12.]
This accessory structure standards section applies to the following zoning districts: NC. The following standards apply:
(A) Types.
(1) Support-Based. Support-based accessory structures shall be permitted. Support-based accessory structures shall include a storage building, refrigeration or freezer unit, freestanding canopy, mechanical structure, or other structure used in support of the primary structure.
(2) Recreation-Based. Recreation-based accessory structures shall be permitted. A recreation-based accessory structure shall include a deck, terrace, play equipment, or other structures that add a recreational element to the primary structure that is consistent with the intent of the district.
(B) Relationship.
(1) Use. An accessory structure shall relate to the primary use of the land and be solely used in connection with the specific primary use.
(2) Timing. An accessory structure shall not be installed or built on a lot prior to the construction of the primary structure.
(C) Quantity and Size.
(1) Maximum Number. No more than two support-based accessory structures shall be permitted on a lot. There is no limit on recreation-based accessory structures.
(2) Maximum Size. The cumulative square footage of all storage-based accessory structures shall not exceed 800 square feet in area or 10 percent of the area of the footprint of the primary structure, whichever is greater.
(D) Materials. The exterior finish and façade of all accessory structures greater than 200 square feet in area shall match, closely resemble, or significantly complement the materials and colors used on the primary structure.
(E) Location. Support-based and recreation-based accessory structures shall only be allowed in side yards and rear yards. [Ord. 1746-2023; Ord. 1302-2009 §§ 17, 18; Ord. 1286-2008. UDO § 5.13.]
This accessory structure standards section applies to the following zoning districts: DC. The following standards apply:
(A) Types.
(1) Support-Based. Support-based accessory structures shall be permitted for nonresidential uses. Support-based accessory structures shall include a storage building, refrigeration or freezer unit, mechanical structure, or other structure used in support of the primary structure.
(2) Recreation-Based. Recreation-based accessory structures shall be permitted for nonresidential uses. Recreation-based accessory structures shall include a deck, fountain, pavilion, public art display, terrace, or other structures that add a recreational element to the primary structure that is consistent with the intent of the district.
(3) Prohibited. Accessory structures for residential uses shall not be permitted.
(B) Relationship.
(1) Use. An accessory structure shall relate to the primary use of the land and be solely used in connection with the specific primary use.
(2) Timing. An accessory structure shall not be installed or built on a lot prior to the construction of the primary structure.
(C) Quantity and Size.
(1) Maximum Number. One support-based accessory structure shall be permitted on a lot. There is no limit on recreation-based accessory structures.
(2) Maximum Size. A support-based accessory structure shall not exceed 500 square feet in area or five percent of the area of the footprint of the primary structure, whichever is larger.
(D) Materials. The exterior finish and façade of any accessory structure shall match, closely resemble, or significantly complement the materials and color used on the primary structures.
(E) Location. Support-based and recreation-based accessory structures shall only be allowed in side yards and rear yards. [Ord. 1746-2023; Ord. 1302-2009 §§ 19, 20; Ord. 1286-2008. UDO § 5.14.]
This accessory structure standards section applies to the following zoning districts: C1, C2, HC. The following standards apply:
(A) Types.
(1) Support-Based. Support-based accessory structures shall be permitted. Support-based accessory structures shall include a maintenance facility, mechanical structure, freestanding canopy, storage building, refrigeration or freezer unit, or other structures used in support of the primary structure.
(2) Recreation-Based. Recreation-based accessory structures shall be permitted. Recreation-based accessory structures shall include a deck, fountain, pavilion, picnic shelter, public art display, sport court, terrace, play equipment, or other structures that add a recreational element to the primary use of the land.
(B) Relationship.
(1) Use. An accessory structure shall relate to the primary use of the land and be solely used in connection with the specific primary use.
(2) Timing. An accessory structure shall not be permitted prior to the construction of a primary structure.
(C) Quantity. No more than four support-based accessory structures shall be permitted on a lot. There is no limit on recreation-based accessory structures.
(D) Materials. The exterior finish and façade of all accessory structures over 200 square feet in area shall match, closely resemble, or significantly complement the materials and color used on the primary structures.
(E) Location. Support-based and recreation-based accessory structures shall only be allowed in side yards and rear yards. [Ord. 1746-2023; Ord. 1302-2009 §§ 21, 22; Ord. 1286-2008. UDO § 5.15.]
This accessory structure standards section applies to the following zoning districts: I1, I2, I3, HI. The following standards apply:
(A) Types.
(1) Support-Based. Support-based accessory structures shall be permitted. Support-based accessory structures shall include a cooling tower, maintenance facility, mechanical structure, storage building, water tower, or other structures used in support of the primary structure.
(2) Recreation-Based. Recreation-based accessory structures shall be permitted. Recreation-based accessory structures shall include a deck, fountain, pavilion, picnic shelter, public art display, sport court, terrace, play equipment, or other structures that add a recreational element to the primary use of the land.
(B) Relationship.
(1) Use. An accessory structure shall relate to the primary use of the land and be solely used in connection with the specific primary use.
(2) Timing. An accessory structure shall not be installed or built on a lot prior to the construction of the primary structures.
(C) Quantity. No more than eight accessory structures shall be permitted on a lot. There is no limit on recreation-based accessory structures.
(D) Materials. The exterior finish and façade of all accessory structures over 200 square feet in area shall match, closely resemble, or significantly complement the materials used on the primary structures.
(E) Location. Support-based and recreation-based accessory structures shall only be allowed in side yards and rear yards. [Ord. 1746-2023; Ord. 1302-2009 §§ 23, 24; Ord. 1286-2008. UDO § 5.16.]
This landscaping standards chapter applies to the following zoning districts: PR, AG, AC, ER, R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, TR, LR, MH, UV, IS, NC, DC, C1, C2, HC, I1, I2, I3, HI.
The intent of landscaping standards is to maintain community character, enhance the visual quality of developments, screen land uses, and better integrate the built and natural environment. The following standards apply:
(A) Cross-Reference.
(1) Vision Clearance Standards. All landscape materials shall be located to avoid interference with visibility per AMC 18.160.520, Vision clearance standards.
(2) Trees Preservation. Removal of trees shall meet the provisions of Chapter 8.20 AMC, Trees.
(B) Project Applicability. Landscape materials consistent with the requirements of this title shall be required when one of the following conditions is met:
(1) New Primary Structure. An improvement location permit for a new primary structure is obtained.
(2) Addition to Primary Structure. An improvement location permit for an addition to the primary structure that adds 50 percent or more square footage is obtained.
(C) Placement.
(1) Easements. Landscape materials shall not be planted in rights-of-way or easements without permission from the city and/or the easement holder unless otherwise required by this title. A tree canopy, however, may project over a right-of-way or any type of easement.
(2) Infrastructure Interference.
(a) Landscape materials shall be located to avoid interference with overhead and underground utilities.
(b) Landscape materials shall maintain five feet of horizontal clearance from sewer and water lines.
(c) Landscape materials shall not project into sidewalks, pedestrian paths, and the like below a height of seven feet.
(d) Landscape materials shall not project over street curbs or pavement below a height of eight feet.
(D) Maintenance. Trees, vegetation, irrigation systems, fences, walls, and other landscape materials are essential elements of a project. Owners and their successors in title are responsible for the regular maintenance of all landscaping materials such that they are kept in good condition, including street trees located in the adjacent right-of-way. All landscape materials shall be maintained alive, healthy, and free from disease and pests. Failure to maintain minimum landscape materials is a violation of this title subject to the provisions of Chapter 18.196 AMC, Enforcement and Penalties.
(E) Tree Preservation Credits. The preservation of an existing healthy tree shall constitute an in-kind credit toward meeting the landscape standards in this title. A credit shall be granted per tree that contributes to and satisfies similarly to the intent of a particular section of the landscape standards (street trees, lot plantings, pond plantings, or buffer yards) within this title.
(1) Preservation Plan. If tree preservation credits are desired, a tree preservation plan shall be submitted prior to any construction activity. The tree preservation plan shall identify the trees intended to be saved and a strategy for retaining and protecting the trees and their existing root systems.
(2) Credits.
(a) For each preserved deciduous tree with the DBH measurement of eight inches or greater, credit for two deciduous trees shall be granted.
(b) For each preserved evergreen tree eight feet tall or greater, credit for two evergreen trees shall be granted.
(3) Unplanned Damage. Any tree intended to be saved that is removed or damaged shall be replaced in the same proportion as the credits that were originally granted. [Ord. 1746-2023; Ord. 1286-2008. UDO § 5.39.]
This landscaping standards section applies to the following zoning districts: PR, ER, R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, TR, LR, MH, UV, IS, NC, DC, C1, C2, HC, I1, I2, I3, HI.
The intent of the street tree planting standards is to maintain community character and enhance aesthetics along public streets; provide a barrier between pedestrians on sidewalks and vehicles on streets; and better define the edge of streets for vehicular safety and flow. The following standards apply:
(A) Quantity. The quantities listed below are in addition to landscape materials that may be required by lot planting, pond planting, parking lot planting, and buffer yard planting specified in other parts of this chapter.
(1) Interstate and State Highways. Properties that abut an interstate or a state or federal highway shall install a minimum of one canopy tree for every 40 feet of interstate and state or federal highway frontage. Each tree shall have a DBH measurement of at least five inches.
(2) Other Streets. Properties that abut all other streets shall install one canopy tree for every 50 feet of street frontage. Each tree shall have a DBH measurement of at least three inches.
(B) Placement.
(1) Interstates and State Highways.
(a) If a tree plot is available between the curb and the sidewalk, and that tree plot is five feet or greater in width, street trees shall be planted in the tree plot at least two and one-quarter feet from the curb and at least two and one-quarter feet from the sidewalk.
(b) If a tree plot is not available or is less than five feet in width, then the trees shall be planted within 20 feet of the right-of-way, and shall be at least two and one-half feet from the curb and at least two and one-half feet from the sidewalk.
(2) Other Streets.
(a) If a tree plot is available between the curb and the sidewalk, and that tree plot is five feet or greater in width, street trees shall be planted in the tree plot at least two and one-quarter feet from the curb and at least two and one-quarter feet from the sidewalk.
(b) If a tree plot is not available or is less than five feet in width, then the trees shall be planted within five feet of the right-of-way, and shall be at least two and one-half feet from the curb and at least two and one-half feet from the sidewalk.
(C) Escrow. When circumstances prevent the planting of street trees, the city shall be provided with an itemized estimate of the cost of the required street trees and the labor to install the trees. The estimate shall be reviewed and approved by the Zoning Administrator. The petitioner shall submit 110 percent of that amount to the city. The city shall deposit the sum into an escrow account established for the purpose of funding street tree plantings. The funds submitted shall be used exclusively for installing the required street trees along the public street frontages in an area adjacent to or as near to the subject property as possible. If after two years from the date of the submission of the escrow funds, the city has not established the street tree improvements, the petitioner may apply to the city for a full refund of the escrow deposit amount. [Ord. 1746-2023; Ord. 1286-2008. UDO § 5.40.]
This landscaping standards section applies to the following zoning districts: PR, ER, R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, TR, LR, MH, UV, IS, NC, DC, C1, C2, HC, I1, I2, I3, HI.
The intent of the lot planting standards is to enhance the visual quality of developments, screen land uses, and better integrate the built and natural environment. The following standards apply:
(A) Quantity. The quantities listed below are in addition to landscape materials that may be required by street tree planting, pond planting, parking lot planting, and buffer yard planting specified in other parts of this chapter.
(1) Foundation Plantings.
(a) Façades of primary structures that front a street and are 80 lineal feet or less shall plant at least three shrubs.
(b) Façades of primary structures that front a street and are over 80 lineal feet shall plant one shrub or ornamental tree for every 20 lineal feet of façade frontage on a street.
(2) Yard Plantings.
(a) Lots 15,000 square feet or less shall plant two canopy trees. Each tree shall have a DBH measurement of at least three inches.
(b) Lots over 15,000 square feet, but less than 30,000 square feet, shall plant four canopy trees. Each tree shall have a DBH measurement of at least three inches.
(c) Lots 30,000 square feet or more shall plant four canopy trees, and then one canopy tree for every additional 15,000 square feet of lot size. Each tree shall have a DBH measurement of at least three inches.
(B) Placement.
(1) Foundation Plantings. Foundation plantings shall be planted along the foundation fronting the street and be located within 10 feet of the building foundation.
(2) Yard Plantings. Yard plantings shall be planted in the front or side yard. [Ord. 1746-2023; Ord. 1286-2008. UDO § 5.41.]
This landscaping standards section applies to the following zoning districts: R5, UV, IS, NC, DC, C1, C2, HC, I1, I2, I3, HI.
The intent of this section is to require a reasonable amount of plant materials around and within parking lots to reduce glare, reduce heat buildup, enhance visual quality of developments, screen and mitigate potential conflicts between land uses, reduce noise pollution, reduce wind, minimize storm runoff, and improve air quality. The following standards apply:
(A) Quantity. The quantities listed below are in addition to landscape materials that may be required by lot planting, pond planting, street tree planting, and buffer yard planting specified in other parts of this chapter.
(1) Perimeter Plantings. Parking lots with five or more spaces shall have one deciduous tree per 40 feet of parking lot perimeter and one shrub per 20 feet of parking lot perimeter. Each tree shall have a DBH measurement of at least three inches.
(2) Interior Plantings. Parking lots with 20 or more parking spaces shall have one landscape island for every 20 spaces. Each landscape island shall be at least 180 square feet in area or at least as large as the drip line area of the tree(s), whichever is greater. Each landscape island shall contain at least one tree per 180 square feet in area. Each tree shall have a DBH measurement of at least three inches. Parking lot landscape islands shall be maintained with plant materials and/or mulch. Gravel shall not be permitted.
(B) Placement.
(1) Perimeter Plantings. Perimeter plantings shall be planted within 10 feet of the parking lot edge. Grouping of perimeter plantings is encouraged to imitate natural vegetation.
(2) Interior Plantings. Landscape islands shall be distributed equally throughout the parking lot. [Ord. 1746-2023; Ord. 1286-2008. UDO § 5.42.]
This landscaping standards section applies to the following zoning districts: ER, R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, TR, MH, UV, IS, NC, DC, C1, C2, HC, I1, I2, I3, HI.
The intent of the pond planting standards is to require a reasonable amount of plant materials around ponds to enhance the visual quality of the development, add shadows to cool water temperature and provide habitat, and to prevent soil erosion. The following standards apply:
(A) Project Applicability. Pond plantings shall be installed around detention ponds and recreational ponds that exceed 20,000 square feet in area.
(B) Quantity. The quantities listed below are in addition to landscape materials that may be required by lot planting, parking lot planting, street tree planting, and buffer yard planting specified in other parts of this chapter.
(1) Perimeter Planting. One tree per 5,000 square feet of pond area and two shrubs per 8,000 square feet of pond area shall be required.
(C) Placement. Landscape materials shall be installed within 15 feet of the edge of the water, and grouping of landscape materials is encouraged to imitate natural vegetation. [Ord. 1746-2023; Ord. 1286-2008. UDO § 5.43.]
This landscaping standards section applies to the following zoning districts: PR, AG, AC, ER, R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, TR, LR, MH, UV, IS, NC, DC, C1, C2, HC, I1, I2, I3, HI.
The intent of the buffer yard planting standards is to screen more intensive land uses from less intensive land uses through the installation of a landscaped buffer yard. The following standards apply:
(A) Project Applicability.
(1) Conflicting Districts. Buffer yards shall be installed along side and rear property lines where conflicting zoning districts meet, as indicated in Table 18.172.060. An “R” in Table 18.172.060 indicates a buffer yard shall be required.
(2) Responsibility. The owner of a property that is more intense shall be responsible for installing the buffer yard at the time the property is rezoned, developed, and/or improved. In the event a property is rezoned, resulting in a conflict with an existing and more intense use or zoning district, then the buffer yard shall be the responsibility of the owner of the property that has the less intense zoning (i.e., the newly rezoned property).
(B) Design.
(1) Depth. Buffer yards shall be a minimum of 20 feet deep.
(2) Placement. Landscape materials shall be installed within the buffer yard such that visual breaks from differing intensity land uses are no greater than 10 feet as measured perpendicular to adjacent property lines.
(3) Plant Quantities. The following shall be the minimum requirements for landscape materials in the buffer yard:
(a) One evergreen tree per 10 feet of contiguous boundary with the conflicting zoning district shall be planted.
(b) One shrub per five feet of contiguous boundary with the conflicting zoning district shall be planted.
| PR | AG | AC | ER | R1 | R2 | R3 | R4 | R5 | TR | LR | MH | UV | IS | NC | DC | C1 | C2 | HC | I1 | I2 | I3 | HI |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
PR |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| R |
AG |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| R |
AC |
|
|
| R | R | R | R | R | R | R | R | R | R |
| R | R |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ER |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| R |
| R | R | R | R | R | R | R | R | R |
R1 |
|
| R |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| R |
| R | R | R | R | R | R | R | R | R |
R2 |
|
| R |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| R |
| R | R | R | R | R | R | R | R | R |
R3 |
|
| R |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| R |
| R | R | R | R | R | R | R | R | R |
R4 |
|
| R |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| R | R | R | R | R | R | R | R | R |
R5 |
|
| R |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| R | R | R | R | R | R |
TR |
|
| R |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| R |
|
|
| R | R | R | R | R | R | R |
LR |
|
| R |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| R |
| R | R | R | R | R | R | R | R | R |
MH |
|
| R |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| R |
|
| R | R | R | R | R | R | R | R |
UV |
|
| R | R | R | R | R |
|
| R | R | R |
|
|
|
|
| R | R | R | R | R | R |
IS |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| R |
NC |
|
| R | R | R | R | R | R |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| R |
DC |
|
| R | R | R | R | R | R |
|
| R | R |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| R |
C1 |
|
|
| R | R | R | R | R |
| R | R | R |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| R |
C2 |
|
|
| R | R | R | R | R | R | R | R | R | R |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| R |
HC |
|
|
| R | R | R | R | R | R | R | R | R | R |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| R |
I1 |
|
|
| R | R | R | R | R | R | R | R | R | R |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
I2 |
|
|
| R | R | R | R | R | R | R | R | R | R |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
I3 |
|
|
| R | R | R | R | R | R | R | R | R | R |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
HI | R | R |
| R | R | R | R | R | R | R | R | R | R | R | R | R | R | R | R |
|
|
|
|
[Ord. 1746-2023; Ord. 1286-2008. UDO § 5.44.]
This parking standards section applies to the following zoning districts: PR, ER, R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, TR, LR, MH, UV, IS, NC, DC, C1, C2, HC, I1, I2, I3, HI.
The intent of parking standards is to require minimal parking standards in order to assure public health, safety and welfare; minimize risks to the natural environment; and minimize conflict and promote vehicular and pedestrian safety along streets by minimizing on-street parking. The following standards apply:
(A) Project Applicability. Parking consistent with the requirements of this title shall be required when any of the following conditions are met:
(1) New Primary Structure. An improvement location permit for a new primary structure is obtained.
(2) Large Expansion. An improvement location permit for an existing parking lot to be expanded 10 percent or more of its existing size is obtained.
(3) Second Expansion. A legally nonconforming parking area has already been expanded one time, up to 10 percent of its existing size, with a valid improvement location permit, and a second expansion is proposed for the same legal nonconforming parking area.
(B) Cross-Reference.
(1) Setback Standards. Parking lots shall comply with the setbacks in AMC 18.160.360, Setback standards.
(2) Driveways. For standards regarding driveways or access to parking lots, see AMC 18.160.090 through 18.160.120, Driveway standards.
(3) Temporary Sales in Parking Lots. For standards regarding temporary structures and temporary uses located in existing parking lots or parking areas, see AMC 18.160.460 through 18.160.500, Temporary use and structure standards.
(C) Permits. An improvement location permit shall be required for new parking lots or the expansion of an existing parking lot.
(D) Design.
(1) Materials. All off-street parking shall utilize a paved surface of concrete, asphalt, brick pavers, porous concrete, or the like. Gravel, stone, rock, dirt, sand, or grass shall not be permitted as parking surfaces.
(2) Size of Spaces. Each off-street parking space shall be a minimum of nine feet wide and 18 feet in length.
(3) Right-of-Way. Off-street parking spaces shall not be fully or partially in a right-of-way or access easement.
(E) Prohibited. Parking of motor vehicles shall not be permitted on yards, lawns, or similar pervious-surfaced areas on a lot. [Ord. 1746-2023; Ord. 1286-2008. UDO § 5.53.]
This parking standards section applies to the following zoning districts: ER, R1, R2, R3, R4. The following standards apply:
(A) Quantity. A minimum of three off-street parking spaces shall be required per dwelling unit.
(B) Location.
(1) Same Lot. The required parking spaces shall be located on the same lot as the dwelling unit.
(2) Garages. The required parking spaces may include spaces within garages and/or carports. [Ord. 1746-2023; Ord. 1286-2008. UDO § 5.54.]
This parking standards section applies to the following zoning districts: TR. The following standards apply:
(A) Quantity. A minimum of two off-street parking spaces shall be required per dwelling unit.
(B) Location.
(1) Same Lot. The required parking spaces shall be located on the same lot as the dwelling unit.
(2) Garages. The required parking spaces may include spaces within garages and/or carports. [Ord. 1746-2023; Ord. 1286-2008. UDO § 5.55.]
This parking standards section applies to the following zoning districts: LR. The following standards apply:
(A) Quantity. A minimum of two off-street parking spaces shall be required per dwelling unit.
(B) Location.
(1) Single Lot. The required parking spaces shall be located on the same lot as the dwelling unit.
(2) Multiple Lots. In cases where a lake front through lot includes an adjacent lot separated only by a right-of-way or access easement, the required parking spaces shall be located on the lake front lot or the adjacent lot which is legally associated with the lake front lot.
(3) Garages. The required parking spaces may include spaces within garages and/or carports. [Ord. 1746-2023; Ord. 1286-2008. UDO § 5.56.]
This parking standards section applies to the following zoning districts: R5. The following standards apply:
(A) Quantity.
(1) Tenants. A minimum of two parking spaces shall be required per dwelling unit.
(2) Visitors. One parking space per every two dwelling units shall be required for visitors.
(B) Location.
(1) Tenants. Tenant parking spaces shall be located on the same site as the dwelling unit. Tenant parking spaces may include spaces within garages and/or carports.
(2) Visitors. Visitor parking spaces shall be located in a common parking area or as angled parking along internal private streets, but shall be proportionately assigned to an area within 200 feet of each multiple-family structure. [Ord. 1746-2023; Ord. 1286-2008. UDO § 5.57.]
This parking standards section applies to the following zoning districts: MH. The following standards apply:
(A) Quantity.
(1) Dwelling Site. A minimum of two parking spaces shall be required per dwelling site.
(2) Visitors. One parking space per every three dwelling sites shall be required for visitors.
(B) Location.
(1) Dwelling Site. The required dwelling site parking spaces shall be located on the dwelling site. The required dwelling site parking spaces may include spaces within garages and/or carports.
(2) Visitors. Visitor parking spaces shall be located in a common parking area or as on-street parking along internal private streets, but shall be proportionately dispersed throughout the development. [Ord. 1746-2023; Ord. 1286-2008. UDO § 5.58.]
This parking standards section applies to the following zoning districts: NC, DC. The following standards apply:
(A) Quantity. One off-street parking space shall be required per dwelling unit.
(B) Location. The off-street parking space required shall be within 600 feet of the entryway into the building to which the dwelling unit is located and may be in a public or municipal-owned parking lot. [Ord. 1746-2023; Ord. 1286-2008. UDO § 5.59.]
This parking standards section applies to the following zoning districts: UV, IS, NC, C1, C2, HC, I1, I2, I3, HI. The following standards apply:
(A) Quantity.
(1) Minimum Number.
(a) Off-street parking shall be required for all uses as shown in Table 18.176.080, Minimum Number of Parking Spaces per Use. The land use is listed in the left column. The minimum number of parking spaces for employees or tenants is in the middle column, and the minimum number of parking spaces for visitors, clients, and customers is in the right column. The minimum number of parking spaces shall be the sum of both Parking Types columns. The numbers do not guarantee the quantity needed per use; only minimums are expressed.
(b) A development that combines two or more uses or group of adjacent developments may provide a shared parking area if the shared lot provides a minimum of 75 percent of the required spaces for each use and the Zoning Administrator approves the shared parking area.
(c) If a use is not clearly noted in Table 18.176.080, the Zoning Administrator shall determine a use with similar employment and customer characteristics, therefore determining the minimum number of parking spaces required.
(2) Maximum Number. Developments that wish to have more than 130 percent of the minimum required number of spaces shall be required to increase the required perimeter parking lot landscaping (see AMC 18.172.040, Parking lot planting standards) by 50 percent, increase the size of the required parking lot landscape islands by 50 percent, and increase the planting requirements in those islands by 50 percent. Developments that wish to have more than 160 percent of the minimum required number of spaces shall be required to double the required perimeter parking lot landscaping, double the size of the required parking lot landscape islands, and double the required plantings in those parking lot landscape islands.
(3) Bicycle Parking. Developments are encouraged to provide bicycle parking areas when appropriate. If provided, bicycle parking areas shall be within 60 feet of the main entryway into the primary structure or be located inside the primary structure. Additionally, a secured bike rack shall be installed to provide the opportunity for secure parking of bicycles.
(4) Stacking Lanes. The following uses shall provide minimum stacking lane space as indicated below to accommodate drop-off and pick-up:
(a) ATM: three per ATM lane.
(b) Banks: three per drive-up window lane.
(c) Day care center, adult: three.
(d) Day care center, child: six.
(e) Dry cleaner: three.
(f) Fast food restaurant: seven.
(g) Pick-up windows: five.
(h) Place of worship: 10.
(i) School: 10.
(B) Design. Parking lots and parking areas shall meet the following criteria:
(1) Aisle Widths: Minimum parking aisle widths shall be as follows.
(a) Sixty-one-degree- to ninety-degree-angle spaces shall have a minimum 18-feet-wide parking aisle for one-way traffic or minimum 24-feet-wide parking aisle for one- or two-way traffic.


(b) Forty-six-degree- to sixty-degree-angle spaces shall have a minimum of 18-feet-wide parking aisle for one-way traffic.
(c) Up-to-forty-five-degree-angle spaces shall have a minimum 12-feet-wide parking aisle for one-way traffic.


(2) Aisle Exits. All parking aisles shall have an outlet or turn around. Dead-end parking aisles shall not be permitted.
(3) Driving Lanes. Driving lanes in parking lots that provide access to parking aisles shall be defined by striping, curbs, pavement markings, arrows, or parking spaces.
(4) Maneuvering. Parking areas shall be designed to prevent vehicles from maneuvering in the right-of-way.
(5) Drainage. Parking areas shall be constructed to prevent 95 percent of a parking lot’s area from ponding.
(6) Lighting.
(a) If parking lots are illuminated, the light fixtures and poles shall be consistent in color, size, height, and design.
(b) Parking lot lights shall not exceed 25 feet in height, measured from the bottom of the fixture to the ground.
(c) Parking lot lights shall meet all standards in AMC 18.160.250, Lighting standards.
(7) Connectivity.
(a) Connectivity to adjacent parking lots shall be required in at least one location. This may be accomplished through an aisle connector, frontage street, access street, or stub to an adjacent lot zoned for commercial, institutional, or industrial use.
(b) Cross-Access Easements.
(i) Where parking lots connect or are laid out to be connected, a cross-access easement shall be established in accordance with the requirements of AMC 18.156.060, Easement standards.
(ii) Cross-access easements shall not be less than 10 feet in width per lane nor exceed 12 feet in width per lane.
(8) Cart Corrals. Cart corrals shall be required for all retail businesses with more than 20,000 square feet of retail space that provide shopping carts or the like to customers. Cart corrals shall be made of permanent materials and be anchored to the parking lot surface to prevent them from moving in wind. Cart corrals shall not exceed 10 feet in width and 36 feet in length. Cart corrals shall be maintained in good condition and shall not have commercial signs affixed to them.
Land Use | Parking Types | |
|---|---|---|
Employee and Tenant Parking | Visitor, Client, and Customer Parking | |
Commercial and Service Uses |
|
|
amusement park | 1 space per employee on the largest shift | 84.5 spaces per acre |
automobile oriented business | see specific uses below | see specific uses below |
automobile accessory installation | 1 space per employee on the largest shift | 2 spaces per bay |
automobile body shop | 1 space per employee on the largest shift | 2 spaces per bay |
automobile gas station | 1 space per employee on the largest shift | 1 space per 300 sq. ft. of floor area |
automobile oil change facility | 1 space per employee on the largest shift | 2 spaces per bay |
automobile parts sales | 1 space per employee on the largest shift | 1 space per 300 sq. ft. of floor area |
automobile rental | 2 spaces per employee on the largest shift | — |
automobile repair or service station | 1 space per employee on the largest shift | 2 spaces per bay |
automobile wash | 1 space per employee on the largest shift | 2 spaces per bay |
bank machine or ATM | — | 2 spaces per ATM |
banquet hall | — | 1 space per 3 persons of maximum occupancy |
bar or tavern | — | 1 space per 3 persons of maximum occupancy |
barber or beauty shop | — | 3 spaces per chair |
billiard or arcade room | — | 1 space per 300 sq. ft. of floor area |
bowling alley | — | 4 spaces per lane |
campground | — | 1.5 spaces per campsite |
club or lodge | — | 1 space per 3 persons of maximum occupancy |
coffee shop | — | 1 space per 3 seats |
coin laundry | — | 1 space per 300 sq. ft. floor area |
commercial training facility or school | — | 1 space per student of maximum occupancy |
country club | — | 1 space per 3 persons of maximum occupancy |
dance or night club | — | 1 space per 3 persons of maximum occupancy |
day care, adult | — | 1 space per 4 persons of licensed capacity |
day care, child | — | 1 space per 4 persons of licensed capacity |
delicatessen | — | 1 space per 3 seats |
driving range | — | 2 spaces per 3 tee boxes |
dry cleaner | — | 3 spaces plus 1 space per 300 sq. ft. of floor area accessible to the public |
fitness center or health club | — | 1 space per 300 sq. ft. of floor area |
funeral home or mortuary | — | 1 space per 4 seats |
golf course | — | 20 spaces per 9 holes |
health spa or day spa | — | 3 spaces per spa suite |
hotel or motel | 1 space per employee on the largest shift | 1 space per unit |
ice cream shop | — | 1 space per 3 seats |
kennel | — | 1 space per 5 pet accommodation spaces |
marina | — | 1 space per 300 sq. ft. of floor area |
miniature golf | — | 20 spaces per 18-hole course |
movie theater | — | 1 space per 4 seats |
office, construction trade | 1 space per employee on the largest shift | — |
office, design services | — | 1 space per 300 sq. ft. of floor area |
office, financial services | — | 1 space per 300 sq. ft. of floor area |
office, general services | — | 1 space per 300 sq. ft. of floor area |
office, medical | — | 4 spaces per treatment room |
paintball facility | — | 10 spaces per court or field |
photographic studio | — | 3 spaces per studio |
race track | — | 1 space per 3 seats |
recreation center or play center | — | 1 space per 300 sq. ft. of floor area |
restaurant | 1 space per employee on the largest shift | 1 space per 300 sq. ft. of floor area |
shooting range | — | 2 spaces per target |
skating rink | — | 1 space per 300 sq. ft. of floor area |
sports complex | — | 20 spaces per field or court |
sports complex (indoor) | — | 20 spaces per field or court |
sports field | — | 20 spaces per field or court |
stable, commercial | — | 2 spaces per stable |
studio arts | — | 1 space per 300 sq. ft. of floor area |
swimming pool | — | 1 space per 75 sq. ft. of water surface |
tailor or pressing shop | — | 1 space per 300 sq. ft. of floor area |
tanning salon | — | 1.5 spaces per bed |
tattoo or piercing parlor | — | 1.5 spaces per chair |
type 1 retail, very low intensity | — | 1 space per 300 sq. ft. of floor area |
type 2 retail, low intensity | — | 1 space per 300 sq. ft. of floor area |
type 3 retail, medium intensity | — | 1 space per 300 sq. ft. of floor area |
type 4 retail, high intensity | — | 1 space per 300 sq. ft. of floor area |
type 5 retail, very high intensity | — | 1 space per 300 sq. ft. of floor area |
type 6 retail, special handling | see specific use below | see specific use below |
fireworks sales | — | 1 space per 300 sq. ft. of floor area |
gun sales | — | 1 space per 300 sq. ft. of floor area |
hunting store | — | 1 space per 300 sq. ft. of floor area |
manufactured home sales | 1 space per employee on the largest shift | 1 space per 500 sq. ft. of showroom space |
recreational vehicle or watercraft sales | 1 space per employee on the largest shift | 1 space per 500 sq. ft. of showroom space |
semi tractor-trailer sales | 1 space per employee on the largest shift | 1 space per 500 sq. ft. of showroom space |
tools or heavy equipment rental | 2 spaces per employee on the largest shift | — |
watercraft rental | 1 space per employee on the largest shift | 1.5 spaces per every rentable watercraft |
winery | 1 space per employee on the largest shift | 1 space per 300 sq. ft. of floor area accessible to the public |
yacht club | — | 1 space per 3 persons of maximum occupancy |
Industrial Uses |
|
|
assembly | 1 space per employee on the largest shift | 1 visitor space per 10 employees |
construction demolition landfill | 1 space per employee on the largest shift | 1 visitor space per 10 employees |
distribution facility | 1.5 spaces per employee on the largest shift | 1 visitor space per 10 employees |
electrical generation plant | 1 space per employee on the largest shift | 1 visitor space per 10 employees |
flex-space | 1.5 spaces per employee on the largest shift | 1 visitor space per 10 employees |
food production or processing | 1.5 spaces per employee on the largest shift | 1 visitor space per 10 employees |
gravel or sand mining | 1 space per employee on the largest shift | 1 visitor space per 10 employees |
heavy equipment repair | 1 space per employee on the largest shift | 1 visitor space per 5 employees |
heavy manufacturing | 1.5 spaces per employee on the largest shift | 1 visitor space per 10 employees |
incinerator | 1 space per employee on the largest shift | 1 visitor space per 10 employees |
junkyard | 1 space per employee on the largest shift | 1 visitor space per 10 employees |
light manufacturing | 1.5 spaces per employee on the largest shift | 1 visitor space per 10 employees |
liquid fertilizer storage or distribution | 1 space per employee on the largest shift | 1 visitor space per 10 employees |
outdoor storage | 1 space per employee on the largest shift | 1 visitor space per 10 employees |
radio or TV station | 1 space per employee on the largest shift | 1 visitor space per 5 employees |
recycling processing | 1 space per employee on the largest shift | 1 visitor space per 10 employees |
rendering plant | 1 space per employee on the largest shift | 1 visitor space per 10 employees |
research center | 1 space per employee on the largest shift | 1 visitor space per 5 employees |
sanitary landfill or refuse dump | 1 space per employee on the largest shift | 1 visitor space per 10 employees |
scrap metal yard | 1 space per employee on the largest shift | 1 visitor space per 10 employees |
sewage treatment plant | 1 space per employee on the largest shift | 1 visitor space per 10 employees |
sign painting or fabrication | 1 space per employee on the largest shift | 1 visitor space per 5 employees |
storage tank facility | 1 space per employee on the largest shift | 1 visitor space per 10 employees |
telecommunication facility | 2 spaces per facility | — |
testing lab | 1 space per employee on the largest shift | 1 visitor space per 5 employees |
tool and dye shop | 1 space per employee on the largest shift | 1 visitor space per 10 employees |
transfer station | 1 space per employee on the largest shift | 1 visitor space per 10 employees |
utility facility, above-ground |
|
|
electrical generator | 1 space per facility | — |
pipeline pumping station | 1 space per facility | — |
public well | 1 space per facility | — |
telephone exchange | 1 space per facility | — |
utility substation | 1 space per facility | — |
warehouse | 1.5 spaces per employee on the largest shift | 1 visitor space per 10 employees |
warehouse storage facility | 1 space per employee on the largest shift | 1 visitor space per 10 employees |
water treatment plant | 1 space per employee on the largest shift | 1 visitor space per 10 employees |
welding | 1 space per employee on the largest shift | 1 visitor space per 5 employees |
Institutional Uses |
|
|
bus station | — | 8 spaces per bus bay |
cemetery | — | 1 space per 50 grave sites |
child care institution | — | — |
church, temple, or mosque | — | 3 spaces per 7 seats |
community center | — | 1 space per 3 persons at maximum occupancy |
crematory | 1 space per employee on the largest shift | 5 visitor spaces |
government office | — | 1 space per 500 sq. ft. of floor area |
government operation (non-office) | 1 space per employee on the largest shift | — |
hospital | 1.5 spaces per employee on the largest shift | 1 space per bed |
jail | 1 space per employee on the largest shift | 1 space per 8 cells |
juvenile detention facility | 1 space per employee on the largest shift | 1 space per 8 cells |
library, public | — | 1 space per 3 persons at maximum occupancy |
municipal airport or heliport | — | 1 space per 2 emplaning passengers |
museum | — | 1 space per 3 persons at maximum occupancy |
nature center | — | 1 space per 3 persons at maximum occupancy |
park | — | 1 space per acre; 20 spaces per sport court or field |
police, fire or rescue station | 1 space per employee | — |
pool, public | — | 1 space per 75 sq. ft. of water surface |
post office | 1 space per employee on the largest shift | 1 space per 150 sq. ft. accessible to the public |
prison | 1 space per employee on the largest shift | 1 visitor space per 15 cells |
recycling collection point | 1 space per employee on the largest shift | 1 space per collection bin |
school (P – 12) | 1 space per teacher, staff, administrator | 3 spaces per elementary or junior high classroom; 1 space per 10 high school student enrollment capacity; and 1 space per 4 seats in the largest assembly space in the school (based on maximum occupancy) |
skate park | — | 1 space per 500 sq. ft. of skating surface |
trade or business school | 1 space per teacher, staff, administrator | — |
university or college | — | 1 space per 3 students |
Residential Uses |
|
|
assisted living facility | 1 space per employee on the largest shift | 1 space per 3 rooms |
boarding house | 1 space per room | 1 space per 10 rooms |
dwelling, upper floors in DC or NC | 1 space per unit | 1 visitor space per 15 children |
nursing home | 1 space per employee on the largest shift | 1 space per 3 rooms |
[Ord. 1746-2023; Ord. 1286-2008. UDO § 5.60.]
This sign standards section applies to the following zoning districts: PR, AG, AC, ER, R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, TR, LR, MH, UV, IS, NC, DC, C1, C2, HC, I1, I2, I3, HI.
The intent of the sign standards is to accomplish the goals of the Angola Comprehensive Plan; to regulate time, place, and manner characteristics of signs; to avoid the unnecessary proliferation of signs; to provide businesses with appropriate identification; to create a consistent streetscape; to maintain and enhance the aesthetics of the city; to eliminate potential hazards to motorists and pedestrians resulting from sign location, excessive distraction and clutter; and to promote the health, safety, and welfare of the residents of zoning jurisdiction of the City of Angola. The following standards apply:
(A) Freedom of Speech. Any permanent sign or standard temporary sign permitted by the sign standards may be used for freedom of speech purposes for any length of time.
(B) Permits.
(1) Improvement Location Permit. An improvement location permit shall be required for all signs located, erected, constructed, reconstructed, moved, or altered unless otherwise specified in this section.
(2) State Permit. All signs proposed to be located along a state-owned interstate or highway shall obtain the proper state sign permit or written authorization from the Indiana Department of Transportation prior to seeking an improvement location permit.
(3) Easement Holder Approval. All signs proposed to be located within an easement shall obtain written approval from the easement holder for the proposed sign prior to seeking an improvement location permit. For example, a sign proposed within a county legal drain easement shall obtain written approval from the County Drainage Board before applying for an improvement location permit.
(C) Cross-Reference.
(1) Home Businesses. Signs associated with a home business shall be exempt from the sign standards, but shall comply with the standards in AMC 18.160.220 through 18.160.240, Home business standards.
(2) Lighting Standards. When illumination of signs is permitted by this chapter, all illumination and lighting associated with signs shall meet the glare, light trespass, and other standards in AMC 18.160.250, Lighting standards.
(D) Exempt Items. The following items shall be exempt from the sign standards because they are not considered signs and/or are not considered a commercial message (freedom of speech). Therefore, these items are exempt from obtaining an improvement location permit as a sign.
(1) Flags. A flag, pennant, or insignia of any nation, state, city, or other political unit. However, when a flag, pennant, or insignia of any nation, state, city, or other political unit is used as an integral component of a commercial message, it shall comply with the sign standards for the applicable zoning district. (For example, an American flag integrated into a corporation’s brand or logo.)
(2) Outdoor Scoreboard. An outdoor scoreboard used in conjunction with a legally established sport field. However, when the scoreboard is visible from a public street and contains a commercial message, it shall comply with the sign standards for the applicable zoning district.
(3) Addresses. Posting of a street address on a mailbox, building, or other prominent location to provide adequate property identification. However, when a street address is used as a commercial message or is disproportionately large, it shall comply with the sign standards for the applicable zoning district. (For example, the numbers in an address being illustrated with ladders and slides for a store selling children’s play sets, or a commercial property that brands itself by its address and wants its address displayed using numbers six feet tall.)
(4) Public Safety Message. Posting of a public safety or private property message; provided, that no individual posting exceeds the maximum area permitted for a standard temporary sign in the applicable zoning district or four square feet, whichever is greater. (For example, “Beware of Dog,” “Private Property,” “No Trespassing,” “Gas Line,” “Weight Limit,” “Video Surveillance,” and “No Turnaround.”)
(5) Operational Limitations or Information. An outdoor posting of operational limitations and information provided the posting is no larger than necessary for the intended reader, with an absolute limit of four square feet. (For example, hours of operation, admittance requirements, “Employees Only,” “Men’s Restroom,” “Women’s Restroom,” “Visitor Parking,” and “No Deliveries.”)
(6) Required Postings. Messages required by a local agency, state agency, state law, federal agency, federal law, public utility or utility regulated by the government, provided the area of the message and height of posting be the minimum size required by the agency or law. (For example, a gas pipeline marker).
(7) Indoor Commercial Messages. Commercial messages displayed inside a building that cannot be viewed legibly by pedestrians or drivers outside the building. (For example, a commercial message on a scoreboard inside a gymnasium, a wall clock inside a restaurant with a product name and logo, or a large banner with an image of a product mounted on the wall of a retail store.)
(8) Minuscule Commercial Messages. Minuscule commercial messages displayed on or near a primary entrance provided that the area of each minuscule commercial message does not exceed 30 square inches and the cumulative area of all minuscule commercial messages does not exceed 240 square inches per primary entrance. (For example, “Visa,” “Master Card,” “Diner’s Club,” “ATM,” and corporate logos.)
(9) Religious Symbols. Symbol associated with a religion. However, when a religious symbol is used as an integral component of a commercial message, it shall comply with the sign standards for the applicable zoning district. (For example, a Christian cross integrated into a Christian bookstore’s brand or logo.)
(10) Holiday Decorations. Decoration or display associated with a nationally recognized holiday. However, when holiday decorations are used as an integral component of a commercial message, it shall comply with the sign standards for the applicable zoning district. (For example, Christmas tree lights integrated on the façade of a retail store that sells artificial Christmas trees and decorations.)
(11) Murals. Any murals.
(12) Political Campaign Signs. Political campaign signs; provided, that the sign area and duration standards for each sign do not exceed the sign area and duration standards applicable to temporary signs for the applicable zoning district, or if a temporary sign standard does not exist in the applicable zoning district the permanent ground sign maximum sign area shall be used. No limit of quantity shall apply.
(E) Prohibited Signs.
(1) Types.
(a) Animated. Signs that gain attention through animation shall not be permitted, including any of the following:
(i) Flashing signs.
(ii) Signs that emit audible sound, odor, or visible matter.
(iii) Signs that have blinking, flashing, or fluttering lights; or changing light intensity, brightness, or color; or that give such illusion.
(iv) Signs that shoot laser light, cast intense or visible light beams, or cast laser or projector-created light images onto the ground, sidewalk, wall or other visible surface.
(b) Vehicle Signs. Vehicles with signs greater than eight square feet in cumulative area shall not be permitted to be parked for the primary purpose of displaying the sign. Prohibited vehicle signs shall not be construed to include vehicles with signs on them that:
(i) Are lawfully parked overnight or during nonbusiness hours in a discreet location.
(ii) Are making deliveries, sales calls, transporting persons or property, or customary practices relating to operating the business.
(iii) Are used in conjunction with customary construction operations on a construction site.
(c) Lights. Strobe lights, search lights, beacons, or any light or lights that rapidly flash, project light in visible beams skyward, or project light horizontally in a circle shall not be permitted regardless if the light is part of or independent of a sign.
(d) Signs With Moving or Movable Parts. Signs or devices with visibly moving parts, including humans holding or acting as signs, shall not be permitted.
(F) Prohibited Location.
(1) Prohibited. Signs, regardless of type, shall not be permitted in any of the following locations:
(a) Right-of-Way. Signs shall not be permitted in any right-of-way unless authorized by the Board of Public Works and Safety, except as specified in AMC 18.180.060, Downtown commercial.
(b) Poles. Signs shall not be permitted on any traffic control device, street sign, construction sign, or utility pole.
(c) Fences. Signs shall not be permitted on any fence.
(d) Trees. Signs shall not be permitted to be attached to any tree, shrub, or other natural object.
(e) Benches. Signs shall not be permitted to be attached to or integrated into any bench.
(f) Towers. Signs shall not be permitted to be attached to or integrated into any telecommunication antennas, telecommunication tower, television antennas, or similar towers.
(g) Roofs. Signs shall not be permitted to be attached to or be perceived to be attached to the roof of a structure. This provision includes signs integrated into the roofing material.
(h) Fire Safety Obstruction. Signs shall not be permitted on a fire escape or in a manner that substantially blocks view from the right-of-way to a fire door.
(i) Obstructs Circulation. Signs that obstruct or interfere with internal or external safe movement of vehicular or pedestrian traffic shall not be permitted.
(j) Artificial Elevation. Artificially altering the elevation of the ground to improve the height or visibility of a sign shall not be permitted. Likewise, increasing the height of a wall or creating a parapet wall to improve the visibility of a sign shall not be permitted.
(k) Vision Clearance. Signs shall not be permitted in areas prohibited by AMC 18.160.520, Vision clearance standards.
(G) Maintenance. All signs and sign components shall be kept in good repair and in safe, clean, and working condition. If landscaping is required around the base of a sign, it shall be maintained in living condition, consistent in character with the approval, and not overgrown.
(H) Sign Illumination. Any sign that is permitted to be internally or externally illuminated, or a sign which utilizes electronic changeable copy, shall be subject to the light trespass and glare regulations within the lighting standards. Also, when electronic changeable copy is permitted, it shall have a failsafe means to monitor ambient light and automatically dim the electronic message and sign face proportionately as the daylight is lost (e.g., during storms or nightfalls) and maintain that dimmed status until daylight returns. The maximum light from electronic changeable copy source during daylight hours in direct sunlight shall be 4,500 nits. The maximum light from electronic changeable copy source during night time hours shall be 500 nits. All lighted signs shall be at least 300 feet from any existing residential dwelling unit. [Ord. 1746-2023; Ord. 1352-2010; Ord. 1286-2008. UDO § 5.67.]
This sign standards section applies to the following zoning district: AG. The following standards apply:
(A) Permanent Signs.
(1) Wall Signs. Wall signs shall be permitted provided the following conditions are met.
(a) Quantity. One wall sign shall be permitted.
(b) Sign Area. The wall sign area shall not exceed 25 square feet.
(c) Projection. The wall sign shall not project more than four inches from the face of the building to which it is attached.
(d) Illumination. The wall sign shall not be illuminated.
(B) Temporary Signs.
(1) Permits. Temporary signs shall be exempt from obtaining an improvement location permit, but shall comply with applicable standards.
(2) Location. Temporary signs shall be located a minimum of five feet from any right-of-way, edge of pavement, and curb associated with a street or driveway.
(3) Illumination. Temporary signs shall not be illuminated.
(4) Standard Temporary Signs. Standard temporary signs shall be permitted provided the following conditions are met:
(a) Type. A standard temporary sign shall be a yard sign. (Examples of standard temporary signs include sale of property, garage sale, and supporting high school teams.)
(b) Quantity. One standard temporary sign shall be permitted for each street the lot fronts. However, no two standard temporary signs shall be closer than 80 feet to one another.
(c) Sign Area. The sign area for a standard temporary sign shall not exceed six square feet per side.
(d) Height Above Ground. No part of a standard temporary sign shall be more than four feet above the ground.
(e) Duration. A standard temporary sign may stay in place for the duration of the temporary event. The standard temporary sign may be put in place up to five days prior to the temporary event. All standard temporary signs shall be taken down within seven days after the standard temporary sign’s purpose no longer exists.
(5) Special Temporary Signs. Special temporary signs shall be permitted provided the following conditions are met:
(a) Type. Special temporary signs shall include inflatables, banners, streamers, posters, pennants, and the like.
(b) Quantity. One special temporary sign shall be permitted per lot.
(c) Height Above Ground. No part of a special temporary sign shall be more than 15 feet above the ground.
(d) Duration. A special temporary sign may stay in place for seven continuous days, but no lot shall have special temporary signs for more than 14 total days in any calendar year.
(6) Temporary Marker Signs. Temporary marker signs shall only be permitted on a lot having 300 feet or more of street frontage, provided the following conditions are met:
(a) Type. Temporary marker signs shall be yard signs. (An example of a temporary marker sign includes seed signs.)
(b) Quantity. Up to 30 temporary marker signs shall be permitted per lot.
(c) Sign Area. A single temporary marker sign shall not exceed three square feet in sign area per side.
(d) Height Above Ground. No part of a temporary marker sign shall be more than eight feet above the ground.
(e) Duration. A temporary marker sign may stay in place for the duration of the temporary event (e.g., planting through harvest). All temporary marker signs shall be taken down within seven days after the temporary marker sign’s purpose no longer exists. [Ord. 1746-2023; Ord. 1352-2010; Ord. 1286-2008. UDO § 5.68.]
This sign standards section applies to the following zoning districts: ER, R1, R2, R3, TR, LR. The following standards apply:
(A) Permanent Signs. Permanent signs shall not be permitted.
(B) Temporary Signs. Temporary signs shall be permitted as follows:
(1) Permits. Temporary signs shall be exempt from obtaining an improvement location permit, but shall comply with applicable standards.
(2) Location. Temporary signs shall be located a minimum of five feet from any right-of-way, edge of pavement, and curb associated with a street or driveway.
(3) Illumination. Temporary signs shall not be illuminated.
(4) Standard Temporary Signs. Standard temporary signs shall be permitted provided all of the following conditions are met:
(a) Type. A standard temporary sign shall be a yard sign. (Examples of standard temporary signs include sale of property, garage sale, and supporting high school teams.)
(b) Quantity. One standard temporary sign shall be permitted for lots with frontage on one street. Two standard temporary signs shall be permitted for lots with frontage on two or more streets if they have a minimum of 300 feet of combined street frontage. However, no two standard temporary signs shall be closer than 80 feet to one another.
(c) Sign Area. The sign area for a standard temporary sign shall not exceed six square feet per side.
(d) Height Above Ground. No part of a standard temporary sign shall be more than four feet above the ground.
(e) Duration. A standard temporary sign may stay in place for the duration of the temporary event. The standard temporary sign may be put in place up to five days prior to the temporary event. All standard temporary signs shall be taken down within seven days after the standard temporary sign’s purpose no longer exists. [Ord. 1746-2023; Ord. 1352-2010; Ord. 1286-2008. UDO § 5.69.]
This sign standards section applies to the following zoning districts: R4, R5, MH.
(A) Permanent Signs. Permanent signs shall be permitted as follows:
(1) Entry Feature Signs. Entry feature signs shall be permitted provided the following conditions are met:
(a) An entry feature sign for a development with less than 20 dwelling units or dwelling sites shall meet the following conditions:
(i) Type. The entry feature sign shall be a ground sign and may be double-sided.
(ii) Quantity. One entry feature sign shall be permitted per development.
(iii) Sign Area. The sign area of the entry feature sign shall not exceed eight square feet.
(iv) Height Above Ground. No part of an entry feature sign shall be more than four feet above the ground.
(v) Location. The entry feature sign shall be located a minimum of five feet from any right-of-way, edge of pavement, and curb associated with a street or driveway.
(vi) Illumination. The entry feature sign shall not be illuminated.
(vii) Materials. The sign shall be wood, metal, masonry, or other durable materials, and both sides of the entry feature sign shall be finished using the same materials. Landscaping of the entry feature sign is encouraged.
(viii) Maintenance. The entry feature sign shall be maintained by the property owner, an owners’ association, or similar legal entity.
(b) An entry feature sign for a development with 20 or more dwelling units or dwelling sites shall meet the following conditions:
(i) Type. The entry feature sign shall be a ground sign and shall be single-sided.
(ii) Quantity. Two entry feature signs shall be permitted at the main entrance of the development. An additional two entry feature signs shall be permitted if the development has a second vehicular entrance and has 1,000 feet of combined street frontage.
(iii) Sign Area. The sign area for a single entry feature sign shall not exceed 25 square feet for developments with less than 60 dwelling units or dwelling sites; or 40 square feet for developments with 60 or more dwelling units.
(iv) Height Above Ground. No part of an entry feature sign shall be more than six feet above the ground.
(v) Location. The entry feature sign shall be located a minimum of five feet from any right-of-way, edge of pavement, and curb associated with a street or driveway.
(vi) Illumination. The entry feature sign may be illuminated by exterior ground lighting.
(vii) Materials. Supporting apparatuses of an entry feature sign shall be at least 50 percent brick, stone, or other masonry material. The back side of entry feature signs shall also be finished using the same materials to match the front of the sign. Landscaping of entry feature signs is encouraged.
(viii) Maintenance. Entry feature signs shall be maintained by the property owner, an owners’ association, or similar legal entity.
(B) Temporary Signs.
(1) Permits. Temporary signs shall be exempt from obtaining an improvement location permit, but shall comply with all applicable standards.
(2) Location. Temporary signs shall be located a minimum of five feet from any right-of-way, edge of pavement, and curb associated with a street or driveway.
(3) Illumination. Temporary signs shall not be illuminated.
(4) Standard Temporary Signs. Standard temporary signs shall be permitted provided the following conditions are met:
(a) Type. Standard temporary signs shall be yard signs. (Examples of standard temporary signs include sale of property, garage sale, and supporting high school teams.)
(b) Quantity.
(i) Per Development. One standard temporary sign shall be permitted for developments with frontage on one street. Two standard temporary signs shall be permitted for developments with frontage on two or more streets and 300 feet or more of combined street frontage. However, no two standard temporary signs shall be closer than 80 feet to one another.
(ii) Per Dwelling Site. One standard temporary sign shall be permitted for each dwelling site provided the regulations of the development permit such a sign.
(c) Sign Area. The sign area for a standard temporary sign shall not exceed six square feet per side.
(d) Height Above Ground. No part of a standard temporary sign shall be more than four feet above the ground.
(e) Duration. A standard temporary sign may stay in place for the duration of the temporary event. The standard temporary sign may be put in place up to five days prior to the temporary event. All standard temporary signs shall be taken down within seven days after the standard temporary sign’s purpose no longer exists.
(5) Special Temporary Signs. Special temporary signs shall be permitted provided the following conditions are met:
(a) Type. Special temporary signs shall include inflatables, banners, streamers, posters, pennants, and the like.
(b) Quantity. One special temporary sign shall be permitted per development.
(c) Height above Ground. No part of a special temporary sign shall be more than 15 feet above the ground.
(d) Duration. A special temporary sign may stay in place for seven continuous days, but no more than 30 total days in any calendar year. [Ord. 1746-2023; Ord. 1352-2010; Ord. 1286-2008. UDO § 5.70.]
This sign standards section applies to the following zoning districts: PR, AC, UV, IS, NC. The following standards shall apply:
(A) Project Applicability.
(1) Single-Tenant Building.
(a) Permanent Signs. Wall, ground, awning, window, drive-up menu, display board, and directional device signs shall be permitted for single-tenant buildings provided the conditions specified for single-tenant buildings are met, and the cumulative square footage of all permanent signs does not exceed one square foot of sign area per lineal foot of front façade, or 150 square feet, whichever is less.
(b) Temporary Signs. Standard temporary and special temporary signs shall be permitted for single-tenant buildings provided the conditions specified for single-tenant buildings are met.
(2) Multiple-Tenant Building.
(a) Permanent Signs. Wall, gateway, awning, window, drive-up menu, display board, and directional device signs shall be permitted for multiple-tenant buildings provided the conditions specified for multiple-tenant buildings are met, and the cumulative square footage of all permanent signs does not exceed one square foot of sign area per lineal foot of front façade.
(b) Temporary Signs. Standard temporary and special temporary signs shall be permitted for multiple-tenant buildings provided the conditions specified for multiple-tenant buildings are met.
(B) Permanent Signs. Permanent signs shall be permitted as follows:
(1) Wall Signs. Wall signs shall be permitted on single-tenant buildings and multiple-tenant buildings provided the following conditions are met. All wall signs shall count toward the maximum cumulative square footage for permanent signs.
Wall Signs | Single-Tenant Building | Multiple-Tenant Building |
|---|---|---|
Maximum Quantity | 1 per side of building, not to exceed 3 | 1 per tenant space |
Maximum Sign Area | 1 square foot per lineal foot of front façade; maximum of 65 square feet | 1 square foot per lineal foot of front façade; maximum of 40 square feet |
Changeable Copy Ratio | 50% of the sign area may be changeable copy | 50% of the sign area may be changeable copy |
Maximum Projection from Building | 8 inches | 8 inches |
(a) Changeable Copy. If changeable copy is used, it shall be an integrated component of the sign and shall only include cyclical or static messages, regardless if the sign is capable of flashing messages.
(b) Illumination. Wall signs on single-tenant buildings and multiple-tenant buildings may be illuminated internally or by externally mounted lights.
(c) Multiple-Tenant Building Consistency. The sign envelope that tenants may use and the regulations to maintain consistent sign appearance shall be identified during the permitting process. The sign envelope shall not exceed 150 percent of the allowable wall sign area for each tenant space.
(2) Ground Signs. Ground signs shall be permitted on single-tenant buildings provided the following conditions are met. (See subsection (B)(3) of this section, Gateway Signs, for multiple-tenant buildings). All ground signs shall be counted toward the maximum cumulative square footage for permanent signs.
Ground Sign | Single-Tenant Building | Multiple-Tenant Building |
|---|---|---|
Maximum Quantity | 1; or 2 for corner lots with a minimum of 150 feet of combined street frontage | not permitted |
Maximum Sign Area | 1 square foot per lineal foot of front façade; maximum of 36 square feet | not permitted |
Changeable Copy Ratio | 80% of sign area may be changeable copy | not permitted |
Height above Ground | 6 feet maximum | not permitted |
(a) Double-Sided. If a ground sign has two identical sides, back to back, only one side’s area counts toward the maximum cumulative square footage.
(b) Location. A ground sign shall be located a minimum of 10 feet from any existing or proposed right-of-way, edge of pavement, and curb associated with a street or driveway; and a ground sign shall be set back 10 feet from all property lines.
(c) Sign Separation. When two ground signs are permitted on the same lot, they shall be 70 feet or more from one another and located along different street frontages.
(d) Changeable Copy. If changeable copy is used, it shall be an integrated component of the sign and shall only include cyclical or static messages, regardless if the sign is capable of flashing messages.
(e) Illumination. A ground sign may be illuminated internally or by externally mounted ground lighting.
(3) Gateway Signs. Gateway signs shall be permitted for multiple-tenant buildings that have a minimum of six tenants, a minimum of 12,000 square feet of main floor area, and provided the following conditions are met. (See subsection (B)(2) of this section, Ground Signs, for single-tenant buildings). All gateway signs shall be counted toward the maximum cumulative square footage for permanent signs.
Gateway Sign | Single-Tenant Building | Multiple-Tenant Building |
|---|---|---|
Maximum Quantity | not permitted | 1 |
Maximum Overall Sign Area | not permitted | ½ square foot per lineal foot of each tenant’s front façade; maximum of 54 square feet |
Maximum Tenant Sign Area | not permitted | 18 square feet |
Changeable Copy Ratio | not permitted | 50% of sign area may be changeable copy |
Height above Ground | not permitted | 6 feet maximum |
(a) Double-Sided. If a gateway sign has two identical sides, back to back, only one side’s area counts toward the maximum cumulative square footage.
(b) Location. A gateway sign shall be located a minimum of 10 feet from any existing or proposed right-of-way, edge of pavement, and curb associated with a street or driveway; and a gateway sign shall be set back 10 feet from all property lines.
(c) Changeable Copy. If changeable copy is used, it shall be an integrated component of the sign and shall only include cyclical or static messages, regardless if the sign is capable of flashing messages.
(d) Illumination. A gateway sign may be illuminated internally or by exterior mounted ground lighting.
(4) Awning Signs. Awning signs shall be permitted on single-tenant buildings and multiple-tenant buildings provided the following conditions are met. All awning signs shall be counted toward the maximum cumulative square footage for permanent signs.
Awning Sign | Single-Tenant Building | Multiple-Tenant Building |
|---|---|---|
Maximum Quantity | 2 | 1 per tenant |
Maximum Sign Area | 20 square feet total | 20 square feet per tenant |
Maximum Projection from Building | 6 feet | 6 feet |
(a) Illumination. Awning signs on single-tenant buildings and multiple-tenant buildings may be illuminated with externally mounted lights, but shall not be illuminated with backlighting.
(5) Window Signs. Window signs shall be permitted on single-tenant buildings and multiple-tenant buildings provided the following conditions are met. All window signs shall be counted toward the maximum cumulative square footage for permanent signs.
Window Sign | Single-Tenant Building | Multiple-Tenant Building |
|---|---|---|
Maximum Quantity | no limit | no limit |
Maximum Sign Area | 20 square feet per window | 20 square feet per window |
Height above Ground | 14 feet maximum | 14 feet maximum |
(6) Drive-Up Menu Sign. Drive-up menu signs shall be permitted for single-tenant buildings and multiple-tenant buildings provided the lot has a permitted, operable, and in-use drive-up window and provided the following conditions are met. Drive-up window menu signs shall not count toward the maximum cumulative square footage for permanent signs.
Drive-Up Window Menu Sign | Single-Tenant Building | Multiple-Tenant Building |
|---|---|---|
Maximum Quantity | 2 | 1 per tenant with a drive-up window |
Maximum Sign Area | 20 square feet total | 20 square feet total |
Height above Ground | 7 feet maximum | 7 feet maximum |
(a) Design. A drive-up menu sign shall be single-sided.
(b) Location. A drive-up menu sign shall be located in the drive-up window lane, and the sign face shall not be conspicuously visible from the right-of-way.
(c) Illumination. Drive-up menu signs may be illuminated internally or by externally mounted lights.
(7) Display Board Signs. Display board signs shall be permitted on single-tenant and multiple-tenant buildings provided the following conditions are met. (Examples of display board signs include permanently affixed bulletin boards or encased display boards for posting of menus, specials, events, performances, and other temporary postings.) Display board signs shall be counted toward the maximum cumulative square footage for permanent signs.
Display Board Signs | Single-Tenant Building | Multiple-Tenant Building |
|---|---|---|
Maximum Quantity | 1 | 1 per tenant |
Maximum Sign Area | 40 square feet | 20 square feet per tenant |
Height above Ground | 7 feet maximum | 7 feet maximum |
(a) Design. The display board sign shall be framed with wood, metal, or other durable material and be permanently attached to the building; or be a designated window on the building.
(b) Postings. Postings on the display board sign shall not exceed the size of the display board sign. Postings shall not be required to obtain any type of permit.
(8) Directional Device Signs. Directional device signs shall be permitted for single-tenant buildings and multiple-tenant buildings provided the following conditions are met. Directional device signs shall not count toward the maximum cumulative square footage for permanent signs.
(a) Directional device signs may only be used to indicate vehicular points of entry or exit.
(b) Directional device signs shall not exceed three square feet in area per side per entrance. Up to 40 percent of the sign area may be a corporate logo.
(c) Directional device signs shall not exceed 36 inches in height.
(d) Directional device signs may be internally illuminated, but shall not be illuminated with externally mounted lights.
(e) Directional device signs shall not interfere with safe vehicular or pedestrian traffic circulation, obstruct the view of drivers entering or exiting, or be placed within a right-of-way.
(f) No more than two directional device signs shall be used per street frontage, and no more than four directional device signs shall be used per lot.
(9) Wayfinding System Signs. Wayfinding systems may be permitted, in place of directional device signs, for large institutions that encompass multiple lots or many buildings, provided the following conditions are met. Wayfinding systems shall not count toward the maximum cumulative square footage for permanent signs.
(a) Wayfinding systems shall be used to direct vehicular and pedestrian traffic to specific destinations.
(b) Wayfinding systems shall be required to have signs of consistent size, scale, and appearance.
(c) Proposals for wayfinding systems shall be reviewed and approved at the discretion of the Zoning Administrator. The Zoning Administrator may take into account the need for the wayfinding system, the size and complexity of the development, quantity and location of signs, number of entrances and exits, and the appearance of signs.
(C) Temporary Signs. Any combination of standard temporary and special temporary signs shall be permitted for single-tenant buildings and multiple-tenant buildings provided the following conditions are met:
(1) Permits. Temporary signs shall be exempt from obtaining an improvement location permit, but shall comply with applicable standards.
(2) Location. Temporary signs shall be located a minimum of five feet from any right-of-way, edge of pavement, and curb associated with a street or driveway.
(3) Illumination. Temporary signs shall not be illuminated.
(4) Standard Temporary Signs. Standard temporary signs shall be permitted provided the following conditions are met. The following conditions apply to single-tenant buildings and multiple-tenant buildings unless otherwise specified:
(a) Type. A standard temporary sign shall be a yard sign or a window panel. (Examples of standard temporary signs include sale of property, special sale, and special offer signs.)
(b) Quantity.
(i) Single-Tenant Buildings. One standard temporary sign shall be permitted for each lot, except for corner lots. Two standard temporary signs shall be permitted for corner lots that have 150 feet or more of combined street frontage. However, standard temporary signs shall be located at least 80 feet from one another.
(ii) Multiple-Tenant Buildings. One standard temporary sign shall be permitted for each tenant.
(c) Sign Area. The sign area for a standard temporary sign shall not exceed six square feet per side.
(d) Height Above Ground. No part of a standard temporary sign shall be more than five feet above the ground unless the standard temporary sign is in a first floor window.
(e) Duration. A standard temporary sign may stay in place for the duration of the temporary event. The standard temporary sign may be put in place up to five days prior to the temporary event. All standard temporary signs shall be taken down within seven days after the standard temporary sign’s purpose no longer exists.
(5) Special Temporary Signs. Special temporary signs shall be permitted provided the following conditions are met. The following conditions apply to single-tenant buildings and multiple-tenant buildings unless otherwise specified:
(a) Type. Special temporary signs shall include inflatables, banners, streamers, posters, pennants, yard signs, window panels, sandwich boards, self-standing signs, and the like. (Examples of special temporary signs include “now hiring” banner and “welcome home” sign.)
(b) Quantity.
(i) Single-Tenant Buildings. One special temporary sign shall be permitted at any one time for a lot.
(ii) Multiple-Tenant Buildings. One special temporary sign shall be permitted for each tenant.
(c) Height Above Ground. A special temporary sign shall not exceed 15 feet above the ground.
(d) Duration. A special temporary sign may stay in place for seven continuous days, no more than four times in any calendar year.
(e) Disqualification. Any lot with a permanent sign with changeable copy shall not qualify for a special temporary sign. [Ord. 1746-2023; Ord. 1352-2010; Ord. 1286-2008. UDO § 5.71.]
This sign standards section applies to the following zoning districts: DC. The following standards shall apply:
(A) Project Applicability.
(1) Single-Tenant Building.
(a) Permanent Signs. Wall, ground, awning, window, drive-up menu, display board, and directional device signs shall be permitted for single-tenant buildings provided the conditions specified for single-tenant buildings are met, and the cumulative square footage of all permanent signs does not exceed two square feet of sign area per lineal foot of front façade, or 150 square feet, whichever is less.
(b) Temporary Signs. Standard temporary and special temporary signs shall be permitted for single-tenant buildings provided the conditions specified for single-tenant buildings are met.
(2) Multiple-Tenant Building.
(a) Permanent Signs. Wall, gateway, awning, window, drive-up menu, display board, and directional device signs shall be permitted for multiple-tenant buildings provided the conditions specified for multiple-tenant buildings are met, and the cumulative square footage of all permanent signs does not exceed two square feet of sign area per lineal foot of front façade.
(b) Temporary Signs. Standard temporary and special temporary signs shall be permitted for multiple-tenant buildings provided the conditions specified for multiple-tenant buildings are met.
(B) Permanent Signs. Permanent signs shall be permitted as follows:
(1) Wall Signs. Wall signs shall be permitted on single-tenant buildings and multiple-tenant buildings provided the following conditions are met. All wall signs shall count toward the maximum cumulative square footage for permanent signs.
Wall Signs | Single-Tenant Building | Multiple-Tenant Building |
|---|---|---|
Maximum Quantity | 1 per side of building, not to exceed 3 | 1 per tenant space |
Maximum Sign Area | 2 square feet of sign area per lineal foot of front façade; maximum of 85 square feet on front façade and 25 square feet each on side or rear façades | 2 square feet of sign area per lineal foot of front tenant façade; maximum of 60 square feet per tenant on front façade and 25 square feet per tenant each on side or rear façades |
Changeable Copy Ratio | not permitted | not permitted |
Maximum Projection from Building | 8 inches | 8 inches |
(a) Changeable Copy. Changeable copy shall not be permitted.
(b) Illumination. Wall signs on single-tenant buildings and multiple-tenant buildings may be illuminated internally or by externally mounted lights.
(c) Multiple-Tenant Building Consistency. The sign envelope that tenants may use and the regulations to maintain consistent sign appearance shall be identified during the permitting process. The sign envelope shall not exceed 150 percent of the allowable wall sign area for each tenant space.
(2) Projecting Signs. Projecting signs shall be permitted on single-tenant and multiple-tenant buildings provided the following conditions are met. All projecting signs shall be counted toward the maximum cumulative square footage for permanent signs.
Projecting Sign | Single-Tenant Building | Multiple-Tenant Building |
|---|---|---|
Maximum Quantity | 1; or 2 for corner buildings | 1 per each tenant space with 20 lineal feet of front façade |
Maximum Sign Area | 20 square feet total | 14 square feet per tenant sign |
Changeable Copy Ratio | not permitted | not permitted |
Height above Ground | 8 feet minimum; 14 feet maximum | 8 feet minimum; 14 feet maximum |
(a) Double-Sided. If a projecting sign has two identical sides, back to back, only one side’s area counts toward the maximum cumulative square footage.
(b) Location. A projecting sign shall be located within 10 feet of the center of the primary entrance.
(c) Projection. Projecting signs and all supporting apparatuses of projecting signs shall not project more than eight feet from the building façade. However, a projecting sign shall be at least two feet from a curb or driving surface. In some cases, a projecting sign may encroach in the right-of-way which is owned by the Board of Public Works and Safety. The Board of Public Works and Safety generally approves these encroachments, but reserves the right to deny any encroachment into the right-of-way.
(d) Sign Separation. No two projecting signs shall be within 20 feet of one another.
(e) Changeable Copy. Changeable copy shall not be permitted.
(f) Illumination. A projecting sign may be illuminated by externally mounted lighting.
(3) Awning Signs. Awning signs shall be permitted on single-tenant buildings and multiple-tenant buildings provided the following conditions are met. All awning signs shall be counted toward the maximum cumulative square footage for permanent signs.
Awning Sign | Single-Tenant Building | Multiple-Tenant Building |
|---|---|---|
Maximum Quantity | 2 | 1 per tenant |
Maximum Sign Area | 20 square feet total | 20 square feet per tenant |
(a) Illumination. Awning signs on single-tenant buildings and multiple-tenant buildings may be illuminated with externally mounted lights, but shall not be illuminated with backlighting.
(b) Projection. Awning signs and all parts of an awning shall not project more than six feet from the building façade. However, an awning shall be at least two feet from a curb or driving surface. In some cases, an awning may encroach into the right-of-way which is controlled by the Board of Public Works and Safety. The Board of Public Works and Safety generally approves these encroachments, but reserves the right to deny any encroachment into the right-of-way.
(4) Window Signs. Window signs shall be permitted on single-tenant buildings and multiple-tenant buildings provided the following conditions are met. All window signs shall be counted toward the maximum cumulative square footage for permanent signs.
Window Sign | Single-Tenant Building | Multiple-Tenant Building |
|---|---|---|
Maximum Quantity | no limit | no limit |
Maximum Sign Area | 20 square feet per window | 20 square feet per window |
Height above Ground | 14 feet maximum | 14 feet maximum |
(5) Display Board Signs. Display board signs shall be permitted on single-tenant and multiple-tenant buildings provided the following conditions are met. (Examples of display board signs include permanently affixed bulletin boards or encased display boards for posting of menus, specials, events, performances, and other temporary postings.) Display board signs shall be counted toward the maximum cumulative square footage for permanent signs.
Display Board Sign | Single-Tenant Building | Multiple-Tenant Building |
|---|---|---|
Maximum Quantity | 1 | 1 per tenant |
Maximum Sign Area | 40 square feet | 20 square feet per tenant |
Height above Ground | 7 feet maximum | 7 feet maximum |
(a) Design. The display board sign shall be framed with wood, metal, or other durable material and be permanently attached to the building; or be a designated window on the building.
(b) Postings. Postings on the display board sign shall not exceed the size of the display board sign. Postings shall not be required to obtain any type of permit.
(6) Tenant Listing Sign. A tenant listing sign shall be permitted for a multiple-tenant building that has tenant spaces on upper floors and a common lobby or stairway. Tenant listing signs shall be counted toward the maximum cumulative square footage for permanent signs.
Tenant Listing Sign | Single-Tenant Building | Multiple-Tenant Building |
|---|---|---|
Maximum Quantity | not permitted | 1 per common lobby or stairway leading to upper floor tenant spaces |
Maximum Sign Area | not permitted | 6 square feet per sign |
Height above Ground | not permitted | 7 feet maximum |
(a) Location. The tenant listing sign shall be fully located within 10 feet of the primary entrance to the common lobby or stairway leading to upper floor tenant spaces.
(7) Directional Device Signs. Directional device signs shall be permitted for single-tenant buildings and multiple-tenant buildings provided the following conditions are met. Directional device signs shall not count toward the maximum cumulative square footage for permanent signs.
(a) Directional device signs may only be used to indicate vehicular points of entry or exit.
(b) Directional device signs shall not exceed three square feet in area per side per entrance. Up to 40 percent of the sign area may be a corporate logo.
(c) Directional device signs shall not exceed 36 inches in height.
(d) Directional device signs may be internally illuminated, but shall not be illuminated by externally mounted lights.
(e) Directional device signs shall not interfere with safe vehicular or pedestrian traffic circulation, obstruct the view of drivers entering or exiting, or be placed within a right-of-way.
(f) No more than two directional device signs shall be used per lot.
(C) Temporary Signs. Any combination of standard temporary and special temporary signs shall be permitted for single-tenant buildings and multiple-tenant buildings provided the following conditions are met:
(1) Permits. Temporary signs shall be exempt from obtaining an improvement location permit, but shall comply with applicable standards.
(2) Location. Temporary signs shall be located on a public or private sidewalk or in a first floor window. However, the placement of a temporary sign shall not constrain a sidewalk to less than five feet of clear way for pedestrians and temporary signs located on a public sidewalk shall be taken inside each day at the close of business.
(3) Illumination. Temporary signs shall not be illuminated.
(4) Standard Temporary Signs. Standard temporary signs shall be permitted provided the following conditions are met. The following conditions apply to single-tenant buildings and multiple-tenant buildings unless otherwise specified:
(a) Type. A standard temporary sign shall be a sandwich board, self-standing sign, or window panel. (Examples of standard temporary signs include sale of property, special sale, and special offer signs.)
(b) Quantity.
(i) Single-Tenant Buildings. One standard temporary sign shall be permitted for each lot, except for corner lots. Two standard temporary signs shall be permitted for corner lots that have a customer entrance on each front façade.
(ii) Multiple-Tenant Buildings. One standard temporary sign shall be permitted for each tenant.
(c) Sign Area. The sign area for a standard temporary sign shall not exceed eight square feet per side.
(d) Height Above Ground. No part of a standard temporary sign shall be more than five feet above the ground unless the standard temporary sign is in a first floor window.
(e) Duration. A standard temporary sign may stay in place for the duration of the temporary event. The standard temporary sign may be put in place up to five days prior to the temporary event. All standard temporary signs shall be taken down within seven days after the standard temporary sign’s purpose no longer exists.
(5) Special Temporary Signs. Special temporary signs shall be permitted provided the following conditions are met. The following conditions apply to single-tenant buildings and multiple-tenant buildings unless otherwise specified.
(a) Type. Special temporary signs shall include inflatables, banners, streamers, posters, pennants, window panels, sandwich boards, self-standing signs, and the like.
(b) Quantity.
(i) Single-Tenant Buildings. One special temporary sign shall be permitted per lot at any one time.
(ii) Multiple-Tenant Buildings. One special temporary sign shall be permitted for each tenant.
(c) Height Above Ground. A special temporary sign shall not exceed 15 feet above the ground.
(d) Duration. A special temporary sign may stay in place for seven continuous days, no more than four times in any calendar year. [Ord. 1746-2023; Ord. 1352-2010; Ord. 1286-2008. UDO § 5.72.]
This sign standards section applies to the following zoning districts: C1, C2. The following standards shall apply:
(A) Project Applicability.
(1) Single-Tenant Building.
(a) Permanent Signs. Wall, ground, awning, window, drive-up menu, display board, and directional device signs shall be permitted for single-tenant buildings, provided the conditions specified for single-tenant buildings are met and the cumulative square footage of all permanent signs does not exceed two and one-half square feet of sign area per lineal foot of front façade.
(b) Temporary Signs. Standard temporary and special temporary signs shall be permitted for single-tenant buildings provided the conditions specified for single-tenant buildings are met.
(2) Multiple-Tenant Building.
(a) Permanent Signs. Wall, gateway, awning, window, drive-up menu, display board, and directional device signs shall be permitted for multiple-tenant buildings, provided the conditions specified for multiple-tenant buildings are met and the cumulative square footage of all permanent signs does not exceed two and one-half square feet of sign area per lineal foot of front façade.
(b) Temporary Signs. Standard temporary and special temporary signs shall be permitted for multiple-tenant buildings provided the conditions specified for multiple-tenant buildings are met.
(B) Permanent Signs. Permanent signs shall be permitted as follows:
(1) Wall Signs. Wall signs shall be permitted on single-tenant buildings and multiple-tenant buildings provided the following conditions are met. All wall signs shall count toward the maximum cumulative square footage for permanent signs.
Wall Signs | Single-Tenant Building | Multiple-Tenant Building |
|---|---|---|
Maximum Quantity | 2 per façade, not to exceed 4 | 1 per tenant space |
Maximum Sign Area | 2 square feet per lineal foot of front façade; maximum of 200 square feet on front façade and 70 square feet on each other façade | 2 square feet per lineal foot of tenant front façade; maximum of 150 square feet on front façade and 50 square feet on each other façade |
Changeable Copy Ratio | 50% of the sign area may be changeable copy | 50% of the sign area may be changeable copy |
Maximum Projection from Building | 12 inches | 12 inches |
(a) Changeable Copy. If changeable copy is used, it shall be an integrated component of the sign and shall only include cyclical or static messages, regardless if the sign is capable of flashing messages.
(b) Illumination. Wall signs on single-tenant buildings and multiple-tenant buildings may be illuminated internally or by externally mounted lights.
(c) Multiple-Tenant Building Consistency. The sign envelope that tenants may use and the regulations to maintain consistent sign appearance shall be identified during the permitting process. The sign envelope shall not exceed 150 percent of the allowable wall sign area for each tenant space.
(2) Ground Signs. Ground signs shall be permitted on single-tenant buildings provided the following conditions are met. (See subsection (B)(3) of this section, Gateway Signs, for multiple-tenant buildings.) All ground signs shall be counted toward the maximum cumulative square footage for permanent signs.
Ground Sign | Single-Tenant Building | Multiple-Tenant Building |
|---|---|---|
Maximum Quantity | 1; or 2 for corner lots with a minimum of 200 feet of combined street frontage | not permitted |
Maximum Sign Area | 1.5 square feet per lineal foot of front façade; maximum 120 square feet | not permitted |
Changeable Copy Ratio | 80% of sign area may be changeable copy | not permitted |
Height above Ground | 8 feet maximum | not permitted |
(a) Double-Sided. If a ground sign has two identical sides, back to back, only one side’s area counts toward the maximum cumulative square footage.
(b) Location. A ground sign shall be located a minimum of 10 feet from any existing or proposed right-of-way, edge of pavement, and curb associated with a street or driveway; and a ground sign shall be set back 10 feet from all property lines.
(c) Sign Separation. When two ground signs are permitted on the same lot, they shall be 70 feet or more from one another and located along different street frontages.
(d) Changeable Copy. If changeable copy is used, it shall be an integrated component of the sign and shall only include cyclical or static messages, regardless if the sign is capable of flashing messages.
(e) Illumination. A ground sign may be illuminated internally or by externally mounted ground lighting.
(3) Gateway Signs. Gateway signs shall be permitted for multiple-tenant buildings that have a minimum of six tenants, a minimum of 12,000 square feet of main floor area, and provided the following conditions are met. (See subsection (B)(2) of this section, Ground Signs, for single-tenant buildings). All gateway signs shall be counted toward the maximum cumulative square footage for permanent signs.
Gateway Sign | Single-Tenant Building | Multiple-Tenant Building |
|---|---|---|
Maximum Quantity | not permitted | 1 |
Maximum Overall Sign Area | not permitted | 1 square foot per lineal foot of front façade; maximum of 160 square feet |
Maximum Tenant Sign Area | not permitted | 50 square feet |
Changeable Copy Ratio | not permitted | 50% of sign area may be changeable copy |
Height above Ground | not permitted | 8 feet maximum |
(a) Double-Sided. If a gateway sign has two identical sides, back to back, only one side’s area counts toward the maximum cumulative square footage.
(b) Location. A gateway sign shall be located a minimum of 10 feet from any existing or proposed right-of-way, edge of pavement, and curb associated with a street or driveway; and a gateway sign shall be set back 10 feet from all property lines.
(c) Changeable Copy. If changeable copy is used, it shall be an integrated component of the sign and shall only include cyclical or static messages, regardless if the sign is capable of flashing messages.
(d) Illumination. A gateway sign may be illuminated internally or by externally mounted ground lighting.
(4) Awning Signs. Awning signs shall be permitted on single-tenant buildings and multiple-tenant buildings provided the following conditions are met. All awning signs shall be counted toward the maximum cumulative square footage for permanent signs.
Awning Sign | Single-Tenant Building | Multiple-Tenant Building |
|---|---|---|
Maximum Quantity | 2 | 1 per tenant |
Maximum Sign Area | 40 square feet total | 30 square feet per tenant |
Maximum Projection from Building | 6 feet | 6 feet |
(a) Illumination. Awning signs on single-tenant buildings and multiple-tenant buildings may be illuminated with externally mounted lights, but shall not be illuminated with backlighting.
(5) Window Signs. Window signs shall be permitted on single-tenant buildings and multiple-tenant buildings provided the following conditions are met. All window signs shall be counted toward the maximum cumulative square footage for permanent signs.
Window Sign | Single-Tenant Building | Multiple-Tenant Building |
|---|---|---|
Maximum Quantity | no limit | no limit |
Maximum Sign Area | 30 square feet per window | 30 square feet per window |
Height above Ground | 14 feet maximum | 14 feet maximum |
(6) Drive-Up Menu Sign. Drive-up menu signs shall be permitted for single-tenant buildings and multiple-tenant buildings provided the lot has a permitted, operable, and in-use drive-up window and provided the following conditions are met. Drive-up window menu signs shall not count toward the maximum cumulative square footage for permanent signs.
Drive-Up Window Menu Sign | Single-Tenant Building | Multiple-Tenant Building |
|---|---|---|
Maximum Quantity | 2 | 1 per tenant with drive-up |
Maximum Sign Area | 30 square feet total | 30 square feet per drive-up |
Height above Ground | 7 feet maximum | 7 feet maximum |
(a) Design. A drive-up menu sign shall be single-sided.
(b) Location. A drive-up menu sign shall be located in the drive-up window lane and the sign face shall not be conspicuously visible from the right-of-way.
(c) Illumination. Drive-up menu signs may be illuminated internally or by externally mounted lights.
(7) Display Board Signs. Display board signs shall be permitted on single-tenant and multiple-tenant buildings provided the following conditions are met. (Examples of display board signs include permanently affixed bulletin boards or encased display boards for menus, specials, events, performances, and other temporary postings.) Display board signs shall be counted toward the maximum cumulative square footage for permanent signs.
Display Board Signs | Single-Tenant Building | Multiple-Tenant Building |
|---|---|---|
Maximum Quantity | 1 | 1 per tenant |
Maximum Sign Area | 50 square feet | 20 square feet per tenant |
Height above Ground | 6 feet maximum | 6 feet maximum |
(a) Design. The display board sign shall be framed with wood, metal, or other durable material and be permanently attached to the single-tenant or multiple-tenant building; be a designated window on the single-tenant building; or consist of hardware permanently affixed to the single-tenant or multiple-tenant building for display of a consistent size posting.
(b) Postings. Postings on the display board sign shall not exceed the size of the display board sign. Postings shall not be required to obtain any type of permit.
(8) Directional Device Signs. Directional device signs shall be permitted for single-tenant buildings and multiple-tenant buildings provided the following conditions are met. Directional device signs shall not count toward the maximum cumulative square footage for permanent signs.
(a) Directional device signs may only be used to indicate vehicular points of entry or exit.
(b) Directional device signs shall not exceed three square feet in area per side per entrance. Up to 40 percent of the sign area may be a corporate logo.
(c) Directional device signs shall not exceed 36 inches in height.
(d) Directional device signs may be internally illuminated, but shall not be illuminated with externally mounted lighting.
(e) Directional device signs shall not interfere with safe vehicular or pedestrian traffic circulation, obstruct the view of drivers entering or exiting, or be placed within a right-of-way.
(f) No more than two directional device signs shall be used per street frontage, and no more than four directional device signs shall be used per lot.
(9) Wayfinding System Signs. Wayfinding systems may be permitted, in place of directional device signs, for large developments that encompass multiple lots or many buildings, provided the following conditions are met. Wayfinding systems shall not count toward the maximum cumulative square footage for permanent signs.
(a) Wayfinding systems shall be used to direct vehicular and pedestrian traffic to specific destinations.
(b) Wayfinding systems shall be required to have signs of consistent size, scale, and appearance.
(c) Proposals for wayfinding systems shall be reviewed and approved at the discretion of the Zoning Administrator. The Zoning Administrator may take into account the need for the wayfinding system, the size and complexity of the development, quantity and location of signs, number of entrances and exits, and the appearance of signs.
(C) Temporary Signs. Any combination of standard temporary and special temporary signs shall be permitted for single-tenant buildings and multiple-tenant buildings provided the following conditions are met:
(1) Permits. Temporary signs shall be exempt from obtaining an improvement location permit, but shall comply with applicable standards.
(2) Location. Temporary signs shall be located a minimum of five feet from any right-of-way, edge of pavement, and curb associated with a street or driveway.
(3) Illumination. Temporary signs shall not be illuminated.
(4) Standard Temporary Signs. Standard temporary signs shall be permitted provided the following conditions are met. The following conditions apply to single-tenant buildings and multiple-tenant buildings unless otherwise specified.
(a) Type. A standard temporary sign shall be a sandwich board, self-standing sign, yard sign or a window panel. (Examples of standard temporary signs include sale of property, special sale, and special offer signs.)
(b) Quantity.
(i) Single-Tenant Buildings. One standard temporary sign shall be permitted for each lot, except for corner lots. Two standard temporary signs shall be permitted for corner lots that have 200 feet or more of combined street frontage. However, standard temporary signs shall be located at least 80 feet from one another.
(ii) Multiple-Tenant Buildings. One standard temporary sign shall be permitted for each tenant.
(c) Sign Area. The sign area for a standard temporary sign shall not exceed 16 square feet per side.
(d) Height Above Ground. No part of a standard temporary sign shall be more than five feet above the ground unless the standard temporary sign is in a first floor window.
(e) Duration. A standard temporary sign may stay in place for the duration of the temporary event. The standard temporary sign may be put in place up to five days prior to the temporary event. All standard temporary signs shall be taken down within seven days after the standard temporary sign’s purpose no longer exists.
(5) Special Temporary Signs. Special temporary signs shall be permitted provided the following conditions are met. The following conditions apply to single-tenant buildings and multiple-tenant buildings unless otherwise specified.
(a) Type. Special temporary signs shall include inflatables, banners, streamers, posters, pennants, yard signs, window panels, sandwich boards, self-standing signs, and the like. (Examples of special temporary signs include “now hiring” banner and “welcome home” sign.)
(b) Quantity.
(i) Single-Tenant Buildings. Two special temporary signs shall be permitted at any one time for a lot.
(ii) Multiple-Tenant Buildings. One special temporary sign shall be permitted for each tenant.
(c) Height Above Ground. A special temporary sign shall not exceed 15 feet above the ground.
(d) Duration. A special temporary sign may stay in place for seven continuous days, no more than four times in any calendar year.
(e) Disqualification. Any lot with a permanent sign with changeable copy shall not qualify for a special temporary sign. [Ord. 1746-2023; Ord. 1352-2010; Ord. 1286-2008. UDO § 5.73.]
This sign standards section applies to the following zoning districts: HC. The following standards shall apply:
(A) Project Applicability.
(1) Single-Tenant Building.
(a) Permanent Signs. Wall, ground, awning, window, drive-up menu, display board, and directional device signs shall be permitted for single-tenant buildings provided the conditions specified for single-tenant buildings are met, and the cumulative square footage of all permanent signs does not exceed two and one-half square feet of sign area per lineal foot of front façade, or 350 square feet, whichever is less. A pole sign may also be permitted for single-tenant buildings provided the conditions specified are met.
(b) Temporary Signs. Standard temporary and special temporary signs shall be permitted for single-tenant buildings provided the conditions specified for single-tenant buildings are met.
(2) Multiple-Tenant Building.
(a) Permanent Signs. Wall, gateway, awning, window, drive-up menu, display board, and directional device signs shall be permitted for multiple-tenant buildings, provided the conditions specified for multiple-tenant buildings are met and the cumulative square footage of all permanent signs does not exceed two and one-half square feet of sign area per lineal foot of front façade, but no single tenant shall have more than 350 square feet of sign area. A pole sign may also be permitted for multiple-tenant buildings provided the conditions specified are met.
(b) Temporary Signs. Standard temporary and special temporary signs shall be permitted for multiple-tenant buildings provided the conditions specified for multiple-tenant buildings are met.
(B) Permanent Signs. Permanent signs shall be permitted as follows:
(1) Wall Signs. Wall signs shall be permitted on single-tenant buildings and multiple-tenant buildings provided the following conditions are met. All wall signs shall count toward the maximum cumulative square footage for permanent signs.
Wall Signs | Single-Tenant Building | Multiple-Tenant Building |
|---|---|---|
Maximum Quantity | 2 per façade, not to exceed 4 | 1 per tenant space |
Maximum Sign Area | 2 square feet per lineal foot of front façade; maximum of 200 square feet on front façade and 70 square feet on other façades | 2 square feet per lineal foot of front façade; maximum of 150 square feet on front façade and 50 square feet on other façades |
Changeable Copy Ratio | 50% of the sign area may be changeable copy | 50% of the sign area may be changeable copy |
Maximum Projection from Building | 12 inches | 12 inches |
(a) Changeable Copy. If changeable copy is used, it shall be an integrated component of the sign and shall only include cyclical or static messages, regardless if the sign is capable of flashing messages.
(b) Illumination. Wall signs on single-tenant buildings and multiple-tenant buildings may be illuminated internally or by externally mounted lights.
(c) Multiple-Tenant Building Consistency. The sign envelope that tenants may use and the regulations to maintain consistent sign appearance shall be identified during the permitting process. The sign envelope shall not exceed 150 percent of the allowable wall sign area for each tenant space.
(2) Ground Signs. Ground signs shall be permitted on single-tenant buildings provided the following conditions are met. (See subsection (B)(3) of this section, Gateway Signs, for multiple-tenant buildings). All ground signs shall be counted toward the maximum cumulative square footage for permanent signs.
Ground Sign | Single-Tenant Building | Multiple-Tenant Building |
|---|---|---|
Maximum Quantity | 1; or 2 for corner lots with a minimum of 200 feet of combined street frontage | not permitted |
Maximum Sign Area | 1.5 square feet per lineal foot of front façade; maximum 120 square feet | not permitted |
Changeable Copy Ratio | 80% of sign area may be changeable copy | not permitted |
Height above Ground | 8 feet maximum | not permitted |
(a) Double-Sided. If a ground sign has two identical sides, back to back, only one side’s area counts toward the maximum cumulative square footage.
(b) Location. A ground sign shall be located a minimum of 10 feet from any existing or proposed right-of-way, edge of pavement, and curb associated with a street or driveway; and a ground sign shall be set back 10 feet from all property lines.
(c) Sign Separation. When two ground signs are permitted on the same lot, they shall be 70 feet or more from one another and located along different street frontages.
(d) Changeable Copy. If changeable copy is used, it shall be an integrated component of the sign and shall only include cyclical or static messages, regardless if the sign is capable of flashing messages.
(e) Illumination. A ground sign may be illuminated internally or by externally mounted ground lighting.
(3) Gateway Signs. Gateway signs shall be permitted for multiple-tenant buildings that have a minimum of six tenants, a minimum of 12,000 square feet of main floor area, and provided the following conditions are met. (See subsection (B)(2) of this section, Ground Signs, for single-tenant buildings.) All gateway signs shall be counted toward the maximum cumulative square footage for permanent signs.
Gateway Sign | Single-Tenant Building | Multiple-Tenant Building |
|---|---|---|
Maximum Quantity | not permitted | 1 |
Maximum Overall Sign Area | not permitted | 1 square foot per lineal foot of front façade; maximum of 160 square feet |
Maximum Tenant Sign Area | not permitted | 50 square feet |
Changeable Copy Ratio | not permitted | 50% of sign area may be changeable copy |
Height above Ground | not permitted | 8 feet maximum |
(a) Double-Sided. If a gateway sign has two identical sides, back to back, only one side’s area counts toward the maximum cumulative square footage.
(b) Location. A gateway sign shall be located a minimum of 10 feet from any existing or proposed right-of-way, edge of pavement, and curb associated with a street or driveway; and a gateway sign shall be set back 10 feet from all property lines.
(c) Changeable Copy. If changeable copy is used, it shall be an integrated component of the sign and shall only include cyclical or static messages, regardless if the sign is capable of flashing messages.
(d) Illumination. A gateway sign may be illuminated internally or by exterior mounted ground lighting.
(4) Pole Signs. Pole signs shall be permitted for single-tenant buildings and multiple-tenant buildings provided the majority of the lot is within 500 feet of an interstate right-of-way, a primary structure exists on the lot, and the following conditions are met. Pole signs shall not be counted toward the maximum cumulative square footage for permanent signs.
(a) Quantity.
(i) Single-Tenant Building. One pole sign shall be permitted for each single-tenant building.
(ii) Multiple-Tenant Building. One pole sign shall be permitted for each multiple-tenant building.
(b) Sign Area and Sign Height. Pole signs for single-tenant buildings and multiple-tenant buildings shall meet the following sign area and height above the ground proportions. If a pole sign has identical sides, back to back, only one side’s area counts toward the sign area:
(i) Pole signs with a sign area of 150 square feet or less shall be at least 25 feet above the ground, but no part of the sign shall exceed 35 feet above the ground.
(ii) Pole signs with a sign area greater than 150 square feet but less than 200 square feet shall be at least 30 feet above the ground, but no part of the sign shall exceed 45 feet above the ground.
(iii) Pole signs with a sign area of 200 square feet or more shall be at least 40 feet above the ground, but no part of the sign shall exceed 50 feet above the ground.
(iv) A pole sign shall not have a sign area greater than 225 square feet.
(v) No part of a pole sign shall exceed 50 feet above the ground.
(c) Location. A pole sign shall be located a minimum of 20 feet from any existing or proposed right-of-way, edge of pavement, and curb associated with a street or driveway; and a pole sign shall be set back 20 feet from all property lines.
(d) Changeable Copy. Up to 50 percent of the sign area of a pole sign on a single-tenant building or a multiple-tenant building may be changeable copy. If changeable copy is used, it shall be an integrated component of the sign and shall only include cyclical or static messages, regardless if the sign is capable of flashing messages.
(e) Illumination. A pole sign may be illuminated internally, but shall not be illuminated by externally mounted lights.
(5) Awning Signs. Awning signs shall be permitted on single-tenant buildings and multiple-tenant buildings provided the following conditions are met. All awning signs shall be counted toward the maximum cumulative square footage for permanent signs.
Awning Sign | Single-Tenant Building | Multiple-Tenant Building |
|---|---|---|
Maximum Quantity | 2 | 1 per tenant |
Maximum Sign Area | 40 square feet total | 30 square feet per tenant |
Maximum Projection from Building | 6 feet | 6 feet |
(a) Illumination. Awning signs on single-tenant buildings and multiple-tenant buildings may be illuminated with externally mounted lights, but shall not be illuminated with backlighting.
(6) Window Signs. Window signs shall be permitted on single-tenant buildings and multiple-tenant buildings provided the following conditions are met. All window signs shall be counted toward the maximum cumulative square footage for permanent signs.
Window Sign | Single-Tenant Building | Multiple-Tenant Building |
|---|---|---|
Maximum Quantity | no limit | no limit |
Maximum Sign Area | 30 square feet per window | 30 square feet per window |
Height above Ground | 14 feet maximum | 14 feet maximum |
(7) Drive-Up Menu Sign. Drive-up menu signs shall be permitted for single-tenant buildings and multiple-tenant buildings provided the lot has a permitted, operable, and in-use drive-up window and provided the following conditions are met. Drive-up window menu signs shall not count toward the maximum cumulative square footage for permanent signs.
Drive-Up Window Menu Sign | Single-Tenant Building | Multiple-Tenant Building |
|---|---|---|
Maximum Quantity | 2 | 1 per tenant with drive-up window |
Maximum Sign Area | 30 square feet total | 30 square feet per drive-up window |
Height above Ground | 7 feet maximum | 7 feet maximum |
(a) Design. A drive-up menu sign shall be single-sided.
(b) Location. A drive-up menu sign shall be located in the drive-up window lane and the sign face shall not be conspicuously visible from the right-of-way.
(c) Illumination. Drive-up menu signs may be illuminated internally or by externally mounted lights.
(8) Display Board Signs. Display board signs shall be permitted on single-tenant and multiple-tenant buildings provided the following conditions are met. (Examples of display board signs include permanently affixed bulletin boards or encased display boards for posting of menus, specials, events, performances, and other temporary postings.) Display board signs shall be counted toward the maximum cumulative square footage for permanent signs.
Display Board Signs | Single-Tenant Building | Multiple-Tenant Building |
|---|---|---|
Maximum Quantity | 1 | 1 per tenant |
Maximum Sign Area | 50 square feet | 20 square feet per tenant |
Height above Ground | 6 feet maximum | 6 feet maximum |
(a) Design. The display board sign shall be framed with wood, metal, or other durable material and be permanently attached to the single-tenant or multiple-tenant building; be a designated window on the single-tenant building; or consist of hardware permanently affixed to the single-tenant or multiple-tenant building for display of a consistent size posting.
(b) Postings. Postings on the display board sign shall not exceed the size of the display board sign. Postings shall not be required to obtain any type of permit.
(9) Directional Device Signs. Directional device signs shall be permitted for single-tenant buildings and multiple-tenant buildings provided the following conditions are met. Directional device signs shall not count toward the maximum cumulative square footage for permanent signs.
(a) Directional device signs may only be used to indicate vehicular points of entry or exit.
(b) Directional device signs shall not exceed three square feet in area per side per entrance. Up to 40 percent of the sign area may be a corporate logo.
(c) Directional device signs shall not exceed 36 inches in height.
(d) Directional device signs may be internally illuminated.
(e) Directional device signs shall not interfere with safe vehicular or pedestrian traffic circulation, obstruct the view of drivers entering or exiting, or be placed within a right-of-way.
(f) No more than two directional device signs shall be used per street frontage, and no more than four directional device signs shall be used per lot.
(C) Temporary Signs. Any combination of standard temporary and special temporary signs shall be permitted for single-tenant buildings and multiple-tenant buildings provided the following conditions are met:
(1) Permits. Temporary signs shall be exempt from obtaining an improvement location permit, but shall comply with applicable standards.
(2) Location. Temporary signs shall be located a minimum of five feet from any right-of-way, edge of pavement, and curb associated with a street or driveway.
(3) Illumination. Temporary signs shall not be illuminated.
(4) Standard Temporary Signs. Standard temporary signs shall be permitted provided the following conditions are met. The following conditions apply to single-tenant buildings and multiple-tenant buildings unless otherwise specified:
(a) Type. A standard temporary sign shall be a sandwich board, self-standing sign, yard sign or a window panel. (Examples of standard temporary signs include sale of property, special sale, and special offer signs.)
(b) Quantity.
(i) Single-Tenant Buildings. One standard temporary sign shall be permitted for each lot, except for corner lots. Two standard temporary signs shall be permitted for corner lots that have 200 feet or more of combined street frontage. However, standard temporary signs shall be located at least 80 feet from one another.
(ii) Multiple-Tenant Buildings. One standard temporary sign shall be permitted for each tenant.
(c) Sign Area. The sign area for a standard temporary sign shall not exceed 16 square feet per side.
(d) Height Above Ground. No part of a standard temporary sign shall be more than five feet above the ground unless the standard temporary sign is in a first floor window.
(e) Duration. A standard temporary sign may stay in place for the duration of the temporary event. The standard temporary sign may be put in place up to five days prior to the temporary event. All standard temporary signs shall be taken down within seven days after the standard temporary sign’s purpose no longer exists.
(5) Special Temporary Signs. Special temporary signs shall be permitted provided the following conditions are met. The following conditions apply to single-tenant buildings and multiple-tenant buildings unless otherwise specified:
(a) Type. Special temporary signs shall include inflatables, banners, streamers, posters, pennants, yard signs, window panels, sandwich boards, self-standing signs, and the like. (Examples of special temporary signs include “now hiring” banner and “welcome home” sign.)
(b) Quantity.
(i) Single-Tenant Buildings. Two special temporary signs shall be permitted at any one time for a lot.
(ii) Multiple-Tenant Buildings. One special temporary sign shall be permitted for each tenant.
(c) Height Above Ground. A special temporary sign shall not exceed 15 feet above the ground.
(d) Duration. A special temporary sign may stay in place for seven continuous days, no more than four times in any calendar year.
(e) Disqualification. Any lot with a permanent sign with changeable copy shall not qualify for a special temporary sign. [Ord. 1746-2023; Ord. 1352-2010; Ord. 1286-2008. UDO § 5.74.]
This sign standards section applies to the following zoning districts: I1, I2, I3, HI. The following standards shall apply:
(A) Project Applicability.
(1) Single-Tenant Building.
(a) Permanent Signs. Wall, ground, awning, window, and directional device signs shall be permitted for single-tenant buildings provided the conditions specified for single-tenant buildings are met, and the cumulative square footage of all permanent signs does not exceed two square feet of sign area per lineal foot of front façade, or 250 square feet, whichever is less.
(b) Temporary Signs. Standard temporary and special temporary signs shall be permitted for single-tenant buildings provided the conditions specified for single-tenant buildings are met.
(2) Multiple-Tenant Building.
(a) Permanent Signs. Wall, gateway, awning, window, and directional signs shall be permitted for multiple-tenant buildings provided the conditions specified for multiple-tenant buildings are met, and the cumulative square footage of all permanent signs does not exceed two square feet of sign area per lineal foot of front façade, but no single tenant shall have more than 250 square feet of sign area.
(b) Temporary Signs. Standard temporary and special temporary signs shall be permitted for multiple-tenant buildings provided the conditions specified for multiple-tenant buildings are met.
(B) Permanent Signs. Permanent signs shall be permitted as follows:
(1) Wall Signs. Wall signs shall be permitted on single-tenant buildings and multiple-tenant buildings provided the following conditions are met. All wall signs shall count toward the maximum cumulative square footage for permanent signs.
Wall Signs | Single-Tenant Building | Multiple-Tenant Building |
|---|---|---|
Maximum Quantity | 1 per side of building; not to exceed 3 | 1 per tenant space |
Maximum Sign Area | 1.5 square feet per lineal foot of front façade; maximum of 200 square feet on front façade and 70 square feet on each other façade | 1.5 square feet per lineal foot of front façade; maximum of 150 square feet on front façade and 50 square feet on each other façade |
Changeable Copy Ratio | not permitted | not permitted |
Maximum Projection from Building | 12 inches | 12 inches |
(a) Illumination. Wall signs on single-tenant buildings and multiple-tenant buildings may be illuminated internally or by externally mounted lights.
(b) Multiple-Tenant Building Consistency. The sign envelope that tenants may use and the regulations to maintain consistent sign appearance shall be identified during the permitting process. The sign envelope shall not exceed 150 percent of the allowable wall sign area for each tenant space.
(2) Ground Signs. Ground signs shall be permitted on single-tenant buildings provided the following conditions are met. (See subsection (B)(3) of this section, Gateway Signs, for multiple-tenant buildings). All ground signs shall be counted toward the maximum cumulative square footage for permanent signs.
Ground Sign | Single-Tenant Building | Multiple-Tenant Building |
|---|---|---|
Maximum Quantity | 1; or 2 for corner lots with a minimum of 200 feet of combined street frontage | not permitted |
Maximum Sign Area | 1.5 square feet per lineal foot of front façade; maximum 120 square feet | not permitted |
Changeable Copy Ratio | 80% of sign area may be changeable copy | not permitted |
Height above Ground | 8 feet maximum | not permitted |
(a) Double-Sided. If a ground sign has two identical sides, back to back, only one side’s area counts toward the maximum cumulative square footage.
(b) Location. A ground sign shall be located a minimum of 10 feet from any existing or proposed right-of-way, edge of pavement, and curb associated with a street or driveway; and a ground sign shall be set back 10 feet from all property lines.
(c) Sign Separation. When two ground signs are permitted on the same lot, they shall be 70 feet or more from one another and located along different street frontages.
(d) Changeable Copy. If changeable copy is used, it shall be an integrated component of the sign and shall only include cyclical or static messages, regardless if the sign is capable of flashing messages.
(e) Illumination. A ground sign may be illuminated internally or by externally mounted ground lighting.
(3) Gateway Signs. Gateway signs shall be permitted for multiple-tenant buildings that have a minimum of six tenants, a minimum of 12,000 square feet of main floor area, and provided the following conditions are met. (See subsection (B)(2) of this section, Ground Signs, for single-tenant buildings.) All gateway signs shall be counted toward the maximum cumulative square footage for permanent signs.
Gateway Sign | Single-Tenant Building | Multiple-Tenant Building |
|---|---|---|
Maximum Quantity | not permitted | 1 |
Maximum Overall Sign Area | not permitted | 1 square foot per lineal foot of front façade; maximum of 160 square feet |
Maximum Tenant Sign Area | not permitted | 50 square feet |
Changeable Copy Ratio | not permitted | 50% of sign area may be changeable copy |
Height above Ground | not permitted | 8 feet maximum |
(a) Double-Sided. If a gateway sign has two identical sides, back to back, only one side’s area counts toward the maximum cumulative square footage.
(b) Location. A gateway sign shall be located a minimum of 10 feet from any existing or proposed right-of-way, edge of pavement, and curb associated with a street or driveway; and a gateway sign shall be set back 10 feet from all property lines.
(c) Changeable Copy. If changeable copy is used, it shall be an integrated component of the sign and shall only include cyclical or static messages, regardless if the sign is capable of flashing messages.
(d) Illumination. A gateway sign may be illuminated internally or by externally mounted ground lighting.
(4) Awning Signs. Awning signs shall be permitted on single-tenant buildings and multiple-tenant buildings provided the following conditions are met. All awning signs shall be counted toward the maximum cumulative square footage for permanent signs.
Awning Sign | Single-Tenant Building | Multiple-Tenant Building |
|---|---|---|
Maximum Quantity | 2 | 1 per tenant |
Maximum Sign Area | 40 square feet total | 30 square feet per tenant |
Maximum Projection from Building | 6 feet | 6 feet |
(a) Illumination. Awning signs on single-tenant buildings and multiple-tenant buildings may be illuminated with externally mounted lights, but shall not be illuminated with backlighting.
(5) Window Signs. Window signs shall be permitted on single-tenant buildings and multiple-tenant buildings provided the following conditions are met. All window signs shall be counted toward the maximum cumulative square footage for permanent signs.
Window Sign | Single-Tenant Building | Multiple-Tenant Building |
|---|---|---|
Maximum Quantity | no limit | no limit |
Maximum Sign Area | 30 square feet per window | 30 square feet per window |
Height above Ground | 14 feet maximum | 14 feet maximum |
(6) Directional Device Signs. Directional device signs shall be permitted for single-tenant buildings and multiple-tenant buildings provided the following conditions are met. Directional device signs shall not count toward the maximum cumulative square footage for permanent signs.
(a) Directional device signs may only be used to indicate vehicular points of entry or exit.
(b) Directional device signs shall not exceed three square feet in area per side per entrance. Up to 40 percent of the sign area may be a corporate logo.
(c) Directional device signs shall not exceed 36 inches in height.
(d) Directional device signs may be internally illuminated.
(e) Directional device signs shall not interfere with safe vehicular or pedestrian traffic circulation, obstruct the view of drivers entering or exiting, or be placed within a right-of-way.
(f) No more than two directional device signs shall be used per street frontage, and no more than four directional device signs shall be used per lot.
(C) Temporary Signs. Any combination of standard temporary and special temporary signs shall be permitted for single-tenant buildings and multiple-tenant buildings provided the following conditions are met.
(1) Permits. Temporary signs shall be exempt from obtaining an improvement location permit, but shall comply with applicable standards.
(2) Location. Temporary signs shall be located a minimum of five feet from any right-of-way, edge of pavement, and curb associated with a street or driveway.
(3) Illumination. Temporary signs shall not be illuminated.
(4) Standard Temporary Signs. Standard temporary signs shall be permitted provided the following conditions are met. The following conditions apply to single-tenant buildings and multiple-tenant buildings unless otherwise specified.
(a) Type. A standard temporary sign shall be a sandwich board, self-standing sign, yard sign or a window panel. (Examples of standard temporary signs include sale of property, special sale, and special offer signs.)
(b) Quantity.
(i) Single-Tenant Buildings. One standard temporary sign shall be permitted for each lot, except for corner lots. Two standard temporary signs shall be permitted for corner lots that have 200 feet or more of combined street frontage. However, standard temporary signs shall be located at least 80 feet from one another.
(ii) Multiple-Tenant Buildings. One standard temporary sign shall be permitted for each tenant.
(c) Sign Area. The sign area for a standard temporary sign shall not exceed 16 square feet per side.
(d) Height Above Ground. No part of a standard temporary sign shall be more than five feet above the ground unless the standard temporary sign is in a first floor window.
(e) Duration. A standard temporary sign may stay in place for the duration of the temporary event. The standard temporary sign may be put in place up to five days prior to the temporary event. All standard temporary signs shall be taken down within seven days after the standard temporary sign’s purpose no longer exists.
(5) Special Temporary Signs. Special temporary signs shall be permitted provided the following conditions are met. The following conditions apply to single-tenant buildings and multiple-tenant buildings unless otherwise specified:
(a) Type. Special temporary signs shall include inflatables, banners, streamers, posters, pennants, yard signs, window panels, sandwich boards, self-standing signs, and the like. (Examples of special temporary signs include “now hiring” banner and “welcome home” sign.)
(b) Quantity.
(i) Single-Tenant Buildings. Two special temporary signs shall be permitted at any one time for a lot.
(ii) Multiple-Tenant Buildings. One special temporary sign shall be permitted for each tenant.
(c) Height Above Ground. A special temporary sign shall not exceed 15 feet above the ground.
(d) Duration. A special temporary sign may stay in place for seven continuous days, no more than four times in any calendar year.
(e) Disqualification. Any lot with a permanent sign with changeable copy shall not qualify for a special temporary sign. [Ord. 1746-2023; Ord. 1352-2010; Ord. 1286-2008. UDO § 5.75.]
Development Standards
Prior legislation: Ord. 1286-2008. UDO § 5.33.
Refer to Chapter 15.20 AMC, Flood Hazard Prevention, for all floodplain standards. [Ord. 1746-2023.]
This division contains development standards that are arranged by category. There are two ways to determine which development standards apply to a specific zoning district. They are:
(A) “Additional Development Standards” Sections. Refer to the chapters in Division II of this title, Zoning Districts, for a specific zoning district. In the “Additional development standards” section for that specific zoning district are listed section numbers that determine which development standards apply. Only the section numbers noted in the “Additional development standards” section apply to that zoning district.
Example: In Chapter 18.40 AMC, the section number “AMC 18.164.010” can be found under the “Additional development standards” section in the R1 district. Therefore, the development standards in the section labeled “AMC 18.164.010” (in Chapter 18.164 AMC) would apply to the R1 zoning district.
(B) District Abbreviations. Refer to the abbreviations used at the top of each development standard section in this division. Each development standard section begins with a section number and introductory sentence followed by zoning district abbreviations (e.g., R1 for the low density single-family residential district). These zoning district abbreviations note that the development standards written in that section apply to that zoning district.
Example: In Chapter 18.164 AMC, the R1 abbreviation can be found under the AMC 18.164.010 development standard section. Therefore the language in AMC 18.164.010 would apply to the R1 district.
[Ord. 1746-2023; Ord. 1352-2010; Ord. 1286-2008. UDO § 5.01.]
PR | Parks and Recreation District |
AG | Agricultural District |
AC | Agricultural Commercial District |
ER | Estate Residential District |
R1 | Low Density Single-Family Residential District |
R2 | Medium Density Single-Family Residential District |
R3 | High Density Single-Family Residential District |
R4 | Multiple-family Residential District |
R5 | High Density Multiple-Family Residential District |
TR | Traditional Residential District |
LR | Lake Residential District |
MH | Manufactured Home Residential District |
UV | University District |
IS | Institutional District |
NC | Neighborhood Commercial District |
DC | Downtown Commercial District |
C1 | Small to Medium General Commercial District |
C2 | Medium to Large General Commercial District |
HC | Highway Commercial District |
I1 | Low Intensity Industrial District |
I2 | Medium Intensity Industrial District |
I3 | High Intensity Industrial District |
HI | High Impact District |
[Ord. 1746-2023; Ord. 1286-2008. UDO § 5.02.]
This accessory dwelling standards section applies to the following zoning district: ER.
The intent of the accessory dwelling standards is to provide an opportunity for an accessory dwelling while ensuring that specific conditions are met to protect the health, safety, and welfare of the residents within the zoning jurisdiction of the city. The following standards apply:
(A) Applicability. An accessory dwelling shall meet the applicable setbacks for accessory structures and structure height for accessory structures as indicated in the chapter.
(1) Minimum Front Yard Setback. The minimum front yard setback shall be as indicated in the applicable chapter in Division II of this title, Zoning Districts.
(2) Minimum Side Yard Setback. The minimum side yard setback shall be as indicated in the applicable chapter in Division II of this title, Zoning Districts.
(3) Minimum Rear Yard Setback. The minimum rear yard setback shall be as indicated in the applicable chapter in Division II of this title, Zoning Districts.
(4) Maximum Structure Height. The maximum structure height shall be as indicated in the applicable chapter in Division II of this title, Zoning Districts.
(B) Permits. An improvement location permit shall be required prior to the construction of an accessory dwelling or the conversion of an accessory structure to an accessory dwelling.
(C) Types. An accessory dwelling may be permitted on a lot only if the primary structure (primary dwelling) is owner-occupied.
(1) Permitted. An accessory dwelling shall include a guest house, mother-in-law suite, or any single dwelling unit.
(2) Prohibited. A mobile home, manufactured home, recreational vehicle, semi-tractor trailer, boat, motor vehicle, or trailer; in part, in whole, or of the like, shall not be permitted as an accessory dwelling.
(D) Relationship.
(1) Use. An accessory dwelling shall be accessory to the primary structure (primary dwelling).
(2) Timing. An accessory dwelling shall not be built on a lot prior to the construction of the primary structure (primary dwelling).
(E) Quantity and Size.
(1) Maximum Number. No more than one accessory dwelling shall be permitted on a lot, and it shall consist of one unit.
(2) Maximum Size. An accessory dwelling shall be a minimum of 800 square feet, but shall not exceed the square footage of the primary structure (primary dwelling).
(F) Design.
(1) Attachment. The accessory dwelling may be attached to or detached from the primary structure (primary dwelling).
(2) Minimum Components. The accessory dwelling shall contain bathroom, kitchen, and sleeping facilities.
(3) Driveway. An accessory dwelling shall utilize the driveway of the primary structure (primary dwelling).
(4) Parking. Off-street parking for an accessory dwelling shall comply with requirements for a dwelling unit in Chapter 18.176 AMC, Parking Standards.
(5) Utilities. An accessory dwelling shall utilize the utility connections that serve the primary structure (primary dwelling).
(6) Home Business. For the purpose of a home business, an accessory dwelling shall be considered a dwelling, not an accessory structure. Therefore, a home business that complies with AMC 18.160.220 through 18.160.240, Home business standards, may be conducted within an accessory dwelling.
(7) Exemptions. An accessory dwelling shall be exempt from complying with AMC 18.160.040 through 18.160.060, Architectural standards, and Chapter 18.172 AMC, Landscaping Standards.
(8) Accessory Structures.
(a) For the purpose of accessory structures, an accessory dwelling shall be considered accessory to the primary structure (primary dwelling). The accessory dwelling shall not be permitted to have its own accessory structures; all accessory structures on the lot shall be considered accessory to the primary structure (primary dwelling).
(b) Accessory dwellings shall not count towards the maximum number and maximum size standards for accessory structures included in Chapter 18.164 AMC, Accessory Structure Standards.
(9) Physical Appearance. The exterior finish and façade of any accessory dwelling shall match, closely resemble, or significantly complement the materials and colors used on the primary structure (primary dwelling). [Ord. 1746-2023; Ord. 1286-2008. UDO § 5.03.]
This architectural standards section applies to the following districts: ER, R1, R2, R3, R4, MH, NC.
The intent of the architectural standards is to protect the health, safety, and welfare of the residents of the city by maintaining the community’s character and improving the quality of life within the zoning jurisdiction of the city. The following standards apply:
(A) Project Applicability. Architectural details consistent with the requirements of this title shall be required when an improvement location permit for a new primary structure is obtained.
(B) Architectural Elements.
(1) Front Façade. The front façade of single-family and two-family dwellings shall be parallel or 30 degrees of parallel to the street to which the dwelling gains primary access, except as described below:
(a) On corner lots, the front façade may face either street.
(b) A single-family dwelling that is set back 200 feet or more from the street to which the dwelling gains primary access may orient the front façade up to 90 degrees from parallel to that street.
(2) Roof.
(a) The minimum pitch shall be five vertical units to twelve horizontal units (5:12 pitch).
(b) Single-family and two-family dwellings shall have eaves or overhangs a minimum of nine inches from the façade’s siding material on at least 80 percent of the roof line. The eave or overhang shall be measured after the installation of masonry.
(3) Garages.
(a) A one-car attached garage shall be required for all single-family dwellings, and a one-car attached garage shall be required for each unit in a two-family dwelling.
(b) Front-loading garages shall not be located in front of the main living area of the dwelling by more than eight feet.
(C) Mechanical Equipment. Mechanical equipment, central air conditioner units located on the ground, propane tanks, and the like shall not be located in front of the front façade. On corner lots this standard applies to each façade that faces a street. [Ord. 1746-2023; Ord. 1286-2008. UDO § 5.17.]
This architectural standards section applies to the following districts: TR, LR. The following standards apply:
(A) Project Applicability. Architectural details consistent with the requirements of this title shall be required when an improvement location permit for a new primary structure is obtained.
(B) Architectural Elements.
(1) Front Façade. The front façade of single-family and two-family dwellings shall be parallel or 30 degrees of parallel to the street to which the dwelling gains primary access, except as described below:
(a) On corner lots, the front façade may face either street.
(b) A single-family dwelling that is set back 200 feet or more from the street to which the dwelling gains primary access may orient the front façade up to 90 degrees from parallel to that street.
(2) Roof.
(a) The minimum pitch shall be five vertical units to twelve horizontal units (5:12 pitch).
(b) Single-family and two-family dwellings shall have eaves or overhangs a minimum of nine inches from the façade’s siding material on at least 80 percent of the roof line. The eave or overhang shall be measured after the installation of masonry.
(3) Garages.
(a) A one-car garage, attached or detached, shall be required for all single-family dwellings, and a one-car attached garage shall be required for each unit in a two-family dwelling.
(b) Front-loading garages shall not be located in front of the main living area of the dwelling by more than eight feet.
(C) Mechanical Equipment. Mechanical equipment, central air conditioner units located on the ground, propane tanks, and the like shall not be located in front of the front façade. On corner lots this standard applies to each façade that faces a street. [Ord. 1746-2023; Ord. 1286-2008. UDO § 5.18.]
This architectural standards section applies to the following districts: IS, C1, C2, HC. The following standards apply:
(A) Project Applicability. Architectural details consistent with the requirements of this title shall be required when an improvement location permit for a new primary structure is obtained.
(B) Architectural Features.
(1) Front Façade. The front façade shall face the street to which the business gains primary access, except on corner lots, the front façade may face either street.
(2) Other Façades.
(a) Any façade that faces a right-of-way shall be finished to a standard similar to the architectural quality of the front façade, including building materials, architectural detail, windows, and faux windows.
(b) Long façades (30 feet or greater) or large areas (420 square feet or greater) of a façade without visual relief shall not be permitted. Visual relief may include a faux window, column, a change in materials, or any change of the plane of the façade.
(3) Entries. A building greater than 15,000 square feet in area shall have clearly defined, highly visible customer entrances with at least two of the following features:
(a) Canopies or porticoes.
(b) Overhangs.
(c) Arcades.
(d) Raised corniced parapets over the door.
(e) Peaked roof forms.
(f) Arches.
(g) Outdoor patios.
(h) Architectural details such as tile work and moldings that are integrated into the building structure and design.
(i) Integral planters or wing walls that incorporate landscaped areas and/or places for sitting.
(j) Columns.
(k) Awnings.
(l) Enframed window walls.
(C) Site Planning and Layout. Lineal or strip development shall incorporate variation in building height, building mass, roof forms, and changes in wall planes. [Ord. 1746-2023; Ord. 1286-2008. UDO § 5.19.]
This confined feeding standards section applies to the following districts: AG.
The intent of the confined feeding standards is to protect the health, safety, and welfare of residents in the zoning jurisdiction of the city by regulating the placement and operation of confined feeding beyond standards required by state and federal agencies. The following standards apply:
(A) Minimum Distance From Existing Uses. All confined feeding facilities, including animal barns or sheds, lagoons, animal mortality facilities, parking areas, truck maneuvering areas, and accessory structures, shall meet the following standards:
(1) Residential. The minimum separation to an existing residential use shall be 1,300 feet measured from foundation to foundation.
(2) Institutional. The minimum separation to an existing institutional use shall be 1,300 feet measured from foundation to foundation.
(3) Retail, Restaurant, or Entertainment Related Businesses. The minimum separation to an existing retail, restaurant, or entertainment related business use shall be 1,200 feet measured from foundation to property line. [Ord. 1746-2023; Ord. 1286-2008. UDO § 5.20.]
This density and intensity standards section applies to the following districts: PR, AG, AC, ER, R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, TR, LR, MH, UV, IS, NC, DC, C1, C2, HC, I1, I2, I3, HI.
The intent of the density and intensity standards is to protect the health, safety, and welfare of residents through the establishment of maximum density and maximum land use intensity requirements. The following standards apply:
(A) Applicability. If a density or intensity standard does not appear in the chapter in Division II of this title, Zoning Districts, for a zoning district, then a density or intensity standard shall not apply to that particular zoning district.
(1) Maximum Density. The maximum density shall be as indicated in the applicable chapter in Division II of this title, Zoning Districts.
(2) Maximum Lot Coverage. The maximum lot coverage shall be as indicated in the applicable chapter in Division II of this title, Zoning Districts. [Ord. 1746-2023; Ord. 1286-2008. UDO § 5.21.]
This driveway standards section applies to the following zoning districts: PR, AG, AC, ER, R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, TR, LR, MH, UV, IS, NC, DC, C1, C2, HC, I1, I2, I3, HI.
The intent of the driveway standards is to ensure the placement of driveways protects the health, safety, and welfare of the residents within the zoning jurisdiction of the city. The following standards apply:
(A) Project Applicability. Any new or expanded access to a right-of-way intended for vehicular or farm equipment use shall be considered a driveway and shall meet the driveway standards of this title.
(1) Residential Limits. Access to four or more single-family lots or access to four or more dwelling sites within a manufactured home park shall be established as a public or private street and shall meet the applicable standards within the City of Angola’s construction standards.
(2) Nonresidential Limits. Access to four or more nonresidential lots that conveys over 2,000 vehicles on average per day shall be established as a public or private street and meet the applicable standards within the City of Angola’s construction standards.
(B) Cross-Reference.
(1) Street Classification. The classification of streets shall be based on the pavement management system of the Angola Street Department. In addition, all state and federal highways shall be designated arterial streets.
(2) Construction Standards. Driveways constructed within the zoning jurisdiction of the city shall meet or exceed the City of Angola’s construction standards.
(C) Permits. A driveway permit from the City of Angola shall be required for all driveway cuts onto public streets within the zoning jurisdiction of the city. The Engineering Department reviews and issues the driveway permit.
(1) State and Federal Highways. An Indiana Department of Transportation permit shall be required as a prerequisite to the City of Angola’s driveway permit for all driveway cuts onto state or federal highways.
(2) Extraterritorial Jurisdiction. Written approval from the Steuben County Highway Department shall be required as a prerequisite to the City of Angola’s driveway permit for all driveway cuts onto public streets within the city’s extraterritorial jurisdictional area.
(D) Measurement Rules.
(1) Between Driveway and Street Intersection. The distance between a driveway and a street intersection shall be determined by measuring from the edge of pavement of the driveway to the nearest right-of-way line of the street that is parallel or mostly parallel to the driveway. This measurement shall be taken at the right-of-way line of the street to which the driveway gains access.
(2) Between Driveways. The distance between driveways shall be determined by measuring from the edge of pavement of one driveway to the nearest edge of pavement of the other driveway at the right-of-way line of the street to which the driveways gain access.
(3) Driveway Width. The width of a driveway shall be determined by measuring from one edge of the pavement to the other edge of the pavement at the right-of-way line of the street to which the driveway gains access.
(E) Positioning.
(1) Alignment. The centerline of two driveways accessing an arterial or collector street from opposite sides of the street shall align with each other, or shall meet the separation requirements.
(2) Clear Vision of Driveways. All driveways shall be located to reasonably prevent collisions with intersecting traffic.
(a) Driveways gaining access to streets with a posted speed limit of 30 miles per hour or less shall be located such that they are visible by a driver for at least 60 feet after cresting a hill, rounding a curve, or passing any other physical barriers that prevent clear vision.
(b) Driveways gaining access to streets with a posted speed limit of 35 miles per hour to 45 miles per hour shall be located such that they are visible by a driver for at least 200 feet after cresting a hill, rounding a curve, or passing any other physical barriers that prevent clear vision.
(c) Driveways gaining access to streets with a posted speed limit of 50 miles per hour or higher shall be located such that they are visible by a driver for at least 200 feet after cresting a hill, rounding a curve, or passing any other physical barriers that prevent clear vision.
(3) Additional Separation. The Zoning Administrator or the City Engineer may deny a proposed driveway location or require additional separation due to other safety concerns, including but not limited to width of the right-of-way, width of the public street, condition of the public street, lack of shoulder, natural or manmade hazards, adverse shadowing from natural or manmade features, and adverse drainage on or around the public street.
(F) Discretion. The Zoning Administrator, City Engineer, or Technical Advisory Committee may determine if public improvements such as acceleration lanes, deceleration lanes, passing blisters, wider shoulders or approaches, frontage streets, or other improvements are necessary. See AMC 18.160.350, Public improvement standards. [Ord. 1746-2023; Ord. 1286-2008. UDO § 5.22.]
This driveway standards section applies to the following zoning districts: AG, AC. The following standards apply:
(A) Separation.
(1) From an Intersecting Street. A driveway shall not be permitted to be installed within 100 feet of any intersecting street (see “A” in the illustration below).
(2) From Another Driveway. A driveway shall not be permitted to be installed within 60 feet of another driveway (see “B” in the illustration below).

(B) Width. A driveway shall not exceed 30 feet in width.
(C) Materials. Asphalt, concrete, other non-porous materials, or gravel shall be acceptable driveway surface materials.
(D) Setback. All driveways shall be set back at least 10 feet from side property lines. [Ord. 1746-2023; Ord. 1286-2008. UDO § 5.23.]
This driveway standards section applies to the following zoning districts: ER, R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, TR, LR, MH. The following standards apply:
(A) Separation.
(1) From a Street Intersection. A driveway shall not be permitted to be installed:
(a) Within 150 feet of any intersecting street if access is along an arterial or collector street (see “A” in the illustration below).
(b) Within 100 feet of any intersecting street if access is along a local street (see “A” in the illustration below).
(c) If the lot is not large enough to achieve the required separation, then the driveway shall be installed at the location farthest from the intersection.
(d) Under no circumstances shall a driveway be permitted within 60 feet of any street intersection.
(2) Between Driveways. Unless a shared driveway is established, two or more driveways shall not be permitted to be installed:
(a) Within 100 feet of each other if access is along an arterial or collector street (see “B” in the illustration below).
(b) Within 16 feet of each other if access is along a local street (see “B” in the illustration below).

(B) Width. A driveway shall be at least nine feet wide, but shall not exceed 10 feet per lane and 20 feet overall.
(C) Materials. Driveways shall consist of asphalt, concrete, or other non-porous material approved by the Zoning Administrator.
(D) Setback. Driveways shall be set back at least three feet from side property lines unless a shared driveway is established.
(E) Shared Driveway.
(1) Easement Required. Shared driveways shall be permitted, but they shall be placed in a shared driveway easement per AMC 18.156.060, Easement standards.
(2) Width. Shared driveways shall not exceed 20 feet in width. [Ord. 1746-2023; Ord. 1286-2008. UDO § 5.24.]
This driveway standards section applies to the following zoning districts: PR, UV, IS, NC, DC, C1, C2, HC, I1, I2, I3, HI. The following standards apply:
(A) Separation.
(1) From a Street Intersection. A driveway shall not be permitted to be installed:
(a) Within 150 feet of any intersecting street if access is along an arterial or collector street (see “A” in the illustration below).
(b) Within 100 feet of any intersecting street if access is along a local street (see “A” in the illustration below).
(c) If the lot is not large enough to achieve the required separation, then the driveway shall be installed at the location farthest from the intersection.
(d) Under no circumstances shall a driveway be permitted within 60 feet of any street intersection.
(2) Between Driveways. Two or more driveways shall not be permitted to be installed:
(a) Within 100 feet of one another if access is along an arterial or collector street (see “B” in the illustration below).
(b) Within 45 feet of one another if access is along a local street (see “B” in the illustration below).

(B) Width. A driveway shall be at least nine feet wide, but shall not exceed 10 feet per lane and 30 feet in overall width.
(C) Materials. Driveways shall consist of asphalt, concrete, or other non-porous material approved by the Zoning Administrator.
(D) Setback. Driveways shall be set back at least 10 feet from side property lines. [Ord. 1746-2023; Ord. 1286-2008. UDO § 5.25.]
This environmental standards section applies to the following zoning districts: PR, AG, AC, ER, R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, TR, LR, MH, UV, IS, NC, DC, C1, C2, HC, I1, I2, I3, HI.
The intent of the environmental standards is to protect the health, safety, and welfare of residents of the zoning jurisdiction of the city by providing for the protection of air, soil, and water quality on a local level. The following standards apply:
(A) Cross-Reference. See AMC 18.160.400 through 18.160.420, Storage tank standards.
(B) Prohibitive Geology. A lot or portions thereof shall be unsuitable for structures when it contains any of the characteristics listed below. Structures may be permitted if an engineered site plan is submitted and approved by the Technical Advisory Committee. Such engineered site plan shall show and commit to adequate measures for erosion control; minimum site disturbance; soil stability for structural load; stormwater management; aesthetic treatment of engineered structures; and final landscaping.
(1) Slope. Predevelopment or post-development slopes greater than 20 percent.
(2) Rock. Adverse rock formations.
(3) Soil. Adverse soils.
(4) Stability Limitations.
(a) Has a low loading rate.
(b) Has a low weight-bearing strength.
(c) Has any other feature which will significantly accelerate the deterioration of a structure or significantly reduce the structure’s stability.
(C) Air Quality.
(1) Generally. A use shall not discharge fly ash, dust, smoke, vapors, noxious toxic or corrosive matter, or other air pollutants in such concentration as to conflict with public air quality standards or be detrimental to humans, animals, vegetation, or property.
(2) Outdoor Burners. Outdoor wood burners and corn burners shall not discharge ash, smoke, or fine particulate matter such that it is detectable beyond the lot lines of the lot on which it is located.
(D) Soil and Water Quality.
(1) Erosion Control.
(a) Developments shall be in compliance with the City of Angola’s stormwater management ordinance. (See Chapter 13.15 AMC.)
(b) Developments shall be in compliance with the filing requirements for erosion control on construction sites as in 327 IAC 15-5 (Rule 5), when applicable.
(c) Sedimentation in adjoining surfaces, drainage systems, and watercourses caused from the development of a lot or use shall not be permitted. If such sedimentation occurs, it shall be the responsibility of the owner of the developed lot or use to remove the sedimentation.
(2) Fill. All fill materials shall be free of environmentally hazardous materials, and the Zoning Administrator or the city’s MS4 Coordinator may request representative samples of the fill for testing purposes.
(3) Production. No use shall produce pollutants in such a quantity as to pollute soils, water bodies, adjacent properties, or conflict with public water standards.
(4) Storage. No use shall accumulate within the lot or discharge beyond the lot lines any waste, debris, refuse, trash, discarded construction materials, discarded appliances, scrap metals, or rotting wood that are in conflict with applicable public health, safety, and welfare standards unless expressly permitted by this title.
(5) Disposal. No waste materials such as garbage, rubbish, trash, construction material, gasoline, oil, flammables, soils, tars, chemicals, greases, industrial or agricultural waste, or any other material of such nature, quantity, obnoxiousness, toxicity, or temperature that it may contaminate, pollute, or harm the waters or soils shall be deposited, located, stored, or discharged on any lot unless expressly permitted by this title.
(E) Environmental Feature Protective Setback. Primary structures, accessory dwellings, storage-based accessory structures, and support-based accessory structures shall be at least 25 feet from the delineated boundary of a wetland or the edge of the water at normal pool of a lake, pond, creek, stream, or river. [Ord. 1746-2023; Ord. 1286-2008. UDO § 5.26.]
This fence and wall standards section applies to the following zoning districts: PR, AG, AC, ER, R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, TR, LR, MH, UV, IS, NC, DC, C1, C2, HC, I1, I2, I3, HI.
The intent of the fence and wall standards is to ensure neighborliness, visibility, and aesthetic quality; and to protect the health, safety, and welfare of the residents of the zoning jurisdiction of the city. The following standards apply:
(A) Cross-Reference.
(1) Vision Clearance. Fences and walls shall meet all vision clearance standards in AMC 18.160.520, Vision clearance standards.
(2) Covenants. Property owners within subdivisions are advised to investigate applicable declaration of covenants which may impose greater restrictions than are found in this title. The stricter standard shall apply to lots with covenants.
(B) Permits. An improvement location permit shall be required prior to the installation of a fence or wall unless the fence meets one of the exemptions below.
(1) Agricultural. Containment fences for livestock shall be exempt from obtaining an improvement location permit, but shall still meet all the applicable fence and wall standards.
(2) Noncontainment Fences. Noncontainment fences, such as split rail fences, that are three feet or less in height, that are located in the front yard, and serve primarily decorative purposes shall be exempt from obtaining an improvement location permit, but shall still meet all the applicable fence and wall standards.
(3) Privacy Partitions. Privacy partitions located around decks and patios which do not exceed 24 lineal feet shall be exempt from obtaining an improvement location permit, but shall still meet all the applicable fence and wall standards.
(C) Positioning.
(1) Presentation. Fences and walls shall present the nonstructural face outward.
(2) Property Line. Fences and walls shall be permitted on the property line, but if not on the property line shall be at least two feet from the property line so both sides of the fence can be maintained by the owner of the fence.
(3) Easement. No fence or wall shall be located within an easement unless written permission from the easement holder has been granted.
(D) Height Exemptions. Fences that surround sport courts shall be exempt from the maximum height regulations, but shall meet the applicable setback standards in Division II of this title, Zoning Districts, for the accessory structure with which they are associated.
(E) Maintenance. All fences and walls shall be properly maintained and kept in good condition. [Ord. 1746-2023; Ord. 1286-2008. UDO § 5.27.]
This fence and wall standards section applies to the following zoning districts: PR. The following standards apply:
(A) Types.
(1) Permitted Materials. Wood, composite wood, stone, masonry, wrought iron, decorative metal, and PVC shall be permitted materials for fences and walls. Vinyl, zinc, or powder coated chain link and galvanized chain link shall only be permitted materials for fences and walls that surround swimming pools, sport courts, or similar recreational amenities.
(2) Prohibited Materials. Fences and walls shall not incorporate barbed wire, above-ground electrified wires, razor wire, glass, sharpened top spikes, or similarly hazardous materials.
(B) Location.
(1) Front Yards. Only fences that are decorative in nature, do not serve as an enclosure, and are three feet or less in height shall be permitted in front yard.
(2) Side and Rear Yards. Fences and walls shall be permitted in side and rear yards.
(C) Height.
(1) Front Yards. Fences and walls shall not exceed three feet in height.
(2) Side and Rear Yards. Fences and walls shall not exceed six feet in height. [Ord. 1746-2023; Ord. 1286-2008. UDO § 5.28.]
This fence and wall standards section applies to the following zoning districts: AG, AC. The following standards apply:
(A) Types.
(1) Permitted Materials. Wood, composite wood, stone, masonry, wrought iron, decorative metal, PVC, vinyl, zinc, or powder-coated chain link, and galvanized chain link shall be permitted materials for fences and walls. Chicken wire, wire mesh, agricultural wire, and fences that incorporate barbed wire or above-ground electrified wires shall only be permitted materials for fences that are used for the containment of livestock or to surround fields.
(2) Prohibited Materials. Fences and walls shall not incorporate razor wire, glass, sharpened top spikes, or other similarly hazardous materials.
(B) Location.
(1) Front Yards. Fences and walls shall be permitted in the front yard if one of the following conditions is met:
(a) The fence or wall is decorative in nature, does not serve as an enclosure, and is three feet or less in height.
(b) The fence is for the containment of livestock.
(c) The fence is around a field.
(2) Side and Rear Yards. Fences and walls shall be permitted in side and rear yards.
(C) Height.
(1) Front Yards. Fences and walls shall not exceed three feet in height; except containment fences and fences around fields shall not exceed six feet in height within the front yard.
(2) Side and Rear Yards. Fences and walls shall not exceed eight feet in height. [Ord. 1746-2023; Ord. 1286-2008. UDO § 5.29.]
This fence and wall standards section applies to the following zoning districts: ER, R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, TR, LR, MH, UV. The following standards apply:
(A) Types.
(1) Permitted Materials. Wood, composite wood, stone, masonry, wrought iron, decorative metal, PVC, vinyl, zinc, or powder coated chain link, and galvanized chain link shall be permitted materials for fences and walls.
(2) Prohibited Materials. Fences and walls shall not incorporate chicken wire, mesh wire, agricultural wire, metal or plastic slats within chain links, barbed wire, above-ground electrified wires, razor wire, glass, sharpened top spikes, or similarly hazardous materials.
(B) Location.
(1) Front Yards. Only fences that are decorative in nature, do not serve as an enclosure, and are three feet or less in height shall be permitted in the front yard.
(2) Side and Rear Yards. Fences and walls shall be permitted in side and rear yards.
(C) Height.
(1) Front Yards. Fences and walls shall not exceed three feet in height.
(2) Side and Rear Yards. Fences and walls shall not exceed six feet in height. [Ord. 1746-2023; Ord. 1286-2008. UDO § 5.30.]
This fence and wall standards section applies to the following zoning districts: IS, NC, DC, C1, C2, HC. The following standards apply:
(A) Types.
(1) Permitted Materials. Wood, composite wood, stone, masonry, wrought iron, decorative metal, PVC, vinyl, zinc, or powder coated chain link, and galvanized chain link shall be permitted materials for fences and walls.
(2) Prohibited Materials. Fences and walls shall not incorporate chicken wire, mesh wire, agricultural wire, metal or plastic slats within chain links, barbed wire, above-ground electrified wires, razor wire, glass, sharpened top spikes, or similarly hazardous materials.
(B) Location.
(1) Front Yards. Fences and walls shall not be permitted in front yards.
(2) Side and Rear Yards. Fences and walls shall be permitted in side and rear yards.
(C) Height. Fences and walls shall not exceed six feet in height. [Ord. 1746-2023; Ord. 1286-2008. UDO § 5.31.]
This fence and wall standards section applies to the following zoning districts: I1, I2, I3, HI. The following standards apply:
(A) Types.
(1) Permitted Materials. Wood, composite wood, stone, masonry, wrought iron, decorative metal, PVC, vinyl, zinc, or powder coated chain link, and galvanized chain link shall be permitted materials for fences and walls.
(2) Prohibited Materials. Fences and walls shall not incorporate chicken wire, mesh wire, agricultural wire, metal or plastic slats within chain links, above-ground electrified wires, glass, sharpened top spikes, or similarly hazardous materials. While barbed wire and razor wire are generally not permitted materials, the Zoning Administrator may permit the use of barbed wire and razor wire in special circumstances (i.e., prison).
(B) Location.
(1) Front Yards. Fences and walls shall not be permitted in front yards.
(2) Side and Rear Yards. Fences and walls shall be permitted in side and rear yards.
(C) Height. Fences and walls shall not exceed eight feet in height. [Ord. 1746-2023; Ord. 1286-2008. UDO § 5.32.]
This floor area standards section applies to the following zoning districts: PR, AG, AC, ER, R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, TR, LR, MH, UV, IS, NC, DC, C1, C2, HC, I1, I2, I3, HI.
The intent of the floor area standards is to protect the health, safety, and welfare of residents and community character through the establishment of minimum floor area requirements. The following standards apply:
(A) Applicability. If a floor area standard does not appear in the chapter for a zoning district, then a standard does not apply to that particular zoning district.
(1) Minimum Main Floor Area. The minimum main floor area shall be per each chapter in Division II of this title, Zoning Districts.
(2) Maximum Main Floor Area. The maximum main floor area shall be per each chapter in Division II of this title, Zoning Districts.
(3) Minimum Dwelling Unit Size. The minimum dwelling unit size shall be per each chapter in Division II of this title, Zoning Districts. [Ord. 1746-2023; Ord. 1286-2008. UDO § 5.34.]
This height standards section applies to the following zoning districts: PR, AG, AC, ER, R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, TR, LR, MH, UV, IS, NC, DC, C1, C2, HC, I1, I2, I3, HI.
The intent of the height standards is to ensure adequate fire and life safety protection for taller structures, and to protect the health, safety, and welfare of the residents in the zoning jurisdiction of the city. The following standards apply:
(A) Cross-Reference. See AMC 18.160.440 and 18.160.450, Telecommunication facilities standards.
(B) Applicability. If a height standard does not appear in the chapter for a zoning district, then a standard does not apply to that particular zoning district.
(1) Primary Structure. The maximum height for primary structures shall be per each chapter in Division II of this title, Zoning Districts.
(2) Accessory Structure. The maximum height for accessory structures shall be per each chapter in Division II of this title, Zoning Districts.
(3) Exceptions. The following types of structures or features shall be exempt or partially exempt from the maximum structure height standards, assuming they are permitted uses or structural features, as stated:
(a) Grain elevators and grain silos used for agricultural purposes may exceed the maximum structure height but shall not exceed 150 feet in height.
(b) Church steeples, bell towers, and religious symbols may exceed the maximum structure height but shall not exceed 200 percent of the height of the primary structure.
(c) Functional chimneys may exceed the maximum structure height but shall not extend more than 10 feet above the roof’s highest point.
(d) Awnings shall be constructed to allow clear passage beneath the awning. Specifically, no fabric, structure component, decorative element, or the like shall be less than eight feet above the surface beneath the awning.
(e) Public utility structures and private water towers may exceed the maximum structure height, but shall not exceed 150 feet.
(f) Roof-mounted antennas that are not located on the front roof plane may exceed the maximum structure height, but shall not exceed five feet over the maximum primary structure height or 10 feet above the primary structure’s height, whichever is less.
(g) Pole-mounted antennas located in a rear yard may exceed the maximum structure height but shall not exceed 20 feet over the maximum primary structure height or 30 feet above the primary structure’s height, whichever is less.
(h) Roof-mounted mechanical equipment, including elevator bulkheads, may exceed the maximum structure height but shall not extend any more than 15 feet above the roof’s highest point; provided, that it is architecturally integrated into the building’s features or is generally screened from view by an architectural enclosure, parapet, or similar feature. Industrial uses shall be exempt from the integration and screening requirement.
(i) Flagpoles may exceed the maximum structure height, but shall not exceed 25 feet or the height of the primary structure, whichever is greater.
(j) Ham radio towers shall be exempt from the maximum structure height if the ham radio tower is located on a lot owned by a ham radio operator that has a valid and active license from the Federal Communications Commission (FCC). [Ord. 1746-2023; Ord. 1286-2008. UDO § 5.35.]
This home business standards section applies to the following zoning districts: AG, ER, R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, TR, LR, MH, NC, DC.
The intent of the home business standards is to ensure the protection of the health, safety, and welfare of the residents in the zoning jurisdiction of the city by allowing and regulating home-based businesses that have minimal impact on the residential character of neighborhoods. The following standards apply:
(A) Permits. An improvement location permit for a type 1 home business shall not be required.
(B) Permissible Home Businesses.
(1) Permitted. A type 1 home business shall be limited to a home office, catalog business, telecommuting, professional services, or Internet business.
(2) Discretion. Businesses not specifically listed above shall be interpreted by the Zoning Administrator as to whether the business shall be permitted as a type 1 home business.
(C) Personnel.
(1) Residency. The primary operator shall reside in the dwelling unit where the home business is located.
(2) Employees. Only the residents of the dwelling unit where the home business is located shall be employed in the type 1 home business.
(D) Operations.
(1) Nuisance. The type 1 home business shall not generate offensive noise, vibration, smoke, odors, dust, heat, glare, or electrical disturbances.
(2) Traffic. The home business shall not generate vehicular traffic in greater volumes than would normally be expected in the neighborhood in which it is located.
(3) Customers. The home business shall not have patrons or customers visit the home business.
(4) Hours. The hours of operation of the home business shall not interfere with the use and enjoyment of adjacent properties.
(E) Design.
(1) Primary Structure.
(a) The home business shall be conducted entirely within the primary structure.
(b) The home business shall not exceed 10 percent of the square footage of the primary structure.
(c) There shall be no visible evidence of the home business, including but not limited to alterations to the exterior of the residence which change the character of the residence, exterior displays, or the outdoor storage of materials or equipment used in the home business.
(2) Accessory Structure. No accessory structure shall be utilized for any part of the type 1 home business.
(3) Parking and Loading. Off-street parking and loading facilities beyond what is common for a residential structure shall not be permitted.
(4) Mechanical Equipment. The home business shall not require the installation of mechanical equipment other than that which is common in a residential structure.
(5) Utility Service. The home business shall not require the installation of a sewer, water, or electrical utility service that is beyond what is common in a residential structure. Exceeding typical phone, cable, or Internet services for residential property shall be permitted.
(6) Signs. Signs shall not be permitted. [Ord. 1746-2023; Ord. 1286-2008. UDO § 5.36.]
This home business standards section applies to the following zoning districts: AG, ER, R1, R2, R3, R4, TR, LR. The following standards apply:
(A) Permits. An improvement location permit for a type 2 home business shall be required.
(B) Permissible Home Businesses.
(1) Permitted. The home business shall be limited to domestic crafts, art and music teaching, tutoring, hair cutting or styling, professional service office, clergy office, or similar businesses as determined by the Zoning Administrator.
(2) Prohibited. The home business shall not include walk-in retail sales.
(3) Discretion. Businesses not specifically listed above shall be interpreted by the Zoning Administrator as to whether the business shall be permitted as a type 2 home business.
(C) Personnel.
(1) Residency. The primary operator shall reside in the dwelling unit where the home business is located.
(2) Employees. One employee who does not reside in the dwelling unit where the home business is located may be employed at the home business.
(D) Operations.
(1) Nuisance. The home business shall not generate offensive noise, vibration, smoke, odors, dust, heat, glare, or electrical disturbances.
(2) Traffic. The home business shall not generate vehicular traffic in greater volumes than would normally be expected in the neighborhood in which it is located.
(3) Customers. The home business shall not generate visitors in the form of patrons or customers in greater volumes than would normally be expected in the neighborhood.
(4) Hours. The hours of operation of the home business shall be no earlier than 6:00 a.m. and no later than 9:00 p.m. for the employee that does not reside in the dwelling unit where the home business is located, and the hours of operation of the home business shall not interfere with the use and enjoyment of adjacent residential properties.
(E) Design.
(1) Primary Structure.
(a) The home business shall be conducted entirely within the primary structure.
(b) The home business shall not exceed 25 percent of the square footage of the primary structure or 500 square feet, whichever is less.
(c) There shall be no visible evidence of the home business, including but not limited to alterations to the exterior of the dwelling unit which change the character of the dwelling unit, exterior displays, or the outdoor storage of materials or equipment used in the home business.
(2) Accessory Structure. No accessory structure shall be utilized for any part of the home business.
(3) Parking and Loading.
(a) Off-street parking and loading facilities beyond what is common for a residential structure shall not be permitted.
(b) The home business shall not receive more than three deliveries per week. Deliveries shall be made primarily between 8:00 a.m. and 5:00 p.m. by a vehicle not larger than a box-style truck.
(4) Mechanical Equipment. The home business shall not require the installation of mechanical equipment other than that which is common in a residential structure.
(5) Utility Service. The home business shall not require the installation of a sewer, water, or electrical utility service that is beyond what is common in a residential structure. Exceeding typical phone, cable, or internet services for residential property shall be permitted.
(6) Signs. One wall sign, not to exceed four square feet, shall be permitted. The sign shall be permanently attached to the primary structures. Signs in the yard shall not be permitted. [Ord. 1746-2023; Ord. 1286-2008. UDO § 5.37.]
This home business standards section applies to the following zoning districts: AG. The following standards apply:
(A) Permits. An improvement location permit for a type 3 home business shall be required.
(B) Permissible Home Businesses.
(1) Permitted. The home business shall be limited to assembly of products, automobile repair, welding, contracting business, landscaping business, light manufacturing, or a similar use as determined by the Zoning Administrator.
(2) Prohibited. The home business shall not include any kind of walk-in retail sales.
(3) Discretion. Businesses not specifically listed above shall be interpreted by the Zoning Administrator as to whether the business shall be permitted as a type 3 home business.
(C) Personnel.
(1) Residency. The primary operator of the home business shall reside in the dwelling on the same lot where the home business is located.
(2) Employees. Five employees who do not reside in the dwelling where the home business is located may be employed by the home business.
(D) Operations.
(1) Nuisance. The home business shall not generate offensive noise, vibration, smoke, odors, dust, heat, glare, or electrical disturbances.
(2) Hours. The hours of operation of the home business shall be no earlier than 6:00 a.m. and no later than 9:00 p.m. for anyone who does not reside on the premises and for any activity that involves the accessory structure where the home business is primarily located. There are no limits on the hours of operation of the office component of the home business.
(E) Design.
(1) Primary Structure.
(a) The office component of the home business may be operated in the primary structure (the home).
(b) The home business shall not exceed five percent of the square footage of the primary structure.
(c) There shall be no evidence of the home business from alterations to the exterior of the residence. However, the character of the property may show minimal evidence of its business use, including exterior storage of materials, vehicles, or equipment used in the home business.
(2) Accessory Structure.
(a) The home business shall be primarily conducted within an accessory structure.
(b) The home business may consume 100 percent of the square footage of the accessory structure.
(3) Parking and Loading.
(a) Off-street parking and loading facilities beyond what is common for a residential structure or agricultural use shall not be permitted.
(b) There shall be no more than seven operable vehicles parked on the lot at any time.
(4) Exterior Storage.
(a) Vehicles, trailers, and other equipment used in the home business shall be stored and/or parked in an organized manner that is in an inconspicuous location.
(b) All exterior storage shall be located behind the footprint of the primary structure and behind or beside the accessory structure that is the primary location of the home business.
(c) All exterior storage shall be screened so it is nearly invisible from any right-of-way.
(5) Mechanical Equipment. The home business shall not require the installation of industrial-grade mechanical equipment. Commercial-grade mechanical equipment shall be permitted.
(6) Utility Service. The home business shall not require the installation of a sewer or water utility service beyond what is common in a residential structure. Commercial-grade electrical services and exceeding typical phone, cable, or internet services for residential property shall be permitted.
(7) Sign Standards. One wall sign shall be permitted on the accessory structure but shall not exceed 10 square feet in area, regardless of its distance from the street. [Ord. 1746-2023; Ord. 1286-2008. UDO § 5.38.]
This lighting standards section applies to the following zoning districts: PR, AG, AC, ER, R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, TR, LR, MH, UV, IS, NC, DC, C1, C2, HC, I1, I2, I3, HI.
The intent of the lighting standards is to protect the health, safety, and welfare of the residents within the zoning jurisdiction of the city by permitting site and façade lighting that has minimal impact on adjacent property. The following standards apply:
(A) Cross-Reference.
(1) Parking Lot Lighting. See Chapter 18.176 AMC, Parking Standards, for parking lot lighting requirements.
(2) Illumination of Signs. See Chapter 18.180 AMC, Sign Standards, for standards regarding the illumination of signs.
(B) Permits. A building permit shall be required for the installation of lighting, and lighting shall be in compliance with the Indiana Electrical Code.
(C) Measurement Rules. Measurements of light readings shall be taken at any point along the property line of the subject property with a light meter facing the center of the property at any height from the ground level to 35 feet above the ground.
(D) Types. All lighting fixtures and poles within a single development shall be consistent in style, color, size, height, and design.
(1) Permitted.
(a) Site Lighting. Pole-, wall-, or ground-mounted fixtures shall be full-cutoff fixtures.
(b) Façade Highlighting. Modest intensity up-lighting of structure façades and landscaping from ground-mounted fixtures shall be permitted.
(2) Prohibited. Non-cutoff fixtures, semi-cutoff fixtures, and cutoff fixtures shall not be permitted.
(3) Exemptions. Sport field and sport court lights shall be semi-cutoff or cutoff fixtures, shall not exceed 100 feet in height, and shall be shut off by 10:00 p.m. Sunday through Thursday and 11:00 p.m. Friday through Saturday.
(E) Glare. Light fixtures shall be fully shielded to prevent direct lighting on streets, alleys, and adjacent properties. Any structural part of the light fixture providing this shielding shall be permanently affixed.
(F) Light Trespass. The maximum allowable light at a property line shall be five lux, with the following exceptions:
(1) Commercial Zoning Districts. When the subject property is located within a commercial zoning district and the adjacent property is also located within a commercial zoning district or an industrial zoning district, then the allowable light at the property line shall be 20 lux, but only along the sides of the property that are adjacent to the specified zoning districts. However, no light shall cross an adjacent commercial or industrial property and reach a property line with a noncommercial or nonindustrial district with greater than five lux.
(2) Industrial Zoning Districts. When the subject property is located within an industrial zoning district and the adjacent property is also located within an industrial zoning district, then the allowable light at the property line shall be 30 lux, but only along the sides of the property that are adjacent to the specified zoning district. [Ord. 1746-2023; Ord. 1286-2008. UDO § 5.45.]
This loading standards section applies to the following zoning districts: UV, IS, NC, C1, C2, HC, I1, I2, I3, HI.
The intent of loading standards is to protect the health, safety, and welfare of the residents of the zoning jurisdiction of the city by requiring loading berths to meet certain standards. The following standards apply:
(A) Project Applicability. The following loading standards only apply when a project electively involves a loading berth.
(B) Design.
(1) Location.
(a) Loading berths shall be located so that they are not visible from public streets. If such a location is not possible, a loading berth visible from a public street shall be screened by solid structure walls and/or landscape buffers.
(b) Loading berths shall have adequate area for trucks to maneuver in and out of the facility. Trucks shall not block rights-of-way, streets, alleys, aisles, or other internal circulation when maneuvering into or docked at loading berths.
(2) Surface Materials. Loading berths shall be paved with asphalt or concrete.
(3) Drainage. Loading berths shall be constructed to allow proper drainage away from the structure. [Ord. 1746-2023; Ord. 1286-2008. UDO § 5.46.]
This lot standards section applies to the following zoning districts: PR, AG, AC, ER, R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, TR, LR, MH, UV, IS, NC, DC, C1, C2, HC, I1, I2, I3, HI.
The intent of the lot standards is to protect the health, safety, and welfare of the residents of the zoning jurisdiction of the city by establishing area, width, and frontage requirements for lots. The following standards apply:
(A) Applicability. If a lot standard does not appear in the chapter for a zoning district, then the standard does not apply to that particular zoning district.
(1) Minimum Dwelling Site Area. The minimum dwelling site area shall be per each chapter in Division II of this title, Zoning Districts.
(2) Minimum Dwelling Site Width. The minimum dwelling site width shall be per each chapter in Division II of this title, Zoning Districts.
(3) Minimum Lot Area. The minimum lot area shall be per each chapter in Division II of this title, Zoning Districts.
(4) Maximum Lot Area. The maximum lot area shall be per each chapter in Division II of this title, Zoning Districts.
(5) Minimum Lot Width. The minimum lot width shall be per each chapter in Division II of this title, Zoning Districts.
(B) Minimum Lot Frontage. The minimum lot frontage shall be at least 60 percent of the minimum lot width included in each chapter in Division II of this title, Zoning Districts, with the following exception:
(1) Cul-de-Sac Lots. The minimum lot frontage for lots established along a cul-de-sac bulb shall be at least 20 percent of the minimum lot width for the applicable district. However, under no circumstances shall the lot frontage be less than 25 feet in residential districts or 35 feet in all other districts. [Ord. 1746-2023; Ord. 1286-2008. UDO § 5.47.]
This manufactured housing standards section applies to the following district: MH.
The intent of manufactured housing standards is to promote quality and safe lease-lot manufactured home and mobile home developments. The following standards apply:
(A) Permits. An improvement location permit shall be required for each manufactured home dwelling and each mobile home dwelling prior to installation on a dwelling site, and for all other primary or accessory structures on the lot or dwelling sites.
(B) Design.
(1) Dwelling Sites.
(a) Each dwelling site within a lease-lot development shall have a separate concrete pad for each mobile home and a separate foundation for each manufactured home or other habitable structure.
(b) Each dwelling site within a lease-lot development shall have separate utility connections.
(c) Each dwelling site within a lease-lot development with four or more dwelling sites shall have direct access onto a paved private street.
(d) No more than one dwelling shall be placed on a dwelling site.
(2) Dwelling Units.
(a) Each dwelling within a lease-lot development shall be tied down and have a permanent perimeter enclosure or have a permanent foundation.
(b) Each dwelling within a lease-lot development with four or more dwelling sites shall be considered a separate residence for all purposes such as taxing, assessing of improvements, garbage collection, and public utilities. [Ord. 1746-2023; Ord. 1286-2008. UDO § 5.48.]
This outdoor dining standards section applies to the following districts: UV, NC, DC, C1, C2, HC.
The intent of outdoor dining standards is to permit outdoor dining in appropriate areas while maintaining pedestrian accessibility and circulation, ensuring the safety of diners and restaurant servers, and preserving or enhancing the character of the area. The following standards apply:
(A) Permits. An improvement location permit shall be required prior to establishing an outdoor dining area. A new permit shall not be required each year unless changes are proposed in the outdoor dining area.
(B) Operations. Generally, outdoor dining is permitted from March 31st through December 1st, and from 6:00 a.m. until 11:00 p.m. Sunday through Thursday and 6:00 a.m. until 12:00 midnight Friday through Saturday.
(C) Design.
(1) Circulation and Accessibility.
(a) All outdoor dining areas shall maintain a minimum four-foot-wide pedestrian circulation area along a public sidewalk. The pedestrian circulation area shall be free of all obstacles including but not limited to tree wells, fire hydrants, street light poles, and newspaper boxes. This pedestrian circulation area shall be maintained at all times.
(b) Outdoor dining areas shall not interfere with handicap accessibility, curbs, ramps, or driveways.
(c) Portions of outdoor dining areas fronting a right-of-way shall have a pedestrian barrier enclosing the outdoor dining area except for ingress/egress into the establishment. The pedestrian barrier shall meet all of the following criteria:
(i) Pedestrian barriers shall be sturdy, stable, and have sufficient weight so they cannot be blown over by wind.
(ii) Pedestrian barriers shall not be permanently attached or bolted to the sidewalk, unless granted special permission from the Board of Public Works and Safety.
(iii) Pedestrian barriers shall be at least 30 inches in height to prevent tripping hazards.
(iv) Pedestrian barriers shall be removed and stored during the off season, but not on the exterior of the building.
(d) Outdoor dining areas that do not front a right-of-way shall have a pedestrian barrier around at least 75 percent of the outdoor dining area. The pedestrian barrier shall meet all of the following criteria:
(i) Pedestrian barriers shall be constructed of wood, composite wood, stone, masonry, wrought iron, decorative metal, or a combination of these materials.
(ii) Pedestrian barriers shall be permanently attached to the ground.
(iii) Pedestrian barriers shall be at least 30 inches in height to prevent tripping hazards.
(e) No element of the outdoor dining area shall interfere with access to any structure.
(2) General.
(a) A sufficient number of trash containers shall be provided outdoors and be readily accessible to outdoor diners. However, full service establishments with outdoor dining areas shall not be required to provide outdoor trash containers.
(b) There shall be no storage of food trays; carts; receptacles for dirty dishes or trays; carts for utensils; or cooking appliances in any portion of the outdoor dining area.
(c) There shall be no service stations in any portion of the outdoor dining area.
(3) Furniture.
(a) To maintain a high quality environment, quality materials shall be used for outdoor dining areas. Outdoor dining furniture and outdoor trash containers shall be iron, steel, aluminum, wood, or resin. Finishes on the furniture and trash containers shall be kept relatively free of fading, chips, and rust.
(b) Umbrellas are permitted, but shall be flame retardant, color-fast fabric with an anti-flyback feature.
(c) Outdoor dining furniture, trash containers, and umbrellas shall not incorporate signs.
(d) Outdoor dining furniture, trash containers, and umbrellas shall be stored during the off season, but not on the exterior of the building. [Ord. 1746-2023; Ord. 1286-2008. UDO § 5.49.]
This outdoor storage standards section applies to the following zoning districts: PR, ER, R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, TR, LR, MH, UV, IS, NC, DC, C1, C2, HC.
The intent of outdoor storage standards is to protect the health, safety, and welfare and ensure neighborliness and aesthetic quality for the residents of the zoning jurisdiction of the city. The following standards apply:
(A) Prohibited. The outdoor storage of equipment, product, supplies, materials, machinery, building materials, waste or scrap, pallets, and similar materials shall not be permitted.
(B) Vehicles. Vehicles shall not encroach into a right-of-way or block or impede an access easement, sidewalk, or driving aisle.
(C) Recreational Vehicles.
(1) Quantity. No more than one recreational vehicle shall be stored outdoors or parked outdoors on a lot at any one time, except as listed below.
(a) Watercraft that are registered (plated) and docked in a lake shall be exempt.
(b) Businesses that sell recreational vehicles shall be exempt, but shall meet the standards in AMC 18.160.310, Outdoor storage standards – Merchandising.
(2) Parking.
(a) A recreational vehicle shall be stored or parked on a paved surface in a rear yard or side yard of a lot such that no part of the recreational vehicle projects into the front yard.
(b) A recreational vehicle shall not be stored on the street or on the driveway of any lot for more than 48 hours in any 30-day period.
(3) Use. At no time shall a stored recreational vehicle be occupied or used for living, sleeping, or home business purposes. [Ord. 1746-2023; Ord. 1286-2008. UDO § 5.50.]
This outdoor storage standards section applies to the following zoning districts: C2. The following standards apply:
(A) Vehicle Dealership. The outdoor display, storage, and parking of vehicles for sale shall be permitted; provided, that all vehicles are parked on asphalt or concrete; on a display approved by the Zoning Administrator; or enclosed within a structure. All parked vehicles and vehicle parking surfaces or displays shall meet the setbacks required for parking lots (see AMC 18.160.360, Setback standards). Vehicles shall not be parked in the right-of-way, on grass, or on gravel. [Ord. 1746-2023; Ord. 1286-2008. UDO § 5.51.]
This outdoor storage standards section applies to the following zoning districts: I1, I2, I3, HI. The following standards apply:
(A) Industrial Outdoor Storage. Outdoor storage of vehicles, equipment, product, supplies, materials, waste or scrap, pallets, and the like shall be permitted if all of the following conditions are met.
(1) Location. Outdoor storage areas shall be located in a side yard or rear yard and shall be set back 10 feet from the property line.
(2) Screening. Outdoor storage areas shall be screened on all sides with a solid fence or wall that is six feet or more in height and meets the standards established in AMC 18.160.140 through 18.160.190, Fence and wall standards. [Ord. 1746-2023; Ord. 1286-2008. UDO § 5.52.]
This performance standards section applies to the following zoning districts: PR, AG, AC, ER, R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, TR, LR, MH, UV, IS, NC, DC, C1, C2, HC, I1, I2, I3, HI.
The intent of this performance standards section is to protect the health, safety, and welfare of residents of the zoning jurisdiction of the city by establishing requirements for noise, vibration, odor, and other performance characteristics. The following standards apply:
(A) Cross-Reference. See AMC 18.160.130, Environmental standards, for standards relating to air quality, water quality, and soil quality.
(B) Nuisance Characteristics. No use shall exhibit obnoxious characteristics to the extent that it constitutes a public nuisance. No use in existence on the effective date of the ordinance codified in this title shall be so altered or modified to conflict with these standards.
(1) Electrical Disturbance. No use shall cause electrical disturbance adversely affecting radio, television, or other equipment in the vicinity.
(2) Noise.
(a) No use shall produce noise that, when measured at any of the lot lines, exceeds 70 decibels from 6:00 a.m. to 9:00 p.m. or 40 decibels from 9:00 p.m. to 6:00 a.m.
(b) Public safety sirens and related apparatus used solely for public purposes shall be exempt from this standard.
(3) Vibration. No use shall cause vibrations or concussions detectable beyond the lot lines without the aid of instruments.
(4) Odor. No use shall emit across the lot lines malodorous gas or odor in such quantity as to be detectable at any point along the lot lines.
(5) Heat and Glare. No use shall produce heat or glare in such a manner as to be a nuisance or create a hazard noticeable from any point beyond the lot lines.
(C) Fire Protection. Firefighting equipment and prevention measures acceptable to the Fire Department and any federal, state, county, city, and/or local authorities that may also have jurisdiction shall be readily available and apparent when any activity involving the handling or storage of flammable or explosive materials is conducted. [Ord. 1746-2023; Ord. 1286-2008. UDO § 5.61.]
This permanent outdoor display standards section applies to the following zoning districts: AC, UV, NC, DC, C1, C2, HC, I1.
The intent of the permanent outdoor display standards is to permit the use of outdoor areas for display and sale of merchandise, but to ensure that such displays are sensitive to the character of the district and do not jeopardize the health, safety, and welfare of the residents of the zoning jurisdiction of the city. The following standards apply:
(A) Project Applicability. Outdoor areas that a business or institution wants to use on a regular basis for outdoor displays shall meet this section.
(B) Permits. An improvement location permit shall be required when a new permanent outdoor display area is proposed. Once a permit is issued for a permanent outdoor display area, a new permit is not required each time the merchandise changes. However, a new permit shall be required if the permanent outdoor display area changes.
(C) Location.
(1) Accessibility. A permanent outdoor display shall not block any sidewalk, accessibility ramp, or driveway.
(2) Setbacks.
(a) Front Yard. A permanent outdoor display shall meet the front yard setback identified in the applicable zoning district in Division II of this title, Zoning Districts.
(b) Side and Rear Yards. A permanent outdoor display shall meet the side yard and rear yard setbacks for accessory structures as identified in the applicable zoning district in Division II of this title, Zoning Districts.
(3) Proximity to Primary Structure. A permanent outdoor display shall meet at least one of the following proximity standards:
(a) Every portion of a permanent outdoor display area shall be 10 feet or less from the front façade of the primary structure.
(b) Every portion of a permanent outdoor display shall be 20 feet or less from a side façade of the primary structure.
(c) A permanent outdoor display shall meet the screen requirements in subsection (E) of this section, Screening.
(4) Canopies. All vending machines, ice machines, propane tank displays, and other permanent fixtures that are part of a permanent outdoor display area shall be located under a permanent canopy or awning that is attached to the primary structure.
(D) Size.
(1) Maximum Area. The cumulative area of all permanent outdoor display areas shall not exceed five percent of the footprint of the primary structure or tenant space to which the permanent outdoor display area is associated.
(2) Maximum Height.
(a) When products are displayed within an enclosed temporary structure, the enclosed temporary structure shall not exceed 15 feet in height.
(b) Products displayed outside shall not exceed six feet in height.
(E) Screening. When a permanent outdoor display area is more than 10 feet from the front façade of the primary structure or more than 20 feet from a side façade of the primary structure, at least one of the following screening mechanisms shall be installed:
(1) Wall. A wall that is 30 inches to 40 inches in height, is constructed of the same material as the primary structure, and is integrated into the design of the primary structure.
(2) Landscaping. A five-foot-wide landscape buffer that consists of one tree and one shrub for every 10 feet of perimeter around the outdoor display area. The trees and shrubs shall be permanently planted and may be arranged creatively for aesthetic purposes, but shall reasonably screen the permanent outdoor display area. [Ord. 1746-2023; Ord. 1286-2008. UDO § 5.62.]
This public improvement standards section applies to the following zoning districts: PR, AG, AC, ER, R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, TR, LR, MH, UV, IS, NC, DC, C1, C2, HC, I1, I2, I3, HI.
The intent of this public improvement standards section is to protect the health, safety, and welfare of the residents of the zoning jurisdiction of the city by ensuring public facilities are adequate to serve development. The following standards apply:
(A) Project Applicability. Public improvements consistent with the requirements of this title shall be required when one of the following conditions is met:
(1) New Primary Structure. An improvement location permit for a new primary structure is obtained.
(2) Addition to Primary Structure. An improvement location permit for an addition to the primary structure that adds 50 percent or more square footage is obtained.
(B) Adequate Public Facilities. Development is permitted only if public streets, public sidewalks, drainage facilities, and public utilities are adequate to serve the proposed development.
(1) Public Streets.
(a) The Technical Advisory Committee or the Plan Commission may require a traffic and street impact study to determine a proposed development’s impact on public streets. If required, the City of Angola shall conduct or procure services for a traffic and street impact study at the expense of the developer.
(b) Based on the results of the study, the Technical Advisory Committee or the Plan Commission shall make a determination as to whether the public street(s) will sufficiently accommodate the increased traffic generated by the development.
(i) If the public street(s) is (are) determined to be insufficient, the Plan Commission may deny the development; or
(ii) The Plan Commission may approve the development with mitigating conditions. The Technical Advisory Committee or the Plan Commission may recommend off-site improvements such as acceleration lanes, deceleration lanes, passing blisters, wider shoulders or approaches, frontage streets, shared driveways or other improvements that will provide sufficient facilities for the increased traffic from the proposed development.
(2) Public Sidewalks. Public sidewalks shall be required along the edge of the right-of-way, except when the Zoning Administrator determines the development is agricultural in nature or it is unlikely the public sidewalk will provide connectivity to future trails or sidewalks. New public sidewalks shall closely align with existing sidewalks, be installed approximately one foot inside the right-of-way, and meet or exceed the City of Angola’s construction standards.
(3) Drainage Facilities.
(a) Cross-Reference. Storm drainage collection, detention, and retention facilities shall comply with Chapter 13.15 AMC, Stormwater Management.
(b) Storm drainage collection, detention, and retention facilities shall have sufficient capacity to serve the development.
(c) If existing storm drainage facilities are not sufficient to serve the development, the Plan Commission may deny the development or approve the development with mitigating conditions. The Plan Commission, Technical Advisory Committee, City Engineer, MS4 Coordinator, or County Surveyor may recommend off-site improvements that will provide sufficient facilities for the increased runoff from the proposed development.
(4) Public Utilities.
(a) Cross-Reference. Requirements for connection to municipal sanitary sewer and water systems are in AMC 18.160.370, Sewer and water standards.
(b) Sanitary Sewer. The sanitary sewer collection system and wastewater treatment facility shall have sufficient capacity to serve the development. If the existing sanitary sewer collection system or wastewater treatment facility does not have sufficient capacity to serve the development, the Plan Commission may deny the development or approve the development with mitigating conditions. The Plan Commission, Technical Advisory Committee, or appropriate utility representative may recommend off-site improvements that will provide sufficient facilities for the increased demand in service from the proposed development.
(c) Water. The public water supply and distribution system shall have sufficient capacity to serve the development. If the public water supply and distribution system does not have sufficient capacity to serve the development, improvements that will provide sufficient facilities for the increased demand in service from the proposed development shall be required prior to approval of the development. The Plan Commission, Technical Advisory Committee, or appropriate utility representative may recommend improvements.
(C) Guarantees. When mitigating conditions are required, the developer may be required to post performance and maintenance guarantees for such improvements. [Ord. 1746-2023; Ord. 1286-2008. UDO § 5.63.]
This setback standards section applies to the following zoning districts: PR, AG, AC, ER, R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, TR, LR, MH, UV, IS, NC, DC, C1, C2, HC, I1, I2, I3, HI.
The intent of the setback standards is to protect the health, safety, and welfare of residents of the zoning jurisdiction of the city by requiring structures to meet certain setbacks. The following standards apply:
(A) Applicability. If a setback standard does not appear in the chapter for a zoning district, then the standard does not apply to that particular zoning district.
(1) Minimum Dwelling Site Front Setback. The minimum dwelling site front setback shall be per each chapter in Division II of this title, Zoning Districts.
(2) Minimum Dwelling Site Side Setback. The minimum dwelling site side setback shall be per each chapter in Division II of this title, Zoning Districts.
(3) Minimum Dwelling Site Rear Setback. The minimum dwelling site rear setback shall be per each chapter in Division II of this title, Zoning Districts.
(4) Minimum Front Setback.
(a) The minimum front setback shall be as per each chapter in Division II of this title, Zoning Districts.
(b) Where a subdivision has been platted and substantially built out utilizing a front setback less than that required by Division II of this title, Zoning Districts, an infill lot may utilize the established setback as defined in Chapter 18.08 AMC, Definitions.
(5) Minimum Side Setback.
(a) The minimum side setback shall be as per each chapter in Division II of this title, Zoning Districts.
(b) Where a subdivision has been platted and substantially built out utilizing a side setback less than that required by Division II of this title, Zoning Districts, an infill lot may utilize the established setback as defined in Chapter 18.08 AMC, Definitions.
(6) Minimum Rear Setback.
(a) The minimum rear setback shall be as per each chapter in Division II of this title, Zoning Districts.
(b) Where a subdivision has been platted and substantially built out utilizing a rear setback less than that required by Division II of this title, Zoning Districts, an infill lot may utilize the established setback as defined in Chapter 18.08 AMC, Definitions.
(7) Minimum Waterside Setback.
(a) The minimum waterside setback shall be per each chapter in Division II of this title, Zoning Districts.
(b) Where lake lots have been substantially built out utilizing a waterside setback less than that required by Division II of this title, Zoning Districts, an infill lot may utilize the established setback as defined in Chapter 18.08 AMC, Definitions.
(B) Exceptions. The following types of structures or features are exempt or partially exempt from the setback standard as stated:
(1) Signs. Signs are exempt from the setbacks in this section, but shall abide by the sign standards in Chapter 18.180 AMC, Sign Standards.
(2) Telecommunication Towers. Telecommunication towers are exempt from the setbacks in this section, but shall abide by AMC 18.160.440 and 18.160.450, Telecommunication facility standards.
(3) Architectural Features. Cornices, eaves, sills, canopies, or similar features shall be permitted to encroach into a required front, side, and/or rear setback not more than three feet. However, these items shall never be closer than three feet to the property line.
(4) Awnings. Awnings shall be permitted to encroach into a required front, side, and/or rear setback not more than four feet, but shall not be closer than three feet to the property line except in the DC district. (See AMC 18.180.060, downtown commercial sign standards, for standards relating to the projection of awnings in DC districts.)
(5) Chimneys. Chimneys shall be permitted to extend into a required setback not more than two feet. However, chimneys shall never be closer than three feet to the property line.
(6) Fences and Walls. Fences and walls shall be exempt from the setbacks in this section, but shall abide by the fence and wall standards in AMC 18.160.140 through 18.160.190, Fence and wall standards.
(7) Driveways. Driveways are exempt from setbacks in this section, but shall abide by the side yard setbacks established in AMC 18.160.090 through 18.160.120, Driveway standards.
(8) Parking Lots. In commercial, institutional, and industrial zoning districts, parking lots may encroach into the front, side, and rear yard setbacks for a primary structure by the following amounts:
(a) Front Yards. Parking lots may project into a front yard by 25 percent of the minimum front yard setback.
(b) Side Yards. Parking lots may project into a side yard by 50 percent of the minimum side yard setback.
(c) Rear Yards. Parking lots may project into a rear yard by 50 percent of the minimum rear yard setback.
(9) Utility Poles, Lines, and Junction Boxes. Utility poles, lines, and junction boxes shall be exempt from the setbacks in this section.
(10) Trash Receptacles. Trash receptacles shall meet the setback standards in AMC 18.160.510, Trash receptacle standards.
(11) Stairs or Open Platform. Stairs or an open platform or landing which does not extend above the level of the floor elevation of the first floor of the structure shall be permitted to extend into a required front, side, and/or rear setback not more than four feet. However, these items shall never be closer than three feet to the side property line or 10 feet to the front or rear property line.
(12) Storage Tanks. Storage tanks shall be exempt from the setbacks in this section, but shall comply with the setbacks established in AMC 18.160.400 through 18.160.420, Storage tank standards.
(C) Environmental Features. A 25-foot setback shall be maintained between structures and environmental features listed in AMC 18.160.130, Environmental standards. [Ord. 1746-2023; Ord. 1286-2008. UDO § 5.64.]
This sewer and water standards section applies to the following zoning districts: PR, AG, AC, ER, R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, TR, LR, MH, UV, IS, NC, DC, C1, C2, HC, I1, I2, I3, HI.
The intent of the sewer and water standards is to protect the health, safety, and welfare of the residents of the zoning jurisdiction of the city by specifying the type of utility connections required. The following standards apply:
(A) Applicability. If the below listed sewer and water standard does not appear in the chapter for a zoning district, then it does not apply to that particular zoning district.
(1) Sewer.
(a) Connection to a sanitary sewer utility shall be per each chapter in Division II of this title, Zoning Districts. Details about the terminology in the chapters are as follows:
(i) Required. Connection to the City of Angola municipal sanitary sewer system shall be required.
(ii) Required Where Available. Connection to the City of Angola municipal sanitary sewer system shall be required when access to the municipal sanitary sewer system is available within 300 feet or less of the property line.
(iii) Municipal or Privately Owned Sewer Utility Required. A connection to either the City of Angola municipal sanitary sewer system or a privately owned sanitary sewer system shall be required.
(b) Cross-Reference. Service and connections to the City of Angola municipal sanitary sewer systems shall comply with Chapter 13.10 AMC, Sewer.
(2) Water.
(a) Connection to a water utility shall be per each chapter in Division II of this title, Zoning Districts. Details about the terminology in the chapters are as follows:
(i) Required. Connection to the City of Angola municipal water system shall be required.
(ii) Required Where Available. Connection to the City of Angola municipal water system shall be required when the property is located within the city limits, and for properties located outside the city limits shall be required when the municipal water system is available within 300 feet or less of the property line, unless the water department writes a letter indicating that it cannot or will not allow access to its water system.
(b) Cross-Reference. Service and connections to the City of Angola municipal water utility shall comply with Chapter 13.05 AMC, Water. [Ord. 1746-2023; Ord. 1286-2008. UDO § 5.65.]
This sexually oriented business standards section applies to the following zoning districts: I2.
(A) Purpose. It is the purpose of this section to regulate sexually oriented businesses in order to promote the health, safety, and general welfare of the residents of the zoning jurisdiction of the city, and to establish reasonable and uniform regulations to prevent the deleterious secondary effects of sexually oriented businesses. The provisions of this section have neither the purpose nor effect of imposing a limitation or restriction on the content or reasonable access to any communicative materials, including sexually oriented materials. Similarly, it is neither the intent nor effect of this section to restrict or deny access by adults to sexually oriented materials protected by the First Amendment, or to deny access by the distributors and exhibitors of sexually oriented entertainment to their intended market. Neither is it the intent nor effect of this section to condone or legitimize the distribution of obscene material.
(B) Findings and Rationale. Based on evidence of the adverse secondary effects of adult uses presented in hearings and in reports made available to the Common Council, and on findings, interpretations, and narrowing constructions incorporated in the cases of City of Littleton v. Z.J. Gifts D-4, L.L.C., 541 U.S. 774 (2004); City of Los Angeles v. Alameda Books, Inc., 535 U.S. 425 (2002); City of Erie v. Pap’s A.M., 529 U.S. 277 (2000); City of Renton v. Playtime Theatres, Inc., 475 U.S. 41 (1986); Young v. American Mini Theatres, 427 U.S. 50 (1976); Barnes v. Glen Theatre, Inc., 501 U.S. 560 (1991); California v. LaRue, 409 U.S. 109 (1972); N.Y. State Liquor Authority v. Bellanca, 452 U.S. 714 (1981); Sewell v. Georgia, 435 U.S. 982 (1978); FW/PBS, Inc. v. City of Dallas, 493 U.S. 215 (1990); City of Dallas v. Stanglin, 490 U.S. 19 (1989); and
Uniontown Retail #36, LLC v. Bd. of Comm’rs of Jackson County, 950 N.E.2d 332 (Ind. Ct. App. 2011); Plaza Group Properties, LLC v. Spencer County Plan Comm’n, 911 N.E.2d 1264 (Ind. Ct. App. 2009); Plaza Group Properties, LLC v. Spencer County Plan Comm’n, 877 N.E.2d 877 (Ind. Ct. App. 2007); Ben’s Bar, Inc. v. Village of Somerset, 316 F.3d 702 (7th Cir. 2003); Andy’s Restaurant & Lounge, Inc. v. City of Gary, 466 F.3d 550 (7th Cir. 2006); Blue Canary Corp. v. City of Milwaukee, 270 F.3d 1156 (7th Cir. 2001); Schultz v. City of Cumberland, 228 F.3d 831 (7th Cir. 2000); Matney v. County of Kenosha, 86 F.3d 692 (7th Cir. 1996); Berg v. Health & Hospital Corp., 865 F.2d 797 (7th Cir. 1989); DiMa Corp. v. Town of Hallie, 185 F.3d 823 (7th Cir. 1999); Graff v. City of Chicago, 9 F.3d 1309 (7th Cir. 1993); North Avenue Novelties, Inc. v. City of Chicago, 88 F.3d 441 (7th Cir. 1996); Chulchian v. City of Indianapolis, 633 F.2d 27 (7th Cir. 1980); Illinois One News, Inc. v. City of Marshall, 477 F.3d 461 (7th Cir. 2007); G.M. Enterprises, Inc. v. Town of St. Joseph, 350 F.3d 631 (7th Cir. 2003); Metro Pony, LLC v. City of Metropolis, 2012 WL 1389656 (S.D. Ill. Apr. 20, 2012); Imaginary Images, Inc. v. Evans, 612 F.3d 736 (4th Cir. 2010); LLEH, Inc. v. Wichita County, 289 F.3d 358 (5th Cir. 2002); Ocello v. Koster, 354 S.W.3d 187 (Mo. 2011); 84 Video/Newsstand, Inc. v. Sartini, 2011 WL 3904097 (6th Cir. Sept. 7, 2011); Flanigan’s Enters., Inc. v. Fulton County, 596 F.3d 1265 (11th Cir. 2010); East Brooks Books, Inc. v. Shelby County, 588 F.3d 360 (6th Cir. 2009); Entm’t Prods., Inc. v. Shelby County, 588 F.3d 372 (6th Cir. 2009); Sensations, Inc. v. City of Grand Rapids, 526 F.3d 291 (6th Cir. 2008); World Wide Video of Washington, Inc. v. City of Spokane, 368 F.3d 1186 (9th Cir. 2004); Peek-a-Boo Lounge v. Manatee County, 630 F.3d 1346 (11th Cir. 2011); Daytona Grand, Inc. v. City of Daytona Beach, 490 F.3d 860 (11th Cir. 2007); Williams v. Morgan, 478 F.3d 1316 (11th Cir. 2007); Jacksonville Property Rights Ass’n, Inc. v. City of Jacksonville, 635 F.3d 1266 (11th Cir. 2011); H&A Land Corp. v. City of Kennedale, 480 F.3d 336 (5th Cir. 2007); Hang On, Inc. v. City of Arlington, 65 F.3d 1248 (5th Cir. 1995); Fantasy Ranch, Inc. v. City of Arlington, 459 F.3d 546 (5th Cir. 2006); Richland Bookmart, Inc. v. Knox County, 555 F.3d 512 (6th Cir. 2009); Bigg Wolf Discount Video Movie Sales, Inc. v. Montgomery County, 256 F. Supp. 2d 385 (D. Md. 2003); Richland Bookmart, Inc. v. Nichols, 137 F.3d 435 (6th Cir. 1998); Spokane Arcade, Inc. v. City of Spokane, 75 F.3d 663 (9th Cir. 1996); City of New York v. Hommes, 724 N.E.2d 368 (N.Y. 1999); Taylor v. State, No. 01-01-00505-CR, 2002 WL 1722154 (Tex. App. July 25, 2002); Fantasyland Video, Inc. v. County of San Diego, 505 F.3d 996 (9th Cir. 2007); Gammoh v. City of La Habra, 395 F.3d 1114 (9th Cir. 2005); Z.J. Gifts D-4, LLC v. City of Littleton, Civil Action No. 99-N-1696, Memorandum Decision and Order (D. Colo. March 31, 2001); People ex rel. Deters v. The Lion’s Den, Inc., Case No. 04-CH-26, Modified Permanent Injunction Order (Ill. Fourth Judicial Circuit, Effingham County, July 13, 2005); Reliable Consultants, Inc. v. City of Kennedale, No. 4:05-CV-166-A, Findings of Fact and Conclusions of Law (N.D. Tex. May 26, 2005);
and based upon reports concerning secondary effects occurring in and around sexually oriented businesses, including, but not limited to, Austin, Texas – 1986; Indianapolis, Indiana – 1984; Garden Grove, California – 1991; Houston, Texas – 1983, 1997; Phoenix, Arizona – 1979, 1995-98; Tucson, Arizona – 1990; Chattanooga, Tennessee – 1999-2003; Los Angeles, California – 1977; Whittier, California – 1978; Spokane, Washington – 2001; St. Cloud, Minnesota – 1994; Littleton, Colorado – 2004; Oklahoma City, Oklahoma – 1986; Dallas, Texas – 1997; Ft. Worth, Texas – 2004; Kennedale, Texas – 2005; Greensboro, North Carolina – 2003; Amarillo, Texas – 1977; Jackson County, Missouri – 2008; Louisville, Kentucky – 2004; New York, New York Times Square – 1994; the Report of the Attorney General’s Working Group On The Regulation Of Sexually Oriented Businesses (June 6, 1989, State of Minnesota); Dallas, Texas – 2007; “Rural Hotspots: The Case of Adult Businesses,” 19 Criminal Justice Policy Review 153 (2008); “Correlates of Current Transactional Sex among a Sample of Female Exotic Dancers in Baltimore, MD,” Journal of Urban Health (2011); “Stripclubs According to Strippers: Exposing Workplace Sexual Violence,” by Kelly Holsopple, Program Director, Freedom and Justice Center for Prostitution Resources, Minneapolis, Minnesota; “Sexually Oriented Businesses: An Insider’s View,” by David Sherman, presented to the Michigan House Committee on Ethics and Constitutional Law, Jan. 12, 2000; Memphis, Tennessee – 2005-2011; and assorted reports and affidavits concerning secondary effects, the Common Council finds:
(1) Sexually oriented businesses, as a category of commercial uses, are associated with a wide variety of adverse secondary effects including, but not limited to, personal and property crimes, prostitution, potential spread of disease, lewdness, public indecency, obscenity, illicit drug use and drug trafficking, negative impacts on surrounding properties, urban blight, litter, and sexual assault and exploitation.
(2) Sexually oriented businesses should be separated from sensitive land uses to minimize the impact of their secondary effects upon such uses, and should be separated from other sexually oriented businesses, to minimize the secondary effects associated with such uses and to prevent an unnecessary concentration of sexually oriented businesses in one area.
(3) Each of the foregoing negative secondary effects constitutes a harm which the city has a substantial government interest in preventing and/or abating. This substantial government interest in preventing secondary effects, which is the city’s rationale for this section, exists independent of any comparative analysis between sexually oriented and non-sexually oriented businesses. Additionally, the city’s interest in regulating sexually oriented businesses extends to preventing future secondary effects of either current or future sexually oriented businesses that may locate in the zoning jurisdiction of the city. The city finds that the cases and documentation relied on in this section are reasonably believed to be relevant to said secondary effects.
The city hereby adopts and incorporates herein its stated findings and legislative record related to the adverse secondary effects of sexually oriented businesses, including the judicial opinions and reports related to such secondary effects.
(C) The following standards apply:
(1) Separation From Sensitive Uses. For purposes of this subsection, measurements shall be made in a straight line, without regard to intervening structures or objects, from the closest part of any structure, including signs and roof overhangs, used in conjunction with the sexually oriented business to the closest part of any parcel containing one of the following land uses. Sexually oriented businesses shall have the following separation requirements:
(a) Residential Districts. Sexually oriented businesses shall be separated from residential zoning districts by at least 1,000 feet.
(b) Public Gathering Places. Sexually oriented businesses shall be separated from elementary or secondary schools, publicly-owned playgrounds and libraries, religious institutions, and licensed day care centers and preschools by at least 1,000 feet.
(c) Residences. Sexually oriented businesses shall be separated from residences and dwelling units by at least 750 feet.
(2) Separation From Other Sexually Oriented Businesses. For purposes of this subsection, measurements shall be made in a straight line, without regard to intervening structures or objects, from the closest part of any structure, including signs and roof overhangs, used in conjunction with the sexually oriented business to the closest part of any structure containing another sexually oriented business. Sexually oriented businesses shall be separated from other sexually oriented businesses by at least 1,000 feet. [Ord. 1746-2023; Ord. 1463-2014 § 1; Ord. 1425-2012 § 4; Ord. 1286-2008. UDO § 5.66.]
This special exception standards section applies to the following zoning districts: PR, AG, AC, ER, R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, TR, LR, MH, UV, IS, NC, DC, C1, C2, HC, I1, I2, I3, HI.
The intent of the special exception standards is to protect the health, safety, and welfare of the residents of the zoning jurisdiction of the city by ensuring the most appropriate development standards are applied to special exception requests. The following standards apply:
(A) Cross-Reference: The approval process and criteria for special exceptions is in Chapter 18.192 AMC, Processes.
(B) Applicable Development Standards. The development standards assigned to each zoning district are considered appropriate for the permitted uses within that zoning district. However, the development standards may not be appropriate for all special exception uses within a zoning district. For instance, some institutional uses are allowed in residential zoning districts as special exceptions. In this case, residential development standards would not necessarily be applicable.
(1) Determining Appropriate Development Standards.
(a) The Zoning Administrator shall determine which development standards sections within Division VI of this title, Development Standards, shall apply to each special exception application. The development standards determined to apply shall be documented in the application and approval.
(b) If the special exception use is a permitted use within another zoning district, the development standards for that zoning district shall be used as a guideline. In situations where the special exception use is not a permitted use in any zoning district, the most stringent development standards may be assigned by the Zoning Administrator as appropriate. [Ord. 1746-2023; Ord. 1286-2008. UDO § 5.76.]
This storage tank standards section applies to the following zoning districts: R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, TR, MH, NC, C1, I1.
The intent of this storage tank standards section is to protect the health, safety, and welfare of the residents of the zoning jurisdiction of the city by requiring outdoor storage tanks to meet certain criteria. The following standards apply:
(A) Prohibited. Outdoor storage tanks or drums shall not be permitted. [Ord. 1746-2023; Ord. 1286-2008. UDO § 5.77.]
This storage tank standards section applies to the following zoning districts: PR, ER, LR. The following standards apply:
(A) Project Applicability. Any new outdoor storage tanks or drums installed after the effective date of the ordinance codified in this title shall be permitted if all of the following standards are met.
(B) Permits. An improvement location permit shall be required prior to the installation of new outdoor storage tanks or drums.
(C) Prerequisite Criteria. No liquid or gas fuel shall be stored in bulk above ground, except tanks or drums connected directly to energy-generating devices or heating appliances located and operated on the same lot as the tanks or drums.
(D) Setbacks.
(1) Front Yard. Outdoor storage tanks and drums shall not be permitted in front yards.
(2) Side and Rear Yard. Outdoor storage tanks and drums shall be set back at least 30 feet from side and rear property lines.
(3) Structures. Outdoor storage tanks and drums shall be set back at least 30 feet from primary structures and 15 feet from accessory structures.
(E) Quantity. No lot shall have more than two outdoor storage tanks or drums.
(F) Cross-Reference. Outdoor storage tanks and drums shall meet all applicable state and federal regulations. [Ord. 1746-2023; Ord. 1286-2008. UDO § 5.78.]
This storage tanks standards section applies to the following zoning districts: AG, AC, IS, UV, C2, HC, I2, I3, HI. The following standards apply:
(A) Project Applicability. Any new outdoor storage tanks or drums installed after the effective date of the ordinance codified in this title shall be permitted if all of the following standards are met.
(B) Permits. An improvement location permit shall be required prior to the installation of new outdoor storage tanks or drums.
(C) Setbacks.
(1) Front Yard. Outdoor storage tanks and drums shall not be permitted in front yards.
(2) Side and Rear Yard. Outdoor storage tanks and drums shall be set back at least 30 feet from side and rear property lines.
(3) Structures. Outdoor storage tanks and drums shall be set back at least 30 feet from primary structures and 15 feet from accessory structures.
(D) Cross-Reference. Outdoor storage tanks and drums shall meet all applicable state and federal regulations. [Ord. 1746-2023; Ord. 1286-2008. UDO § 5.79.]
This structure standards section applies to the following zoning districts: PR, AG, AC, ER, R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, TR, LR, MH, UV, IS, NC, DC, C1, C2, HC, I1, I2, I3, HI.
The intent of this structure standards section is to protect the health, safety, and welfare of the residents of the zoning jurisdiction of the city and the character of each zoning district by regulating the quantity of primary structures on a lot. The following standards apply:
(A) Applicability. The maximum allowable number of primary structures shall be one unless indicated otherwise in the applicable chapter in Division II of this title, Zoning Districts. [Ord. 1746-2023; Ord. 1286-2008. UDO § 5.80.]
This telecommunication facility standards section applies to the following zoning districts: UV, IS, NC, DC, C1, C2, HC.
The intent of this telecommunication facility standards section is to protect the health, safety, and welfare of the residents of the zoning jurisdiction of the city by allowing for the provision of adequate and reliable public and private telecommunication service while minimizing the adverse, undesirable visual effects of such. The following standards apply:
(A) Permits. An improvement location permit shall not be required for telecommunication antennas.
(B) Types.
(1) Permitted. Telecommunication antennas shall be permitted when the following standards are met:
(a) The telecommunication antennas shall be non-freestanding.
(b) The telecommunication antennas shall be located in a functional but inconspicuous place on an existing structure such as a water tower, utility pole, or roof.
(c) The telecommunication antennas mounted on a roof shall not exceed the maximum structure height indicated in the appropriate chapter in Division II of this title, Zoning Districts, by more than 10 feet.
(d) The telecommunication antennas mounted on poles and other structures shall not exceed 110 percent of the existing pole or structure height.
(2) Prohibited. Freestanding telecommunication towers and all other telecommunication facilities, except telecommunication antennas, shall not be permitted. [Ord. 1746-2023; Ord. 1286-2008. UDO § 5.81.]
This telecommunication facilities standards section applies to the following zoning districts: PR, AG, I1, I2, I3. The following telecommunication facility standards shall apply:
(A) Permits. An improvement location permit shall be required prior to the construction, erection, placement, modification, or alteration of a telecommunication facility. See Chapter 18.192 AMC, Processes.
(B) Location.
(1) Accessory Utility Structures. The accessory utility structures of telecommunication facilities shall meet the minimum front yard setback, minimum side yard setback, and minimum rear setback requirements in the appropriate chapters in Division II of this title, Zoning Districts.
(2) Towers.
(a) Front Yard Setback. Telecommunication towers shall be set back from any right-of-way a minimum distance equal to 50 percent of the tower height, including all antennas and attachments.
(b) Side and Rear Yard Setback. Telecommunication towers shall be set back from the side and rear property lines a minimum distance equal to 50 percent of the tower height, including all antennas and attachments.
(c) Telecommunication towers shall not be located between the primary structure and a public street.
(d) Telecommunication towers shall not be located within the boundaries of any residential zoning district, and shall be set back from the boundaries of any residential zoning district a minimum distance equal to 110 percent of the tower height.
(C) Design.
(1) Project Applicability. Proposed or modified telecommunication towers and antennas shall meet the following design requirements.
(2) Height.
(a) Telecommunication towers shall not exceed 199 feet in height.
(b) All other utility structures and antennas shall meet the height standards in the appropriate chapters in Division II of this title, Zoning Districts, and in AMC 18.160.210, Height standards.
(3) Appearance. Towers and antennas shall be designed to blend into the surrounding environment through the use of color and camouflaging architectural treatment, except in an instance where the color is dictated by state or federal authorities such as the Federal Aviation Administration (FAA).
(4) Monopole Design. Towers shall be of a monopole design, unless the Board of Zoning Appeals determines an alternative design would better blend in with the surrounding environment.
(5) Collocation. Any proposed telecommunication tower shall be designed structurally, electrically, and in all respects to accommodate both the applicant’s antennas and comparable antennas for the following:
(a) A minimum of one additional user if the telecommunications tower is between 60 and 100 feet in height.
(b) A minimum of two additional users if the telecommunications tower is 100 feet or more in height.
(6) Accessory Utility Structures. All utility structures needed to support a telecommunications tower shall be architecturally designed to blend in with the surrounding environment.
(7) Fence Enclosure. Telecommunication facilities and all accessory utility structures shall be protected by a security fence that shall be at least six feet tall.
(8) Screening. A live evergreen screen consisting of shrubs, planted three feet on-center maximum or a row of evergreen trees planted a maximum of 10 feet on center shall be planted around the entire telecommunication facility and each of the guy wires and anchors, if used. The height of all plants at the time of planting shall be no less than five feet.
(9) Lighting. Telecommunication facilities shall not be illuminated by artificial means and shall not display strobe lights, except when it is dictated by state or federal authorities such as the Federal Aviation Administration (FAA).
(10) Signs. The use of any portion of a telecommunication facility for the posting of any signs or advertisements of any kind, other than warning or equipment information signs, shall not be permitted.
(D) Construction Standards. All telecommunication facilities shall be subject to inspection by the Building Commissioner and Zoning Administrator during the construction process.
(1) Easements. If an easement is required for location of a telecommunication facility on the property, the easement shall be staked by a licensed and registered Indiana land surveyor so as to provide proof the facility has been constructed within the easement.
(2) Footers. Footing inspections shall be required by the Building Commissioner for all telecommunication facilities having footings.
(3) Electrical Standards. All telecommunication facilities containing electrical wiring shall be subject to the provisions of the Indiana Electric Code, as amended.
(E) Inspection of Towers. The following shall apply to the inspection of telecommunications facilities:
(1) Frequency. Towers may be inspected at least once every five years, or more often as needed to respond to complaints received, by the Zoning Administrator, Building Commissioner, and/or a registered, professional engineer to determine compliance with the original construction standards.
(2) Investigation. The Zoning Administrator and the Building Commissioner may enter onto the property to investigate the matter and may order the appropriate action to bring the facility into compliance.
(3) Violations. Notices of violation will be sent in accordance with Chapter 18.196 AMC, Enforcement and Penalties, for any known violation on the telecommunication facility.
(F) Abandoned Towers. Any tower unused or left abandoned for six months shall be removed by the property owner at its expense. Should the property owner fail to remove the tower after 30 days from the date a notice of violation is issued, the city may remove the tower and bill the property owner for the costs of removal and cleanup of the site. [Ord. 1746-2023; Ord. 1286-2008. UDO § 5.82.]
This temporary use and structure standards section applies to the following zoning districts: PR, AG, AC, ER, R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, TR, LR, MH, UV, IS, NC, DC, C1, C2, HC, I1, I2, I3, HI.
The intent of temporary use and structure standards is to protect the public health, safety, and welfare of the residents of the zoning jurisdiction of the city by establishing standards for temporary uses and temporary structures. The following standards apply:
(A) Cross-Reference. See Chapter 18.180 AMC, Sign Standards, for temporary sign standards.
(B) Permits. A temporary improvement location permit shall be obtained prior to establishing the temporary use or structure except as indicated otherwise in this section.
(C) Types.
(1) Fundraising Events. Fundraising events such as chicken barbecues, fish fries, and car washes shall be permitted and shall be exempt from obtaining a temporary improvement location permit if the duration of the event is less than 24 hours over a two-day period.
(2) Garage and Yard Sales. Garage and yard sales shall be permitted and shall be exempt from obtaining a temporary improvement location permit, but shall comply with the provisions of Chapters 5.05 and 5.10 AMC.
(3) Portable On-Demand Storage. Portable on-demand storage (PODS) units shall be permitted and shall be exempt from obtaining a temporary improvement location permit, but shall not be located outdoors for more than 14 consecutive days, three times per calendar year.
(D) Termination. Temporary uses shall be terminated and structures removed at the end of the permitted event period. [Ord. 1746-2023; Ord. 1286-2008. UDO § 5.83.]
This temporary use and structure standards section applies to the following zoning districts: AG, ER. The following standards apply:
(A) Roadside Sales of Produce. The roadside sale of farm produce shall be permitted if the following conditions are met:
(1) Grown On Site. Eighty percent of the produce offered for sale shall be grown on the same lot where the roadside sale is located.
(2) Duration. The roadside sale of produce shall not exceed six months per calendar year.
(3) Sales Stand. The sales stand shall be portable or seasonal construction, shall comply with the provisions of AMC 18.160.520, Vision clearance standards, and shall be removed so as to observe the setback line for accessory structures when not in use.
(4) Parking. The roadside sale of produce shall be arranged so that parking does not block any right-of-way. [Ord. 1746-2023; Ord. 1286-2008. UDO § 5.84.]
This temporary use and structure standards section applies to the following zoning districts: R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, TR, LR, MH. The following standards apply:
(A) Model Homes. Model homes, apartments, and condominiums that contain a sales office shall be permitted with the following requirements:
(1) Duration. The duration of a temporary improvement location permit for a model home, apartment, or condominium shall be three years and may be renewed annually after the initial three-year period.
(2) Location. Model homes, apartments, and condominiums shall be on the site of the development for which the sales are taking place.
(3) Parking. The model home, apartment, or condominium shall provide the required parking in Chapter 18.176 AMC, Parking Standards, for the applicable district. [Ord. 1746-2023; Ord. 1286-2008. UDO § 5.85.]
This temporary use and structure standards section applies to the following zoning districts: PR, AC, NC, DC, C1, C2, HC, I1. The following standards apply:
(A) Farmer’s Market. Farmer’s markets shall be permitted and exempt from obtaining a temporary improvement location permit provided the following standards are met:
(1) Duration. The farmer’s market shall occur on a regular basis, no more than twice per week, for a period not to exceed seven months per calendar year.
(2) Location. The farmer’s market shall consist of vendors transporting produce and products to the site of the farmer’s market, setting up tables or booths, and removing all produce, products, tables, and booths at the end of the day.
(3) Parking. One parking space shall be required for every vendor space in a farmer’s market. The required parking spaces shall be within 600 feet of the farmer’s market and may include on-street parking spaces and public parking lots. [Ord. 1746-2023; Ord. 1286-2008. UDO § 5.86.]
This temporary use and structure standards section applies to the following zoning districts: AC, DC, C1, C2, HC, I1. The following standards apply:
(A) Sale of Seasonal Items. The sale of seasonal items such as Independence Day fireworks, Christmas trees, and Halloween pumpkins shall be permitted if the following standards are met:
(1) Duration. The duration of a temporary improvement location permit for the sale of seasonal items shall be no more than 45 days. All unsold merchandise shall be removed within five days after the expiration of the temporary improvement location permit.
(2) Location.
(a) The sale of seasonal items shall be on a lot that fronts a collector or arterial street.
(b) The sale of seasonal items shall be at least 50 feet from residential zoning districts.
(3) Additional Requirements. The sale of seasonal items must comply with all requirements of applicable state laws. [Ord. 1746-2023; Ord. 1286-2008. UDO § 5.87.]
This trash receptacle standards section applies to the following zoning districts: PR, ER, R4, R5, MH, UV, IS, NC, DC, C1, C2, HC, I1, I2, I3, HI.
The intent of this trash receptacle standards section is to protect the health, safety, and welfare of the residents of the zoning jurisdiction of the city by requiring outdoor trash receptacles to meet certain standards and to enhance the aesthetic environment of the city. The following standards apply:
(A) Project Applicability. Any new outdoor trash receptacle, dumpster, compactor, or similar container placed after the effective date of the ordinance codified in this title shall be permitted if all of the following standards are met.
(1) Exemptions. Outdoor trash receptacles, dumpsters, compactors, or similar containers temporarily placed (i.e., construction projects) shall be exempt from the standards in this section.
(B) Design.
(1) Screening.
(a) Outdoor trash receptacles, dumpsters, compactors, or similar containers shall be screened on all sides by a fence or wall that is constructed with wood, brick, or stone.
(b) Outdoor trash receptacles, dumpsters, compactors, or similar containers shall be accessible by gates.
(c) The screening of outdoor trash receptacles, dumpsters, compactors, or similar containers shall meet the location and setback requirements in AMC 18.160.140 through 18.160.190, Fence and wall standards.
(2) Surface Materials. Outdoor trash receptacles, dumpsters, compactors, or similar containers shall be placed on a paved surface.
(C) Setbacks.
(1) Front Yard. Trash receptacles shall not be located in a front yard.
(2) Side Yard. Trash receptacles may project into a side yard setback for a primary structure by 50 percent of the minimum side yard setback.
(3) Rear Yard. Trash receptacles may project into a rear yard setback for a primary structure by 50 percent of the minimum rear yard setback.
(D) Maintenance. All trash receptacles and screening associated with trash receptacles shall be properly maintained and kept in good condition. [Ord. 1746-2023; Ord. 1286-2008. UDO § 5.88.]
This vision clearance standards section applies to the following zoning districts: PR, AG, AC, ER, R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, TR, LR, MH, UV, IS, NC, DC, C1, C2, HC, I1, I2, I3, HI.
The intent of this vision clearance standards section is to protect the health, safety, and welfare of the residents of the zoning jurisdiction of the city by eliminating visual obstructions at intersections. The following standards apply:
(A) Vision Clearance Triangle. A vision clearance or sight triangle shall be maintained at every intersection of two or more streets, intersection of a street and alley, and intersection of a street and driveway.
(1) Horizontal Area.
(a) Arterial Streets. The vision clearance triangle leg lengths shall be 25 feet as measured from the edge of pavement (see “A” in the illustration below) when one or more of the intersecting streets is an arterial street.
(b) Other Streets. The vision clearance triangle leg lengths shall be 15 feet as measured from the edge of pavement (see “A” in the illustration below) when one or more of the intersecting streets is a collector or local street.

(2) Vertical Area. No primary or accessory structures, landscaping, fences, walls, or signs shall be permitted to be placed or to project into the vision clearance triangle between the heights of two and one-half feet and nine feet above the crown of the adjacent roadway.
(3) Exemptions. Public street signs and utility poles shall be exempt from the vision clearance standards. [Ord. 1746-2023; Ord. 1286-2008. UDO § 5.89.]
This wind turbine system standards section applies to the following zoning districts: PR, AG, AC, ER, R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, TR, LR, MH, UV, IS, NC, DC, C1, C2, HC, I1, I2, I3, HI. The following standards apply to small wind turbine systems:
(A) Permitted Systems.
(1) Horizontal Axis Wind Turbine. A horizontal axis small wind turbine system shall be permitted as per the standards in this section.
(2) Vertical Axis Wind Turbine. A vertical axis small wind turbine system shall be permitted as per the standards in this section.
(B) Prerequisites.
(1) Energy Production Purpose. Small wind turbine systems shall be primarily sized and installed for the purpose of generating energy for an on-site use (i.e., residence, small business, or farmstead). The small wind turbine system shall be sized to not produce more than 150 percent of the annual on-site electricity needs.
(2) Rated Power Limits. A small wind turbine system shall have a maximum rated power level of 11 kilowatts.
(3) Lot Size. A minimum three-quarter-acre lot shall be required for a small wind turbine system to be installed.
(4) Manufacturer Installation Specifications. Any permitted small wind turbine system shall be installed according to the manufacturer’s specifications unless in conflict with applicable standards in this title. When conflicts exist, the following standards apply:
(a) Manufacturer Specifications Are More Strict. When the manufacturer’s specifications are more strict than this title, the manufacturer’s specifications shall be followed.
(b) Zoning Standards Are More Strict. When this title is more strict than the manufacturer’s specifications, this title shall prevail, and that particular small wind turbine system shall be considered not permitted.
(C) Turbine System Limitations.
(1) Experimental Turbines. Small wind turbine systems shall be commercially available and shall have been (a) certified by the Small Wind Certification Council (SWCC); (b) certified by the American Wind Energy Association (AWEA); (c) certified by an equivalent, reputable agency; or (d) produced by a manufacturer that has produced and sold at least 50 units of the model of interest. Small wind turbine systems that do not meet at least one of these minimum standards shall be considered experimental and shall not be permitted.
(2) Connection to the Grid. Any small wind turbine system that is intended to be connected to the power grid shall be IEEE 1547 compliant (Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers Standard for Interconnecting Distributed Resources with Electric Power Systems).
(D) Supporting Structure.
(1) Tower-Mounted. A horizontal axis small wind turbine system designed by the manufacturer for tower mounting may be mounted on a monopole, pole with guy wires, lattice tower, or lattice tower with guy wires.
(2) Roof-Mounted. A horizontal or vertical axis small wind turbine system designed by the manufacturer for roof mounting may be mounted to the roof of a primary or accessory building.
(3) Ground-Mounted. A vertical axis small wind turbine system designed by the manufacturer for ground mounting shall be mounted on the ground.
(E) Height Limitations.
(1) Horizontal Axis (Tower-Mounted). The maximum tower height for a horizontal axis small wind turbine system shall be 80 feet for lots under five acres, and 110 feet for lots five acres or greater.
(2) Horizontal or Vertical Axis (Roof-Mounted). The maximum height of all components of a roof-mounted small wind turbine system shall be six feet above the highest point of the roof for residential buildings and 10 feet above the highest point on the roof for agricultural, commercial, institutional, and industrial uses.
(3) Vertical Axis (Ground-Mounted). The maximum height for all components of a vertical axis, ground-mounted small wind turbine system shall be 40 feet.
(F) Maximum Number of Turbine Systems.
(1) Small Lot. A lot with two acres or less shall be restricted to one horizontal axis small wind turbine system and one vertical axis roof-mounted small wind turbine system.
(2) Large Lots. A lot with more than two acres may have:
(a) Up to two tower-mounted horizontal axis or ground-mounted vertical axis small wind turbine systems; and
(b) Up to three roof-mounted vertical axis or horizontal axis small wind turbine systems.
(G) Wind Load. A small wind turbine system shall be engineered to survive a 100-mile-per-hour wind load or greater.
(H) Rotor Diameter. The maximum rotor diameter shall be 20 feet for a small wind turbine system.
(I) Location Restrictions.
(1) Setback From Property Line. A small wind turbine system, not including guy wires, shall be a minimum of 25 feet from the property line or 110 percent of the height of the tower, whichever is greater.
(2) Setback From Buildings. A small wind turbine system, not including guy wires, shall not be required to be set back from any on-site building.
(3) Setback From Utilities. A small wind turbine system, not including guy wires, shall be a minimum of 50 feet from any above-ground utility line or 120 percent of the height of the tower, whichever is greater.
(4) Setback for Guy Wires. Guy wire anchors shall be at least 15 feet from all property lines.
(J) Safety.
(1) Roof-Mounted Systems. The rotors (blades) of a horizontal axis turbine mounted on a roof shall not extend horizontally beyond the roof line of the building to which it is attached.
(2) Ground Clearance. The rotors (blades) of a horizontal axis wind turbine mounted on a tower shall not extend vertically to within 20 feet of the ground.
(3) Overspeed Protection. A small wind turbine system shall have a fail-safe braking system, auto-furling system, or similar system to prevent structural failure due to excessive revolutions per minute (rpm). Overspeed protection shall be a proven industry standard.
(K) Nuisance Prevention.
(1) Noise. A small wind turbine system shall not generate more than 40 dBA L90 or ambient dBA L90 + 5 dBA, whichever is greater when measured at the property line.
(2) Illumination. A small wind turbine system shall not be illuminated in any way unless required by FAA regulations.
(3) Feeder Lines. Feeder lines for wind turbines (i.e., electrical connection between the wind turbine and the on-site structure in which the power is utilized) shall be placed underground.
(L) Abandoned Systems. A small wind turbine system shall be considered abandoned if its use as a wind turbine system is discontinued for more than six months. The small wind turbine system shall be removed within six months after being abandoned.
(M) Appurtenances. A small wind turbine system shall not have any appurtenances (e.g., lighting, flags, signs, or decorations) attached to it except for meteorological measuring equipment. [Ord. 1746-2023; Ord. 1352-2010; Ord. 1286-2008. UDO § 5.90.]
This wind turbine system standards section applies to the following zoning districts: PR, AG, R5, UV, IS, C1, C2, HC, I1, I2, I3, HI. The following standards apply to large wind turbine systems:
(A) Permitted Systems.
(1) Horizontal Axis Wind Turbine. A horizontal axis large wind turbine system shall be permitted as per the standards in this section.
(2) Vertical Axis Wind Turbine. A vertical axis large wind turbine system shall be permitted as per the standards in this section.
(B) Prerequisites.
(1) Energy Production Purpose. Large wind turbine systems shall be primarily sized and installed for the purpose of generating energy for an on-site use (e.g., a school, industry, office building). The large wind turbine system shall be sized to not produce more than 200 percent of the annual on-site electricity needs.
(2) Rated Power Limits. A large wind turbine system shall have a minimum rated power of 11 kilowatts and shall have a maximum rated power level of 500 kilowatts.
(3) Lot Size. A minimum two-acre lot shall be required for a large wind turbine system to be installed.
(4) Manufacturer Installation Specifications. Any permitted large wind turbine system shall be installed according to the manufacturer’s specifications unless in conflict with applicable standards in this title. When conflicts exist, the following standards apply:
(a) Manufacturer Specifications Are More Strict. When the manufacturer’s specifications are more strict than this title, the manufacturer’s specifications shall be followed.
(b) Zoning Standards Are More Strict. When this title is more strict than the manufacturer’s specifications, this title shall prevail, and that particular large wind turbine system shall be considered not permitted.
(C) Turbine System Limitations.
(1) Minimum Ratings. A large wind turbine system shall be manufactured to meet all applicable industry standards for manufacturing practices and safety.
(2) Experimental Turbines. A large wind turbine system that does not meet the applicable minimum ratings shall be considered experimental and shall not be permitted.
(3) Connection to the Grid. A large wind turbine system that is intended to be connected to the power grid shall be IEEE 1547 compliant (Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers Standard for Interconnecting Distributed Resources with Electric Power Systems).
(D) Supporting Structure.
(1) Tower-Mounted Systems. A horizontal axis large wind turbine system designed for tower mounting shall be mounted on a monopole. Lattice towers and towers with guy wires shall not be permitted.
(2) Roof-Mounted. A large wind turbine system shall not be permitted to be mounted on a roof.
(3) Ground-Mounted Systems. A vertical axis large wind turbine system designed for ground mounting shall be mounted on the ground.
(E) Height Limitations.
(1) Horizontal Axis (Tower-Mounted). The maximum tower height for a horizontal axis large wind turbine system shall be 120 feet for lots under five acres, and 140 feet for lots five acres or greater.
(2) Roof-Mounted. Large wind turbine systems are not permitted to be mounted on a roof.
(3) Vertical Axis (Ground-Mounted). The maximum height of all components of a vertical axis, ground-mounted large wind turbine system shall be 60 feet.
(F) Maximum Number of Turbine Systems.
(1) Small Lot. A lot with 15 acres or less shall be restricted to one horizontal axis or vertical axis large wind turbine system.
(2) Large Lots. A lot with more than 15 acres may have up to two horizontal axis or vertical axis large wind turbine systems.
(G) Wind Load. A large wind turbine system shall be engineered to survive a 110-mile-per-hour wind load or greater.
(H) Rotor Diameter. The maximum rotor diameter shall be 200 feet for a large wind turbine system.
(I) Location Restrictions.
(1) Setback From Property Line. A large wind turbine system shall be a minimum of 100 feet or 200 percent of the hub height from the property line, whichever is greater.
(2) Setback From On-Site Buildings. A large wind turbine system shall be required to be set back 100 feet from any on-site primary building. There is no required setback from accessory structures.
(3) Setback From Off-Site Land Uses. A large wind turbine system shall be a minimum of 1,000 feet from a platted residential subdivision, multiple-family residential development, institutional use (e.g., school or church), land zoned single-family residential, land zoned multiple-residential, or land zoned institutional. These standards only apply to off-site properties and should not be construed as restricting any of the above listed types of development (e.g., school or multiple-family development) from choosing to have an on-site large wind turbine system.
(4) Setback From Airport or Heliport. A large wind turbine system shall be a minimum of 2,500 feet from an airport or heliport.
(5) Setback From Utilities. A large wind turbine system shall be a minimum of 200 feet or 200 percent of the hub height from above-ground transmission lines, utility lines, or substations, whichever is greater.
(J) Safety.
(1) Ground Clearance. The rotors (i.e., blades) of a horizontal axis large wind turbine system mounted on a tower shall not extend vertically to within 30 feet of the ground.
(2) Anti-Icing Technology. A large wind turbine system shall be equipped with technology able to detect icing on rotors that causes the system to shut down when experiencing a significant icing event; or shall utilize another industry-accepted standard for protecting against shedding of significant pieces of ice capable of damaging nearby buildings and/or injuring persons or animals on the ground.
(3) Controls and Brakes. A large wind turbine system shall be equipped with a redundant braking system that includes both aerodynamic overspeed controls (i.e., variable pitch, tip, and other similar systems) and mechanical brakes.
(K) Nuisance Prevention.
(1) Noise. A large wind turbine system shall not generate more than 40 dBA L90 or ambient dBA L90 + 5 dBA, whichever is greater when measured at the property line.
(2) Illumination. A large wind turbine system shall not be illuminated in any way unless required by Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) regulations. Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) regulations shall be demonstrated to the Zoning Administrator prior to installation. If signal lighting is required on the top of a large wind turbine system, then it shall be shielded to prevent light below the horizontal plane.
(3) Shadow Flicker. The flickering effect caused by a Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) required signal light and the turning of the rotor shall be mitigated to the extent possible with the best known technology or practice.
(4) Color. A large wind turbine system shall be a non-obtrusive color such as white, off-white, gray, earth tones, or similar nonreflective colors.
(5) Signs. No large wind turbine system shall be used to display a commercial message.
(6) Signal Interference. The owner shall make reasonable efforts to avoid any disruption or loss of radio, telephone, television or similar signals, and shall mitigate any harm caused by the large wind turbine system.
(7) Feeder Lines. Feeder lines for wind turbines (i.e., electrical connection between the wind turbine and the on-site structure in which the power is utilized) shall be placed underground.
(L) Abandoned Systems. A large wind turbine system shall be considered abandoned if its use as a wind turbine system is discontinued for more than six months. The large wind turbine system shall be removed within nine months after being abandoned.
(M) Appurtenances. A large wind turbine system shall not have any appurtenances (e.g., exterior lighting, wireless communication antennas, or ornamentation). Weather monitoring devices and safety equipment shall not be considered appurtenances. [Ord. 1746-2023; Ord. 1352-2010; Ord. 1286-2008. UDO § 5.91.]
This accessory structure standards section applies to the following zoning districts: PR, AG, AC, ER, R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, TR, LR, MH, UV, IS, NC, DC, C1, C2, HC, I1, I2, I3, HI.
The intent of the accessory structure standards is to permit accessory structures that meet the needs of property owners while ensuring neighborliness and aesthetic quality. These accessory structure standards also protect the health, safety, and welfare of the residents within the zoning jurisdiction of the city. The following standards apply:
(A) Cross-Reference. Some structures are regulated independent of the accessory structure standards. The following types of structures are regulated in other sections:
(1) Accessory Dwelling. See AMC 18.160.030, Accessory dwelling standards.
(2) Fences and Walls. See AMC 18.160.140 through 18.160.190, Fence and wall standards.
(3) Signs. See Chapter 18.180 AMC, Sign Standards.
(4) Storage Tanks. See AMC 18.160.400 through 18.160.420, Storage tank standards.
(5) Swimming Pools. Swimming pools shall meet the regulations within this chapter and the Indiana Administrative Code (675 IAC 20, Swimming Pool Code).
(6) Telecommunication Facilities. See AMC 18.160.440 and 18.160.450, Telecommunication facility standards.
(7) Trash Receptacles. See AMC 18.160.510, Trash receptacle standards.
(B) Applicability.
(1) Minimum Front Yard Setback. The minimum front yard setback shall be as indicated in the applicable chapter in Division II of this title, Zoning Districts.
(2) Minimum Side Yard Setback. The minimum side yard setback shall be as indicated in the applicable chapter in Division II of this title, Zoning Districts.
(3) Minimum Rear Yard Setback. The minimum rear yard setback shall be as indicated in the applicable chapter in Division II of this title, Zoning Districts.
(4) Maximum Structure Height. The maximum structure height shall be as indicated in the applicable chapter in Division II of this title, Zoning Districts.
(C) Permits. An improvement location permit shall be required prior to installation or construction of an accessory structure greater than 200 square feet in area unless specifically noted otherwise. In circumstances where a permit is not required, the accessory structure shall still meet all applicable accessory structure standards.
(D) Types.
(1) Prohibited Accessory Structures.
(a) A mobile home, manufactured home, recreational vehicle, semi-tractor trailer, boat, motor vehicle, or trailer; in part, in whole, or of the like, shall not be permitted as an accessory structure.
(b) Portable on-demand storage (PODS) units shall not be permitted as a permanent accessory structure. See AMC 18.160.460 through 18.160.500, Temporary use and structure standards.
(E) Maintenance. All accessory structures shall be properly maintained and kept in good condition. [Ord. 1746-2023; Ord. 1286-2008. UDO § 5.04.]
This accessory structure standards section applies to the following zoning districts: PR, AG, AC. The following standards apply:
(A) Types.
(1) Storage-Based. Storage-based accessory structures shall be permitted. Storage-based accessory structures shall include barns, boat houses, carports, detached garages, greenhouses, mini-barns, pole structures, pool houses, sheds, and other structures used primarily for storage purposes.
(2) Recreation-Based. Recreation-based accessory structures shall be permitted. Recreation-based accessory structures shall include decks, gazebos, hot tubs, ground-mounted satellite dishes, sport courts, swimming pools, and other structures used primarily for recreational purposes.
(B) Relationship.
(1) Use. An accessory structure shall relate to the primary use of the lot or the zoning district’s permitted uses.
(2) Timing. An accessory structure may be installed or built on a lot prior to the construction of the primary structure or without the existence of the primary structure.
(C) Quantity. No more than 10 accessory structures shall be permitted on a lot. There is no limit on recreation-based accessory structures.
(D) Location. Storage-based and recreation-based accessory structures shall only be allowed in side yards and rear yards with the following exceptions:
(1) Basketball Goals. A basketball goal along a driveway or mounted on the garage shall not be considered a sport court. However, a basketball goal shall meet the front yard setback requirement.
(2) Detached Garage. A detached garage may be placed forward of a primary structure, but only if it is side loading and to the side of the primary structure’s façade. [Ord. 1746-2023; Ord. 1302-2009 §§ 1, 2; Ord. 1286-2008. UDO § 5.05.]
This accessory structure standards section applies to the following zoning districts: ER. The following standards apply:
(A) Types.
(1) Storage-Based. Storage-based accessory structures shall be permitted. Storage-based accessory structures shall include barns, boat houses, carports, detached garages, greenhouses, mini-barns, pole structures, pool houses, sheds, and other structures used primarily for storage purposes.
(2) Recreation-Based. Recreation-based accessory structures shall be permitted. Recreation-based accessory structures shall include decks, gazebos, hot tubs, ground-mounted satellite dishes, sport courts, swimming pools, and other structures used primarily for recreational purposes.
(B) Relationship.
(1) Use. An accessory structure shall relate to the primary use of the lot.
(2) Timing. An accessory structure shall not be installed or built on a lot prior to the construction of the primary structure.
(C) Quantity and Size.
(1) Maximum Number. No more than three storage-based accessory structures shall be permitted on a lot. There is no limit on recreation-based accessory structures.
(2) Maximum Size. The cumulative square footage of all storage-based accessory structures shall not exceed two times the area of the footprint of the primary structure.
(D) Materials. The exterior finish and façade of all storage-based accessory structures greater than 200 square feet in area shall match, closely resemble, or significantly complement the materials and colors used on the primary structure.
(E) Location. Storage-based and recreation-based accessory structures shall only be allowed in side yard and rear yards with the following exceptions:
(1) Basketball Goals. A basketball goal along a driveway or mounted on the garage shall not be considered a sport court. However, a basketball goal shall meet the front yard setback requirement.
(2) Detached Garage. A detached garage may be placed forward of a primary structure, but only if it is side loading, less than 700 square feet of space, and to the side of the primary structure’s façade. [Ord. 1746-2023; Ord. 1302-2009 §§ 3, 4; Ord. 1286-2008. UDO § 5.06.]
This accessory structure standards section applies to the following zoning districts: R1, R2, R3, R4, TR. The following standards apply:
(A) Types.
(1) Storage-Based. Storage-based accessory structures shall be permitted. Storage-based accessory structures shall include barns, carports, detached garages, greenhouses, mini-barns, pole structures, pool houses, sheds, and other structures used primarily for storage purposes.
(2) Recreation-Based. Recreation-based accessory structures shall be permitted. Recreation-based accessory structures shall include decks, gazebos, hot tubs, ground-mounted satellite dishes, sport courts, swimming pools, and other structures used primarily for recreational purposes.
(B) Relationship.
(1) Use. An accessory structure shall relate to the primary use of the lot.
(2) Timing. An accessory structure shall not be installed or built on a lot prior to the construction of the primary structure.
(C) Quantity and Size.
(1) Maximum Number. No more than two storage-based accessory structures shall be permitted on a lot. There is no limit on recreation-based accessory structures.
(2) Maximum Size. The cumulative square footage of all storage-based accessory structures shall not exceed 100 percent of the area of the footprint of the primary structure.
(D) Materials. The exterior finish and façade of all storage-based accessory structures greater than 200 square feet in area shall match, closely resemble, or significantly complement the materials and colors used on the primary structure.
(E) Location. Storage-based and recreation-based accessory structures shall only be allowed in side and rear yards with the following exceptions:
(1) Basketball Goals. A basketball goal along a driveway or mounted on the garage shall not be considered a sport court. However, a basketball goal shall meet the front yard setback requirement. [Ord. 1746-2023; Ord. 1302-2009 §§ 5, 6; Ord. 1286-2008. UDO § 5.07.]
This accessory structure standards section applies to the following zoning districts: LR. The following standards apply:
(A) Types.
(1) Storage-Based. Storage-based accessory structures shall be permitted. Storage-based accessory structures shall include barns, boat houses, carports, detached garages, greenhouses, mini-barns, pole structures, pool houses, sheds, and other structures used primarily for storage purposes.
(2) Recreation-Based. Recreation-based accessory structures shall be permitted. Recreation-based accessory structures shall include decks, docks, gazebos, hot tubs, ground-mounted satellite dishes, piers, sport courts, swimming pools, and other structures used primarily for recreational purposes.
(B) Relationship.
(1) Use.
(a) Single Lot. In cases where an accessory structure is located on the same lot as the primary structure, the accessory structure shall relate to the primary use of the lot.
(b) Multiple Lots. In cases where a lake front through lot includes an adjacent lot separated only by a right-of-way or access easement, the accessory structure shall relate to the primary use of the lot to which it is legally associated.
(2) Timing.
(a) Single Lot. Accessory structure shall not be installed or built on a lot prior to the construction of the primary structure.
(b) Multiple Lots. An accessory structure shall not be installed or built on a lot prior to the construction of the primary structure to which the accessory structure is associated, even if that primary structure is on a separate lot.
(C) Quantity and Size.
(1) Maximum Number.
(a) Single Lot. In cases where an accessory structure is located on the same lot as the primary structure, no more than two storage-based accessory structures shall be permitted on a lot. There is no limit on recreation-based accessory structures.
(b) Multiple Lots. In cases where a lake front through lot includes an adjacent lot separated only by a right-of-way or access easement, no more than two storage-based accessory structures shall be permitted on the lot where the primary structure is located, and no more than two storage-based accessory structures shall be permitted on the lot where the primary structure is not located. There is no limit on recreation-based accessory structures.
(2) Maximum Size.
(a) Single Lot. In cases where an accessory structure is located on the same lot as the primary structure, the cumulative square footage of all storage-based accessory structures on a lot shall not exceed 100 percent of the area of the footprint of the primary structure.
(b) Multiple Lots. In cases where a lake front through lot includes an adjacent lot separated only by a right-of-way or access easement, the cumulative square footage of the storage-based accessory structures on the lot where the primary structure is located shall not exceed 100 percent of the area of the footprint of the primary structure and the cumulative square footage of the storage-based accessory structures on the lot where the primary structure is not located shall not exceed 100 percent of the area of the footprint of the primary structure or the maximum lot coverage ratio, whichever is less.
(D) Materials. The exterior finish and façade of all storage-based accessory structures greater than 200 square feet in area shall match, closely resemble, or significantly complement the materials and colors used on the primary structure.
(E) Location. Storage-based accessory structures shall only be allowed in street yards and side yards. Recreation-based accessory structures shall be allowed in lake yards, street yards, and side yards. [Ord. 1746-2023; Ord. 1302-2009 §§ 7, 8; Ord. 1286-2008. UDO § 5.08.]
This accessory structure standards section applies to the following zoning districts: R5. The following standards apply:
(A) Types.
(1) Support-Based. Support-based accessory structures shall be permitted. Support-based accessory structures may include a management office, sales office, maintenance facility, indoor fitness room, indoor or outdoor sport courts, indoor or outdoor swimming pool, indoor or outdoor play equipment, enclosed vending, laundry, and other structures customarily incidental to the development. All support-based accessory structures shall be subordinate to the residential component of the development; be located, designed, and intended to serve only the needs of the development and its residents; and shall present no visible evidence of its nonresidential nature to areas outside the development.
(2) Storage-Based. Except for garages and carports, storage-based accessory structures specific to each dwelling unit shall not be permitted.
(B) Relationship.
(1) Use. An accessory structure shall relate to the primary use of the land and be solely used in connection with the primary use.
(2) Timing.
(a) Support-Based. A support-based accessory structure may be installed or built on a lot prior to the construction of a primary structure.
(b) Storage-Based. A storage-based accessory structure shall not be installed or built on a lot prior to the construction of a primary structure.
(C) Quantity. No more than four support-based accessory structures shall be permitted for any development. There is no limit on storage-based accessory structures.
(D) Materials. The exterior finish and façade of all accessory structures greater than 200 square feet in area shall match, closely resemble, or significantly complement the materials and colors used on the primary structure.
(E) Location. Support-based and storage-based accessory structures are not restricted to any specific yards. [Ord. 1746-2023; Ord. 1302-2009 §§ 9, 10; Ord. 1286-2008. UDO § 5.09.]
This accessory structure standards section applies to the following zoning districts: MH. The following standards apply:
(A) Types.
(1) Support-Based. Support-based accessory structures shall be permitted. Support-based accessory structures shall include a management office, sales office, maintenance facility, indoor fitness room, indoor and outdoor sport courts, indoor and outdoor swimming pool, indoor and outdoor play equipment, enclosed vending, laundry, emergency storm shelter, and other structures customarily incidental to the development. All support-based accessory structures shall be subordinate to the residential component of the development; be located, designed, and intended to serve only the needs of the development and its residents; and present no visible evidence of their nonresidential nature to areas outside the development.
(2) Storage-Based. Storage-based accessory structures in the form of detached garages, carports, and sheds shall be permitted for dwelling sites.
(3) Recreation-Based. Recreation-based accessory structures in the form of decks and ground-mounted satellite dishes shall be permitted for dwelling sites.
(B) Relationship.
(1) Use. An accessory structure shall relate to the primary use of the land and be solely used in connection with the primary use.
(2) Timing.
(a) Support-Based. A support-based accessory structure may be installed or built on a lot prior to the construction of a primary structure.
(b) Storage-Based and Recreation-Based. Storage-based accessory structures and recreational-based accessory structures shall not be installed or built on a dwelling site prior to the construction or installation of a dwelling unit.
(C) Quantity and Size.
(1) Maximum Number per Development. No more than four support-based accessory structures shall be permitted for any development. There is no limit on recreation-based accessory structures.
(2) Maximum Number per Dwelling Site. Each dwelling site shall be permitted one shed in addition to a carport or garage. No additional storage-based accessory structures shall be permitted on a dwelling site.
(3) Maximum Size. The total area of storage-based accessory structures on a dwelling site shall not exceed 25 percent of the dwelling site area or 600 square feet, whichever is less.
(D) Materials. The exterior finish and façade of all accessory structures greater than 200 square feet in area shall match, closely resemble, or significantly complement the materials and colors used on the primary structure with which it is associated.
(E) Location. Storage-based and recreation-based accessory structures shall only be allowed in side yards and rear yards with the following exception:
(1) Basketball Goals. A basketball goal along a driveway or mounted on the garage shall not be considered a sport court. However, a basketball goal shall meet the front yard setback requirement. [Ord. 1746-2023; Ord. 1302-2009 §§ 11, 12; Ord. 1286-2008. UDO § 5.10.]
This accessory structure standards section applies to the following zoning districts: UV. The following standards apply:
(A) Types.
(1) Support-Based. Support-based accessory structures shall be permitted. Support-based accessory structures shall include a maintenance facility, mechanical structure, standalone restroom facility, storage building, enclosed vending, kiosk, or other structure used in support of the primary structure.
(2) Recreation-Based. Recreation-based accessory structures shall be permitted. Recreation-based accessory structures shall include a deck, fountain, pavilion, picnic shelter, public art display, sport court, terrace, play equipment, or other structures that add a recreational element to the primary use of the land.
(B) Relationship.
(1) Use. An accessory structure shall relate to the primary use of the land and be solely used in connection with the specific primary use.
(2) Timing. An accessory structure may be installed or built on a lot prior to the construction of a primary structure.
(C) Quantity. No more than eight support-based accessory structures shall be permitted on a lot. There is no limit on recreation-based accessory structures.
(D) Materials. The exterior finish and façade of all accessory structures shall match, closely resemble, or significantly complement the character of the district.
(E) Location. Support-based and recreation-based accessory structures shall only be allowed in side yards and rear yards. [Ord. 1746-2023; Ord. 1302-2009 §§ 13, 14; Ord. 1286-2008. UDO § 5.11.]
This accessory structure standards section applies to the following zoning districts: IS. The following standards apply:
(A) Types.
(1) Support-Based. Support-based accessory structures shall be permitted. A support-based accessory structure shall include a maintenance facility, mechanical structure, freestanding canopy, standalone restroom facilities, storage building, enclosed vending, kiosk, or structures used in support of the primary structure.
(2) Recreation-Based. Recreation-based accessory structures shall be permitted. A recreation-based accessory structure shall include a deck, fountains, pavilion, picnic shelter, public art display, sport courts, terrace, playground equipment or other structures that add a recreational element to the primary use of the land.
(B) Relationship.
(1) Use. An accessory structure shall relate to the primary use of the land and be solely used in connection with the specific primary use.
(2) Timing. An accessory structure shall not be installed or built on a lot prior to the construction of a primary structure.
(C) Quantity and Size. Up to eight support-based accessory structures shall be permitted on a lot. There is no limit on recreation-based accessory structures.
(D) Materials. The exterior finish and façade of all accessory structures shall match, closely resemble, or significantly complement the character of the district.
(E) Location. Support-based and recreation-based accessory structures shall only be allowed in side yards and rear yards. [Ord. 1746-2023; Ord. 1302-2009 §§ 15, 16; Ord. 1286-2008. UDO § 5.12.]
This accessory structure standards section applies to the following zoning districts: NC. The following standards apply:
(A) Types.
(1) Support-Based. Support-based accessory structures shall be permitted. Support-based accessory structures shall include a storage building, refrigeration or freezer unit, freestanding canopy, mechanical structure, or other structure used in support of the primary structure.
(2) Recreation-Based. Recreation-based accessory structures shall be permitted. A recreation-based accessory structure shall include a deck, terrace, play equipment, or other structures that add a recreational element to the primary structure that is consistent with the intent of the district.
(B) Relationship.
(1) Use. An accessory structure shall relate to the primary use of the land and be solely used in connection with the specific primary use.
(2) Timing. An accessory structure shall not be installed or built on a lot prior to the construction of the primary structure.
(C) Quantity and Size.
(1) Maximum Number. No more than two support-based accessory structures shall be permitted on a lot. There is no limit on recreation-based accessory structures.
(2) Maximum Size. The cumulative square footage of all storage-based accessory structures shall not exceed 800 square feet in area or 10 percent of the area of the footprint of the primary structure, whichever is greater.
(D) Materials. The exterior finish and façade of all accessory structures greater than 200 square feet in area shall match, closely resemble, or significantly complement the materials and colors used on the primary structure.
(E) Location. Support-based and recreation-based accessory structures shall only be allowed in side yards and rear yards. [Ord. 1746-2023; Ord. 1302-2009 §§ 17, 18; Ord. 1286-2008. UDO § 5.13.]
This accessory structure standards section applies to the following zoning districts: DC. The following standards apply:
(A) Types.
(1) Support-Based. Support-based accessory structures shall be permitted for nonresidential uses. Support-based accessory structures shall include a storage building, refrigeration or freezer unit, mechanical structure, or other structure used in support of the primary structure.
(2) Recreation-Based. Recreation-based accessory structures shall be permitted for nonresidential uses. Recreation-based accessory structures shall include a deck, fountain, pavilion, public art display, terrace, or other structures that add a recreational element to the primary structure that is consistent with the intent of the district.
(3) Prohibited. Accessory structures for residential uses shall not be permitted.
(B) Relationship.
(1) Use. An accessory structure shall relate to the primary use of the land and be solely used in connection with the specific primary use.
(2) Timing. An accessory structure shall not be installed or built on a lot prior to the construction of the primary structure.
(C) Quantity and Size.
(1) Maximum Number. One support-based accessory structure shall be permitted on a lot. There is no limit on recreation-based accessory structures.
(2) Maximum Size. A support-based accessory structure shall not exceed 500 square feet in area or five percent of the area of the footprint of the primary structure, whichever is larger.
(D) Materials. The exterior finish and façade of any accessory structure shall match, closely resemble, or significantly complement the materials and color used on the primary structures.
(E) Location. Support-based and recreation-based accessory structures shall only be allowed in side yards and rear yards. [Ord. 1746-2023; Ord. 1302-2009 §§ 19, 20; Ord. 1286-2008. UDO § 5.14.]
This accessory structure standards section applies to the following zoning districts: C1, C2, HC. The following standards apply:
(A) Types.
(1) Support-Based. Support-based accessory structures shall be permitted. Support-based accessory structures shall include a maintenance facility, mechanical structure, freestanding canopy, storage building, refrigeration or freezer unit, or other structures used in support of the primary structure.
(2) Recreation-Based. Recreation-based accessory structures shall be permitted. Recreation-based accessory structures shall include a deck, fountain, pavilion, picnic shelter, public art display, sport court, terrace, play equipment, or other structures that add a recreational element to the primary use of the land.
(B) Relationship.
(1) Use. An accessory structure shall relate to the primary use of the land and be solely used in connection with the specific primary use.
(2) Timing. An accessory structure shall not be permitted prior to the construction of a primary structure.
(C) Quantity. No more than four support-based accessory structures shall be permitted on a lot. There is no limit on recreation-based accessory structures.
(D) Materials. The exterior finish and façade of all accessory structures over 200 square feet in area shall match, closely resemble, or significantly complement the materials and color used on the primary structures.
(E) Location. Support-based and recreation-based accessory structures shall only be allowed in side yards and rear yards. [Ord. 1746-2023; Ord. 1302-2009 §§ 21, 22; Ord. 1286-2008. UDO § 5.15.]
This accessory structure standards section applies to the following zoning districts: I1, I2, I3, HI. The following standards apply:
(A) Types.
(1) Support-Based. Support-based accessory structures shall be permitted. Support-based accessory structures shall include a cooling tower, maintenance facility, mechanical structure, storage building, water tower, or other structures used in support of the primary structure.
(2) Recreation-Based. Recreation-based accessory structures shall be permitted. Recreation-based accessory structures shall include a deck, fountain, pavilion, picnic shelter, public art display, sport court, terrace, play equipment, or other structures that add a recreational element to the primary use of the land.
(B) Relationship.
(1) Use. An accessory structure shall relate to the primary use of the land and be solely used in connection with the specific primary use.
(2) Timing. An accessory structure shall not be installed or built on a lot prior to the construction of the primary structures.
(C) Quantity. No more than eight accessory structures shall be permitted on a lot. There is no limit on recreation-based accessory structures.
(D) Materials. The exterior finish and façade of all accessory structures over 200 square feet in area shall match, closely resemble, or significantly complement the materials used on the primary structures.
(E) Location. Support-based and recreation-based accessory structures shall only be allowed in side yards and rear yards. [Ord. 1746-2023; Ord. 1302-2009 §§ 23, 24; Ord. 1286-2008. UDO § 5.16.]
This landscaping standards chapter applies to the following zoning districts: PR, AG, AC, ER, R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, TR, LR, MH, UV, IS, NC, DC, C1, C2, HC, I1, I2, I3, HI.
The intent of landscaping standards is to maintain community character, enhance the visual quality of developments, screen land uses, and better integrate the built and natural environment. The following standards apply:
(A) Cross-Reference.
(1) Vision Clearance Standards. All landscape materials shall be located to avoid interference with visibility per AMC 18.160.520, Vision clearance standards.
(2) Trees Preservation. Removal of trees shall meet the provisions of Chapter 8.20 AMC, Trees.
(B) Project Applicability. Landscape materials consistent with the requirements of this title shall be required when one of the following conditions is met:
(1) New Primary Structure. An improvement location permit for a new primary structure is obtained.
(2) Addition to Primary Structure. An improvement location permit for an addition to the primary structure that adds 50 percent or more square footage is obtained.
(C) Placement.
(1) Easements. Landscape materials shall not be planted in rights-of-way or easements without permission from the city and/or the easement holder unless otherwise required by this title. A tree canopy, however, may project over a right-of-way or any type of easement.
(2) Infrastructure Interference.
(a) Landscape materials shall be located to avoid interference with overhead and underground utilities.
(b) Landscape materials shall maintain five feet of horizontal clearance from sewer and water lines.
(c) Landscape materials shall not project into sidewalks, pedestrian paths, and the like below a height of seven feet.
(d) Landscape materials shall not project over street curbs or pavement below a height of eight feet.
(D) Maintenance. Trees, vegetation, irrigation systems, fences, walls, and other landscape materials are essential elements of a project. Owners and their successors in title are responsible for the regular maintenance of all landscaping materials such that they are kept in good condition, including street trees located in the adjacent right-of-way. All landscape materials shall be maintained alive, healthy, and free from disease and pests. Failure to maintain minimum landscape materials is a violation of this title subject to the provisions of Chapter 18.196 AMC, Enforcement and Penalties.
(E) Tree Preservation Credits. The preservation of an existing healthy tree shall constitute an in-kind credit toward meeting the landscape standards in this title. A credit shall be granted per tree that contributes to and satisfies similarly to the intent of a particular section of the landscape standards (street trees, lot plantings, pond plantings, or buffer yards) within this title.
(1) Preservation Plan. If tree preservation credits are desired, a tree preservation plan shall be submitted prior to any construction activity. The tree preservation plan shall identify the trees intended to be saved and a strategy for retaining and protecting the trees and their existing root systems.
(2) Credits.
(a) For each preserved deciduous tree with the DBH measurement of eight inches or greater, credit for two deciduous trees shall be granted.
(b) For each preserved evergreen tree eight feet tall or greater, credit for two evergreen trees shall be granted.
(3) Unplanned Damage. Any tree intended to be saved that is removed or damaged shall be replaced in the same proportion as the credits that were originally granted. [Ord. 1746-2023; Ord. 1286-2008. UDO § 5.39.]
This landscaping standards section applies to the following zoning districts: PR, ER, R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, TR, LR, MH, UV, IS, NC, DC, C1, C2, HC, I1, I2, I3, HI.
The intent of the street tree planting standards is to maintain community character and enhance aesthetics along public streets; provide a barrier between pedestrians on sidewalks and vehicles on streets; and better define the edge of streets for vehicular safety and flow. The following standards apply:
(A) Quantity. The quantities listed below are in addition to landscape materials that may be required by lot planting, pond planting, parking lot planting, and buffer yard planting specified in other parts of this chapter.
(1) Interstate and State Highways. Properties that abut an interstate or a state or federal highway shall install a minimum of one canopy tree for every 40 feet of interstate and state or federal highway frontage. Each tree shall have a DBH measurement of at least five inches.
(2) Other Streets. Properties that abut all other streets shall install one canopy tree for every 50 feet of street frontage. Each tree shall have a DBH measurement of at least three inches.
(B) Placement.
(1) Interstates and State Highways.
(a) If a tree plot is available between the curb and the sidewalk, and that tree plot is five feet or greater in width, street trees shall be planted in the tree plot at least two and one-quarter feet from the curb and at least two and one-quarter feet from the sidewalk.
(b) If a tree plot is not available or is less than five feet in width, then the trees shall be planted within 20 feet of the right-of-way, and shall be at least two and one-half feet from the curb and at least two and one-half feet from the sidewalk.
(2) Other Streets.
(a) If a tree plot is available between the curb and the sidewalk, and that tree plot is five feet or greater in width, street trees shall be planted in the tree plot at least two and one-quarter feet from the curb and at least two and one-quarter feet from the sidewalk.
(b) If a tree plot is not available or is less than five feet in width, then the trees shall be planted within five feet of the right-of-way, and shall be at least two and one-half feet from the curb and at least two and one-half feet from the sidewalk.
(C) Escrow. When circumstances prevent the planting of street trees, the city shall be provided with an itemized estimate of the cost of the required street trees and the labor to install the trees. The estimate shall be reviewed and approved by the Zoning Administrator. The petitioner shall submit 110 percent of that amount to the city. The city shall deposit the sum into an escrow account established for the purpose of funding street tree plantings. The funds submitted shall be used exclusively for installing the required street trees along the public street frontages in an area adjacent to or as near to the subject property as possible. If after two years from the date of the submission of the escrow funds, the city has not established the street tree improvements, the petitioner may apply to the city for a full refund of the escrow deposit amount. [Ord. 1746-2023; Ord. 1286-2008. UDO § 5.40.]
This landscaping standards section applies to the following zoning districts: PR, ER, R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, TR, LR, MH, UV, IS, NC, DC, C1, C2, HC, I1, I2, I3, HI.
The intent of the lot planting standards is to enhance the visual quality of developments, screen land uses, and better integrate the built and natural environment. The following standards apply:
(A) Quantity. The quantities listed below are in addition to landscape materials that may be required by street tree planting, pond planting, parking lot planting, and buffer yard planting specified in other parts of this chapter.
(1) Foundation Plantings.
(a) Façades of primary structures that front a street and are 80 lineal feet or less shall plant at least three shrubs.
(b) Façades of primary structures that front a street and are over 80 lineal feet shall plant one shrub or ornamental tree for every 20 lineal feet of façade frontage on a street.
(2) Yard Plantings.
(a) Lots 15,000 square feet or less shall plant two canopy trees. Each tree shall have a DBH measurement of at least three inches.
(b) Lots over 15,000 square feet, but less than 30,000 square feet, shall plant four canopy trees. Each tree shall have a DBH measurement of at least three inches.
(c) Lots 30,000 square feet or more shall plant four canopy trees, and then one canopy tree for every additional 15,000 square feet of lot size. Each tree shall have a DBH measurement of at least three inches.
(B) Placement.
(1) Foundation Plantings. Foundation plantings shall be planted along the foundation fronting the street and be located within 10 feet of the building foundation.
(2) Yard Plantings. Yard plantings shall be planted in the front or side yard. [Ord. 1746-2023; Ord. 1286-2008. UDO § 5.41.]
This landscaping standards section applies to the following zoning districts: R5, UV, IS, NC, DC, C1, C2, HC, I1, I2, I3, HI.
The intent of this section is to require a reasonable amount of plant materials around and within parking lots to reduce glare, reduce heat buildup, enhance visual quality of developments, screen and mitigate potential conflicts between land uses, reduce noise pollution, reduce wind, minimize storm runoff, and improve air quality. The following standards apply:
(A) Quantity. The quantities listed below are in addition to landscape materials that may be required by lot planting, pond planting, street tree planting, and buffer yard planting specified in other parts of this chapter.
(1) Perimeter Plantings. Parking lots with five or more spaces shall have one deciduous tree per 40 feet of parking lot perimeter and one shrub per 20 feet of parking lot perimeter. Each tree shall have a DBH measurement of at least three inches.
(2) Interior Plantings. Parking lots with 20 or more parking spaces shall have one landscape island for every 20 spaces. Each landscape island shall be at least 180 square feet in area or at least as large as the drip line area of the tree(s), whichever is greater. Each landscape island shall contain at least one tree per 180 square feet in area. Each tree shall have a DBH measurement of at least three inches. Parking lot landscape islands shall be maintained with plant materials and/or mulch. Gravel shall not be permitted.
(B) Placement.
(1) Perimeter Plantings. Perimeter plantings shall be planted within 10 feet of the parking lot edge. Grouping of perimeter plantings is encouraged to imitate natural vegetation.
(2) Interior Plantings. Landscape islands shall be distributed equally throughout the parking lot. [Ord. 1746-2023; Ord. 1286-2008. UDO § 5.42.]
This landscaping standards section applies to the following zoning districts: ER, R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, TR, MH, UV, IS, NC, DC, C1, C2, HC, I1, I2, I3, HI.
The intent of the pond planting standards is to require a reasonable amount of plant materials around ponds to enhance the visual quality of the development, add shadows to cool water temperature and provide habitat, and to prevent soil erosion. The following standards apply:
(A) Project Applicability. Pond plantings shall be installed around detention ponds and recreational ponds that exceed 20,000 square feet in area.
(B) Quantity. The quantities listed below are in addition to landscape materials that may be required by lot planting, parking lot planting, street tree planting, and buffer yard planting specified in other parts of this chapter.
(1) Perimeter Planting. One tree per 5,000 square feet of pond area and two shrubs per 8,000 square feet of pond area shall be required.
(C) Placement. Landscape materials shall be installed within 15 feet of the edge of the water, and grouping of landscape materials is encouraged to imitate natural vegetation. [Ord. 1746-2023; Ord. 1286-2008. UDO § 5.43.]
This landscaping standards section applies to the following zoning districts: PR, AG, AC, ER, R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, TR, LR, MH, UV, IS, NC, DC, C1, C2, HC, I1, I2, I3, HI.
The intent of the buffer yard planting standards is to screen more intensive land uses from less intensive land uses through the installation of a landscaped buffer yard. The following standards apply:
(A) Project Applicability.
(1) Conflicting Districts. Buffer yards shall be installed along side and rear property lines where conflicting zoning districts meet, as indicated in Table 18.172.060. An “R” in Table 18.172.060 indicates a buffer yard shall be required.
(2) Responsibility. The owner of a property that is more intense shall be responsible for installing the buffer yard at the time the property is rezoned, developed, and/or improved. In the event a property is rezoned, resulting in a conflict with an existing and more intense use or zoning district, then the buffer yard shall be the responsibility of the owner of the property that has the less intense zoning (i.e., the newly rezoned property).
(B) Design.
(1) Depth. Buffer yards shall be a minimum of 20 feet deep.
(2) Placement. Landscape materials shall be installed within the buffer yard such that visual breaks from differing intensity land uses are no greater than 10 feet as measured perpendicular to adjacent property lines.
(3) Plant Quantities. The following shall be the minimum requirements for landscape materials in the buffer yard:
(a) One evergreen tree per 10 feet of contiguous boundary with the conflicting zoning district shall be planted.
(b) One shrub per five feet of contiguous boundary with the conflicting zoning district shall be planted.
| PR | AG | AC | ER | R1 | R2 | R3 | R4 | R5 | TR | LR | MH | UV | IS | NC | DC | C1 | C2 | HC | I1 | I2 | I3 | HI |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
PR |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| R |
AG |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| R |
AC |
|
|
| R | R | R | R | R | R | R | R | R | R |
| R | R |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ER |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| R |
| R | R | R | R | R | R | R | R | R |
R1 |
|
| R |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| R |
| R | R | R | R | R | R | R | R | R |
R2 |
|
| R |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| R |
| R | R | R | R | R | R | R | R | R |
R3 |
|
| R |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| R |
| R | R | R | R | R | R | R | R | R |
R4 |
|
| R |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| R | R | R | R | R | R | R | R | R |
R5 |
|
| R |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| R | R | R | R | R | R |
TR |
|
| R |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| R |
|
|
| R | R | R | R | R | R | R |
LR |
|
| R |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| R |
| R | R | R | R | R | R | R | R | R |
MH |
|
| R |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| R |
|
| R | R | R | R | R | R | R | R |
UV |
|
| R | R | R | R | R |
|
| R | R | R |
|
|
|
|
| R | R | R | R | R | R |
IS |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| R |
NC |
|
| R | R | R | R | R | R |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| R |
DC |
|
| R | R | R | R | R | R |
|
| R | R |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| R |
C1 |
|
|
| R | R | R | R | R |
| R | R | R |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| R |
C2 |
|
|
| R | R | R | R | R | R | R | R | R | R |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| R |
HC |
|
|
| R | R | R | R | R | R | R | R | R | R |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| R |
I1 |
|
|
| R | R | R | R | R | R | R | R | R | R |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
I2 |
|
|
| R | R | R | R | R | R | R | R | R | R |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
I3 |
|
|
| R | R | R | R | R | R | R | R | R | R |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
HI | R | R |
| R | R | R | R | R | R | R | R | R | R | R | R | R | R | R | R |
|
|
|
|
[Ord. 1746-2023; Ord. 1286-2008. UDO § 5.44.]
This parking standards section applies to the following zoning districts: PR, ER, R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, TR, LR, MH, UV, IS, NC, DC, C1, C2, HC, I1, I2, I3, HI.
The intent of parking standards is to require minimal parking standards in order to assure public health, safety and welfare; minimize risks to the natural environment; and minimize conflict and promote vehicular and pedestrian safety along streets by minimizing on-street parking. The following standards apply:
(A) Project Applicability. Parking consistent with the requirements of this title shall be required when any of the following conditions are met:
(1) New Primary Structure. An improvement location permit for a new primary structure is obtained.
(2) Large Expansion. An improvement location permit for an existing parking lot to be expanded 10 percent or more of its existing size is obtained.
(3) Second Expansion. A legally nonconforming parking area has already been expanded one time, up to 10 percent of its existing size, with a valid improvement location permit, and a second expansion is proposed for the same legal nonconforming parking area.
(B) Cross-Reference.
(1) Setback Standards. Parking lots shall comply with the setbacks in AMC 18.160.360, Setback standards.
(2) Driveways. For standards regarding driveways or access to parking lots, see AMC 18.160.090 through 18.160.120, Driveway standards.
(3) Temporary Sales in Parking Lots. For standards regarding temporary structures and temporary uses located in existing parking lots or parking areas, see AMC 18.160.460 through 18.160.500, Temporary use and structure standards.
(C) Permits. An improvement location permit shall be required for new parking lots or the expansion of an existing parking lot.
(D) Design.
(1) Materials. All off-street parking shall utilize a paved surface of concrete, asphalt, brick pavers, porous concrete, or the like. Gravel, stone, rock, dirt, sand, or grass shall not be permitted as parking surfaces.
(2) Size of Spaces. Each off-street parking space shall be a minimum of nine feet wide and 18 feet in length.
(3) Right-of-Way. Off-street parking spaces shall not be fully or partially in a right-of-way or access easement.
(E) Prohibited. Parking of motor vehicles shall not be permitted on yards, lawns, or similar pervious-surfaced areas on a lot. [Ord. 1746-2023; Ord. 1286-2008. UDO § 5.53.]
This parking standards section applies to the following zoning districts: ER, R1, R2, R3, R4. The following standards apply:
(A) Quantity. A minimum of three off-street parking spaces shall be required per dwelling unit.
(B) Location.
(1) Same Lot. The required parking spaces shall be located on the same lot as the dwelling unit.
(2) Garages. The required parking spaces may include spaces within garages and/or carports. [Ord. 1746-2023; Ord. 1286-2008. UDO § 5.54.]
This parking standards section applies to the following zoning districts: TR. The following standards apply:
(A) Quantity. A minimum of two off-street parking spaces shall be required per dwelling unit.
(B) Location.
(1) Same Lot. The required parking spaces shall be located on the same lot as the dwelling unit.
(2) Garages. The required parking spaces may include spaces within garages and/or carports. [Ord. 1746-2023; Ord. 1286-2008. UDO § 5.55.]
This parking standards section applies to the following zoning districts: LR. The following standards apply:
(A) Quantity. A minimum of two off-street parking spaces shall be required per dwelling unit.
(B) Location.
(1) Single Lot. The required parking spaces shall be located on the same lot as the dwelling unit.
(2) Multiple Lots. In cases where a lake front through lot includes an adjacent lot separated only by a right-of-way or access easement, the required parking spaces shall be located on the lake front lot or the adjacent lot which is legally associated with the lake front lot.
(3) Garages. The required parking spaces may include spaces within garages and/or carports. [Ord. 1746-2023; Ord. 1286-2008. UDO § 5.56.]
This parking standards section applies to the following zoning districts: R5. The following standards apply:
(A) Quantity.
(1) Tenants. A minimum of two parking spaces shall be required per dwelling unit.
(2) Visitors. One parking space per every two dwelling units shall be required for visitors.
(B) Location.
(1) Tenants. Tenant parking spaces shall be located on the same site as the dwelling unit. Tenant parking spaces may include spaces within garages and/or carports.
(2) Visitors. Visitor parking spaces shall be located in a common parking area or as angled parking along internal private streets, but shall be proportionately assigned to an area within 200 feet of each multiple-family structure. [Ord. 1746-2023; Ord. 1286-2008. UDO § 5.57.]
This parking standards section applies to the following zoning districts: MH. The following standards apply:
(A) Quantity.
(1) Dwelling Site. A minimum of two parking spaces shall be required per dwelling site.
(2) Visitors. One parking space per every three dwelling sites shall be required for visitors.
(B) Location.
(1) Dwelling Site. The required dwelling site parking spaces shall be located on the dwelling site. The required dwelling site parking spaces may include spaces within garages and/or carports.
(2) Visitors. Visitor parking spaces shall be located in a common parking area or as on-street parking along internal private streets, but shall be proportionately dispersed throughout the development. [Ord. 1746-2023; Ord. 1286-2008. UDO § 5.58.]
This parking standards section applies to the following zoning districts: NC, DC. The following standards apply:
(A) Quantity. One off-street parking space shall be required per dwelling unit.
(B) Location. The off-street parking space required shall be within 600 feet of the entryway into the building to which the dwelling unit is located and may be in a public or municipal-owned parking lot. [Ord. 1746-2023; Ord. 1286-2008. UDO § 5.59.]
This parking standards section applies to the following zoning districts: UV, IS, NC, C1, C2, HC, I1, I2, I3, HI. The following standards apply:
(A) Quantity.
(1) Minimum Number.
(a) Off-street parking shall be required for all uses as shown in Table 18.176.080, Minimum Number of Parking Spaces per Use. The land use is listed in the left column. The minimum number of parking spaces for employees or tenants is in the middle column, and the minimum number of parking spaces for visitors, clients, and customers is in the right column. The minimum number of parking spaces shall be the sum of both Parking Types columns. The numbers do not guarantee the quantity needed per use; only minimums are expressed.
(b) A development that combines two or more uses or group of adjacent developments may provide a shared parking area if the shared lot provides a minimum of 75 percent of the required spaces for each use and the Zoning Administrator approves the shared parking area.
(c) If a use is not clearly noted in Table 18.176.080, the Zoning Administrator shall determine a use with similar employment and customer characteristics, therefore determining the minimum number of parking spaces required.
(2) Maximum Number. Developments that wish to have more than 130 percent of the minimum required number of spaces shall be required to increase the required perimeter parking lot landscaping (see AMC 18.172.040, Parking lot planting standards) by 50 percent, increase the size of the required parking lot landscape islands by 50 percent, and increase the planting requirements in those islands by 50 percent. Developments that wish to have more than 160 percent of the minimum required number of spaces shall be required to double the required perimeter parking lot landscaping, double the size of the required parking lot landscape islands, and double the required plantings in those parking lot landscape islands.
(3) Bicycle Parking. Developments are encouraged to provide bicycle parking areas when appropriate. If provided, bicycle parking areas shall be within 60 feet of the main entryway into the primary structure or be located inside the primary structure. Additionally, a secured bike rack shall be installed to provide the opportunity for secure parking of bicycles.
(4) Stacking Lanes. The following uses shall provide minimum stacking lane space as indicated below to accommodate drop-off and pick-up:
(a) ATM: three per ATM lane.
(b) Banks: three per drive-up window lane.
(c) Day care center, adult: three.
(d) Day care center, child: six.
(e) Dry cleaner: three.
(f) Fast food restaurant: seven.
(g) Pick-up windows: five.
(h) Place of worship: 10.
(i) School: 10.
(B) Design. Parking lots and parking areas shall meet the following criteria:
(1) Aisle Widths: Minimum parking aisle widths shall be as follows.
(a) Sixty-one-degree- to ninety-degree-angle spaces shall have a minimum 18-feet-wide parking aisle for one-way traffic or minimum 24-feet-wide parking aisle for one- or two-way traffic.


(b) Forty-six-degree- to sixty-degree-angle spaces shall have a minimum of 18-feet-wide parking aisle for one-way traffic.
(c) Up-to-forty-five-degree-angle spaces shall have a minimum 12-feet-wide parking aisle for one-way traffic.


(2) Aisle Exits. All parking aisles shall have an outlet or turn around. Dead-end parking aisles shall not be permitted.
(3) Driving Lanes. Driving lanes in parking lots that provide access to parking aisles shall be defined by striping, curbs, pavement markings, arrows, or parking spaces.
(4) Maneuvering. Parking areas shall be designed to prevent vehicles from maneuvering in the right-of-way.
(5) Drainage. Parking areas shall be constructed to prevent 95 percent of a parking lot’s area from ponding.
(6) Lighting.
(a) If parking lots are illuminated, the light fixtures and poles shall be consistent in color, size, height, and design.
(b) Parking lot lights shall not exceed 25 feet in height, measured from the bottom of the fixture to the ground.
(c) Parking lot lights shall meet all standards in AMC 18.160.250, Lighting standards.
(7) Connectivity.
(a) Connectivity to adjacent parking lots shall be required in at least one location. This may be accomplished through an aisle connector, frontage street, access street, or stub to an adjacent lot zoned for commercial, institutional, or industrial use.
(b) Cross-Access Easements.
(i) Where parking lots connect or are laid out to be connected, a cross-access easement shall be established in accordance with the requirements of AMC 18.156.060, Easement standards.
(ii) Cross-access easements shall not be less than 10 feet in width per lane nor exceed 12 feet in width per lane.
(8) Cart Corrals. Cart corrals shall be required for all retail businesses with more than 20,000 square feet of retail space that provide shopping carts or the like to customers. Cart corrals shall be made of permanent materials and be anchored to the parking lot surface to prevent them from moving in wind. Cart corrals shall not exceed 10 feet in width and 36 feet in length. Cart corrals shall be maintained in good condition and shall not have commercial signs affixed to them.
Land Use | Parking Types | |
|---|---|---|
Employee and Tenant Parking | Visitor, Client, and Customer Parking | |
Commercial and Service Uses |
|
|
amusement park | 1 space per employee on the largest shift | 84.5 spaces per acre |
automobile oriented business | see specific uses below | see specific uses below |
automobile accessory installation | 1 space per employee on the largest shift | 2 spaces per bay |
automobile body shop | 1 space per employee on the largest shift | 2 spaces per bay |
automobile gas station | 1 space per employee on the largest shift | 1 space per 300 sq. ft. of floor area |
automobile oil change facility | 1 space per employee on the largest shift | 2 spaces per bay |
automobile parts sales | 1 space per employee on the largest shift | 1 space per 300 sq. ft. of floor area |
automobile rental | 2 spaces per employee on the largest shift | — |
automobile repair or service station | 1 space per employee on the largest shift | 2 spaces per bay |
automobile wash | 1 space per employee on the largest shift | 2 spaces per bay |
bank machine or ATM | — | 2 spaces per ATM |
banquet hall | — | 1 space per 3 persons of maximum occupancy |
bar or tavern | — | 1 space per 3 persons of maximum occupancy |
barber or beauty shop | — | 3 spaces per chair |
billiard or arcade room | — | 1 space per 300 sq. ft. of floor area |
bowling alley | — | 4 spaces per lane |
campground | — | 1.5 spaces per campsite |
club or lodge | — | 1 space per 3 persons of maximum occupancy |
coffee shop | — | 1 space per 3 seats |
coin laundry | — | 1 space per 300 sq. ft. floor area |
commercial training facility or school | — | 1 space per student of maximum occupancy |
country club | — | 1 space per 3 persons of maximum occupancy |
dance or night club | — | 1 space per 3 persons of maximum occupancy |
day care, adult | — | 1 space per 4 persons of licensed capacity |
day care, child | — | 1 space per 4 persons of licensed capacity |
delicatessen | — | 1 space per 3 seats |
driving range | — | 2 spaces per 3 tee boxes |
dry cleaner | — | 3 spaces plus 1 space per 300 sq. ft. of floor area accessible to the public |
fitness center or health club | — | 1 space per 300 sq. ft. of floor area |
funeral home or mortuary | — | 1 space per 4 seats |
golf course | — | 20 spaces per 9 holes |
health spa or day spa | — | 3 spaces per spa suite |
hotel or motel | 1 space per employee on the largest shift | 1 space per unit |
ice cream shop | — | 1 space per 3 seats |
kennel | — | 1 space per 5 pet accommodation spaces |
marina | — | 1 space per 300 sq. ft. of floor area |
miniature golf | — | 20 spaces per 18-hole course |
movie theater | — | 1 space per 4 seats |
office, construction trade | 1 space per employee on the largest shift | — |
office, design services | — | 1 space per 300 sq. ft. of floor area |
office, financial services | — | 1 space per 300 sq. ft. of floor area |
office, general services | — | 1 space per 300 sq. ft. of floor area |
office, medical | — | 4 spaces per treatment room |
paintball facility | — | 10 spaces per court or field |
photographic studio | — | 3 spaces per studio |
race track | — | 1 space per 3 seats |
recreation center or play center | — | 1 space per 300 sq. ft. of floor area |
restaurant | 1 space per employee on the largest shift | 1 space per 300 sq. ft. of floor area |
shooting range | — | 2 spaces per target |
skating rink | — | 1 space per 300 sq. ft. of floor area |
sports complex | — | 20 spaces per field or court |
sports complex (indoor) | — | 20 spaces per field or court |
sports field | — | 20 spaces per field or court |
stable, commercial | — | 2 spaces per stable |
studio arts | — | 1 space per 300 sq. ft. of floor area |
swimming pool | — | 1 space per 75 sq. ft. of water surface |
tailor or pressing shop | — | 1 space per 300 sq. ft. of floor area |
tanning salon | — | 1.5 spaces per bed |
tattoo or piercing parlor | — | 1.5 spaces per chair |
type 1 retail, very low intensity | — | 1 space per 300 sq. ft. of floor area |
type 2 retail, low intensity | — | 1 space per 300 sq. ft. of floor area |
type 3 retail, medium intensity | — | 1 space per 300 sq. ft. of floor area |
type 4 retail, high intensity | — | 1 space per 300 sq. ft. of floor area |
type 5 retail, very high intensity | — | 1 space per 300 sq. ft. of floor area |
type 6 retail, special handling | see specific use below | see specific use below |
fireworks sales | — | 1 space per 300 sq. ft. of floor area |
gun sales | — | 1 space per 300 sq. ft. of floor area |
hunting store | — | 1 space per 300 sq. ft. of floor area |
manufactured home sales | 1 space per employee on the largest shift | 1 space per 500 sq. ft. of showroom space |
recreational vehicle or watercraft sales | 1 space per employee on the largest shift | 1 space per 500 sq. ft. of showroom space |
semi tractor-trailer sales | 1 space per employee on the largest shift | 1 space per 500 sq. ft. of showroom space |
tools or heavy equipment rental | 2 spaces per employee on the largest shift | — |
watercraft rental | 1 space per employee on the largest shift | 1.5 spaces per every rentable watercraft |
winery | 1 space per employee on the largest shift | 1 space per 300 sq. ft. of floor area accessible to the public |
yacht club | — | 1 space per 3 persons of maximum occupancy |
Industrial Uses |
|
|
assembly | 1 space per employee on the largest shift | 1 visitor space per 10 employees |
construction demolition landfill | 1 space per employee on the largest shift | 1 visitor space per 10 employees |
distribution facility | 1.5 spaces per employee on the largest shift | 1 visitor space per 10 employees |
electrical generation plant | 1 space per employee on the largest shift | 1 visitor space per 10 employees |
flex-space | 1.5 spaces per employee on the largest shift | 1 visitor space per 10 employees |
food production or processing | 1.5 spaces per employee on the largest shift | 1 visitor space per 10 employees |
gravel or sand mining | 1 space per employee on the largest shift | 1 visitor space per 10 employees |
heavy equipment repair | 1 space per employee on the largest shift | 1 visitor space per 5 employees |
heavy manufacturing | 1.5 spaces per employee on the largest shift | 1 visitor space per 10 employees |
incinerator | 1 space per employee on the largest shift | 1 visitor space per 10 employees |
junkyard | 1 space per employee on the largest shift | 1 visitor space per 10 employees |
light manufacturing | 1.5 spaces per employee on the largest shift | 1 visitor space per 10 employees |
liquid fertilizer storage or distribution | 1 space per employee on the largest shift | 1 visitor space per 10 employees |
outdoor storage | 1 space per employee on the largest shift | 1 visitor space per 10 employees |
radio or TV station | 1 space per employee on the largest shift | 1 visitor space per 5 employees |
recycling processing | 1 space per employee on the largest shift | 1 visitor space per 10 employees |
rendering plant | 1 space per employee on the largest shift | 1 visitor space per 10 employees |
research center | 1 space per employee on the largest shift | 1 visitor space per 5 employees |
sanitary landfill or refuse dump | 1 space per employee on the largest shift | 1 visitor space per 10 employees |
scrap metal yard | 1 space per employee on the largest shift | 1 visitor space per 10 employees |
sewage treatment plant | 1 space per employee on the largest shift | 1 visitor space per 10 employees |
sign painting or fabrication | 1 space per employee on the largest shift | 1 visitor space per 5 employees |
storage tank facility | 1 space per employee on the largest shift | 1 visitor space per 10 employees |
telecommunication facility | 2 spaces per facility | — |
testing lab | 1 space per employee on the largest shift | 1 visitor space per 5 employees |
tool and dye shop | 1 space per employee on the largest shift | 1 visitor space per 10 employees |
transfer station | 1 space per employee on the largest shift | 1 visitor space per 10 employees |
utility facility, above-ground |
|
|
electrical generator | 1 space per facility | — |
pipeline pumping station | 1 space per facility | — |
public well | 1 space per facility | — |
telephone exchange | 1 space per facility | — |
utility substation | 1 space per facility | — |
warehouse | 1.5 spaces per employee on the largest shift | 1 visitor space per 10 employees |
warehouse storage facility | 1 space per employee on the largest shift | 1 visitor space per 10 employees |
water treatment plant | 1 space per employee on the largest shift | 1 visitor space per 10 employees |
welding | 1 space per employee on the largest shift | 1 visitor space per 5 employees |
Institutional Uses |
|
|
bus station | — | 8 spaces per bus bay |
cemetery | — | 1 space per 50 grave sites |
child care institution | — | — |
church, temple, or mosque | — | 3 spaces per 7 seats |
community center | — | 1 space per 3 persons at maximum occupancy |
crematory | 1 space per employee on the largest shift | 5 visitor spaces |
government office | — | 1 space per 500 sq. ft. of floor area |
government operation (non-office) | 1 space per employee on the largest shift | — |
hospital | 1.5 spaces per employee on the largest shift | 1 space per bed |
jail | 1 space per employee on the largest shift | 1 space per 8 cells |
juvenile detention facility | 1 space per employee on the largest shift | 1 space per 8 cells |
library, public | — | 1 space per 3 persons at maximum occupancy |
municipal airport or heliport | — | 1 space per 2 emplaning passengers |
museum | — | 1 space per 3 persons at maximum occupancy |
nature center | — | 1 space per 3 persons at maximum occupancy |
park | — | 1 space per acre; 20 spaces per sport court or field |
police, fire or rescue station | 1 space per employee | — |
pool, public | — | 1 space per 75 sq. ft. of water surface |
post office | 1 space per employee on the largest shift | 1 space per 150 sq. ft. accessible to the public |
prison | 1 space per employee on the largest shift | 1 visitor space per 15 cells |
recycling collection point | 1 space per employee on the largest shift | 1 space per collection bin |
school (P – 12) | 1 space per teacher, staff, administrator | 3 spaces per elementary or junior high classroom; 1 space per 10 high school student enrollment capacity; and 1 space per 4 seats in the largest assembly space in the school (based on maximum occupancy) |
skate park | — | 1 space per 500 sq. ft. of skating surface |
trade or business school | 1 space per teacher, staff, administrator | — |
university or college | — | 1 space per 3 students |
Residential Uses |
|
|
assisted living facility | 1 space per employee on the largest shift | 1 space per 3 rooms |
boarding house | 1 space per room | 1 space per 10 rooms |
dwelling, upper floors in DC or NC | 1 space per unit | 1 visitor space per 15 children |
nursing home | 1 space per employee on the largest shift | 1 space per 3 rooms |
[Ord. 1746-2023; Ord. 1286-2008. UDO § 5.60.]
This sign standards section applies to the following zoning districts: PR, AG, AC, ER, R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, TR, LR, MH, UV, IS, NC, DC, C1, C2, HC, I1, I2, I3, HI.
The intent of the sign standards is to accomplish the goals of the Angola Comprehensive Plan; to regulate time, place, and manner characteristics of signs; to avoid the unnecessary proliferation of signs; to provide businesses with appropriate identification; to create a consistent streetscape; to maintain and enhance the aesthetics of the city; to eliminate potential hazards to motorists and pedestrians resulting from sign location, excessive distraction and clutter; and to promote the health, safety, and welfare of the residents of zoning jurisdiction of the City of Angola. The following standards apply:
(A) Freedom of Speech. Any permanent sign or standard temporary sign permitted by the sign standards may be used for freedom of speech purposes for any length of time.
(B) Permits.
(1) Improvement Location Permit. An improvement location permit shall be required for all signs located, erected, constructed, reconstructed, moved, or altered unless otherwise specified in this section.
(2) State Permit. All signs proposed to be located along a state-owned interstate or highway shall obtain the proper state sign permit or written authorization from the Indiana Department of Transportation prior to seeking an improvement location permit.
(3) Easement Holder Approval. All signs proposed to be located within an easement shall obtain written approval from the easement holder for the proposed sign prior to seeking an improvement location permit. For example, a sign proposed within a county legal drain easement shall obtain written approval from the County Drainage Board before applying for an improvement location permit.
(C) Cross-Reference.
(1) Home Businesses. Signs associated with a home business shall be exempt from the sign standards, but shall comply with the standards in AMC 18.160.220 through 18.160.240, Home business standards.
(2) Lighting Standards. When illumination of signs is permitted by this chapter, all illumination and lighting associated with signs shall meet the glare, light trespass, and other standards in AMC 18.160.250, Lighting standards.
(D) Exempt Items. The following items shall be exempt from the sign standards because they are not considered signs and/or are not considered a commercial message (freedom of speech). Therefore, these items are exempt from obtaining an improvement location permit as a sign.
(1) Flags. A flag, pennant, or insignia of any nation, state, city, or other political unit. However, when a flag, pennant, or insignia of any nation, state, city, or other political unit is used as an integral component of a commercial message, it shall comply with the sign standards for the applicable zoning district. (For example, an American flag integrated into a corporation’s brand or logo.)
(2) Outdoor Scoreboard. An outdoor scoreboard used in conjunction with a legally established sport field. However, when the scoreboard is visible from a public street and contains a commercial message, it shall comply with the sign standards for the applicable zoning district.
(3) Addresses. Posting of a street address on a mailbox, building, or other prominent location to provide adequate property identification. However, when a street address is used as a commercial message or is disproportionately large, it shall comply with the sign standards for the applicable zoning district. (For example, the numbers in an address being illustrated with ladders and slides for a store selling children’s play sets, or a commercial property that brands itself by its address and wants its address displayed using numbers six feet tall.)
(4) Public Safety Message. Posting of a public safety or private property message; provided, that no individual posting exceeds the maximum area permitted for a standard temporary sign in the applicable zoning district or four square feet, whichever is greater. (For example, “Beware of Dog,” “Private Property,” “No Trespassing,” “Gas Line,” “Weight Limit,” “Video Surveillance,” and “No Turnaround.”)
(5) Operational Limitations or Information. An outdoor posting of operational limitations and information provided the posting is no larger than necessary for the intended reader, with an absolute limit of four square feet. (For example, hours of operation, admittance requirements, “Employees Only,” “Men’s Restroom,” “Women’s Restroom,” “Visitor Parking,” and “No Deliveries.”)
(6) Required Postings. Messages required by a local agency, state agency, state law, federal agency, federal law, public utility or utility regulated by the government, provided the area of the message and height of posting be the minimum size required by the agency or law. (For example, a gas pipeline marker).
(7) Indoor Commercial Messages. Commercial messages displayed inside a building that cannot be viewed legibly by pedestrians or drivers outside the building. (For example, a commercial message on a scoreboard inside a gymnasium, a wall clock inside a restaurant with a product name and logo, or a large banner with an image of a product mounted on the wall of a retail store.)
(8) Minuscule Commercial Messages. Minuscule commercial messages displayed on or near a primary entrance provided that the area of each minuscule commercial message does not exceed 30 square inches and the cumulative area of all minuscule commercial messages does not exceed 240 square inches per primary entrance. (For example, “Visa,” “Master Card,” “Diner’s Club,” “ATM,” and corporate logos.)
(9) Religious Symbols. Symbol associated with a religion. However, when a religious symbol is used as an integral component of a commercial message, it shall comply with the sign standards for the applicable zoning district. (For example, a Christian cross integrated into a Christian bookstore’s brand or logo.)
(10) Holiday Decorations. Decoration or display associated with a nationally recognized holiday. However, when holiday decorations are used as an integral component of a commercial message, it shall comply with the sign standards for the applicable zoning district. (For example, Christmas tree lights integrated on the façade of a retail store that sells artificial Christmas trees and decorations.)
(11) Murals. Any murals.
(12) Political Campaign Signs. Political campaign signs; provided, that the sign area and duration standards for each sign do not exceed the sign area and duration standards applicable to temporary signs for the applicable zoning district, or if a temporary sign standard does not exist in the applicable zoning district the permanent ground sign maximum sign area shall be used. No limit of quantity shall apply.
(E) Prohibited Signs.
(1) Types.
(a) Animated. Signs that gain attention through animation shall not be permitted, including any of the following:
(i) Flashing signs.
(ii) Signs that emit audible sound, odor, or visible matter.
(iii) Signs that have blinking, flashing, or fluttering lights; or changing light intensity, brightness, or color; or that give such illusion.
(iv) Signs that shoot laser light, cast intense or visible light beams, or cast laser or projector-created light images onto the ground, sidewalk, wall or other visible surface.
(b) Vehicle Signs. Vehicles with signs greater than eight square feet in cumulative area shall not be permitted to be parked for the primary purpose of displaying the sign. Prohibited vehicle signs shall not be construed to include vehicles with signs on them that:
(i) Are lawfully parked overnight or during nonbusiness hours in a discreet location.
(ii) Are making deliveries, sales calls, transporting persons or property, or customary practices relating to operating the business.
(iii) Are used in conjunction with customary construction operations on a construction site.
(c) Lights. Strobe lights, search lights, beacons, or any light or lights that rapidly flash, project light in visible beams skyward, or project light horizontally in a circle shall not be permitted regardless if the light is part of or independent of a sign.
(d) Signs With Moving or Movable Parts. Signs or devices with visibly moving parts, including humans holding or acting as signs, shall not be permitted.
(F) Prohibited Location.
(1) Prohibited. Signs, regardless of type, shall not be permitted in any of the following locations:
(a) Right-of-Way. Signs shall not be permitted in any right-of-way unless authorized by the Board of Public Works and Safety, except as specified in AMC 18.180.060, Downtown commercial.
(b) Poles. Signs shall not be permitted on any traffic control device, street sign, construction sign, or utility pole.
(c) Fences. Signs shall not be permitted on any fence.
(d) Trees. Signs shall not be permitted to be attached to any tree, shrub, or other natural object.
(e) Benches. Signs shall not be permitted to be attached to or integrated into any bench.
(f) Towers. Signs shall not be permitted to be attached to or integrated into any telecommunication antennas, telecommunication tower, television antennas, or similar towers.
(g) Roofs. Signs shall not be permitted to be attached to or be perceived to be attached to the roof of a structure. This provision includes signs integrated into the roofing material.
(h) Fire Safety Obstruction. Signs shall not be permitted on a fire escape or in a manner that substantially blocks view from the right-of-way to a fire door.
(i) Obstructs Circulation. Signs that obstruct or interfere with internal or external safe movement of vehicular or pedestrian traffic shall not be permitted.
(j) Artificial Elevation. Artificially altering the elevation of the ground to improve the height or visibility of a sign shall not be permitted. Likewise, increasing the height of a wall or creating a parapet wall to improve the visibility of a sign shall not be permitted.
(k) Vision Clearance. Signs shall not be permitted in areas prohibited by AMC 18.160.520, Vision clearance standards.
(G) Maintenance. All signs and sign components shall be kept in good repair and in safe, clean, and working condition. If landscaping is required around the base of a sign, it shall be maintained in living condition, consistent in character with the approval, and not overgrown.
(H) Sign Illumination. Any sign that is permitted to be internally or externally illuminated, or a sign which utilizes electronic changeable copy, shall be subject to the light trespass and glare regulations within the lighting standards. Also, when electronic changeable copy is permitted, it shall have a failsafe means to monitor ambient light and automatically dim the electronic message and sign face proportionately as the daylight is lost (e.g., during storms or nightfalls) and maintain that dimmed status until daylight returns. The maximum light from electronic changeable copy source during daylight hours in direct sunlight shall be 4,500 nits. The maximum light from electronic changeable copy source during night time hours shall be 500 nits. All lighted signs shall be at least 300 feet from any existing residential dwelling unit. [Ord. 1746-2023; Ord. 1352-2010; Ord. 1286-2008. UDO § 5.67.]
This sign standards section applies to the following zoning district: AG. The following standards apply:
(A) Permanent Signs.
(1) Wall Signs. Wall signs shall be permitted provided the following conditions are met.
(a) Quantity. One wall sign shall be permitted.
(b) Sign Area. The wall sign area shall not exceed 25 square feet.
(c) Projection. The wall sign shall not project more than four inches from the face of the building to which it is attached.
(d) Illumination. The wall sign shall not be illuminated.
(B) Temporary Signs.
(1) Permits. Temporary signs shall be exempt from obtaining an improvement location permit, but shall comply with applicable standards.
(2) Location. Temporary signs shall be located a minimum of five feet from any right-of-way, edge of pavement, and curb associated with a street or driveway.
(3) Illumination. Temporary signs shall not be illuminated.
(4) Standard Temporary Signs. Standard temporary signs shall be permitted provided the following conditions are met:
(a) Type. A standard temporary sign shall be a yard sign. (Examples of standard temporary signs include sale of property, garage sale, and supporting high school teams.)
(b) Quantity. One standard temporary sign shall be permitted for each street the lot fronts. However, no two standard temporary signs shall be closer than 80 feet to one another.
(c) Sign Area. The sign area for a standard temporary sign shall not exceed six square feet per side.
(d) Height Above Ground. No part of a standard temporary sign shall be more than four feet above the ground.
(e) Duration. A standard temporary sign may stay in place for the duration of the temporary event. The standard temporary sign may be put in place up to five days prior to the temporary event. All standard temporary signs shall be taken down within seven days after the standard temporary sign’s purpose no longer exists.
(5) Special Temporary Signs. Special temporary signs shall be permitted provided the following conditions are met:
(a) Type. Special temporary signs shall include inflatables, banners, streamers, posters, pennants, and the like.
(b) Quantity. One special temporary sign shall be permitted per lot.
(c) Height Above Ground. No part of a special temporary sign shall be more than 15 feet above the ground.
(d) Duration. A special temporary sign may stay in place for seven continuous days, but no lot shall have special temporary signs for more than 14 total days in any calendar year.
(6) Temporary Marker Signs. Temporary marker signs shall only be permitted on a lot having 300 feet or more of street frontage, provided the following conditions are met:
(a) Type. Temporary marker signs shall be yard signs. (An example of a temporary marker sign includes seed signs.)
(b) Quantity. Up to 30 temporary marker signs shall be permitted per lot.
(c) Sign Area. A single temporary marker sign shall not exceed three square feet in sign area per side.
(d) Height Above Ground. No part of a temporary marker sign shall be more than eight feet above the ground.
(e) Duration. A temporary marker sign may stay in place for the duration of the temporary event (e.g., planting through harvest). All temporary marker signs shall be taken down within seven days after the temporary marker sign’s purpose no longer exists. [Ord. 1746-2023; Ord. 1352-2010; Ord. 1286-2008. UDO § 5.68.]
This sign standards section applies to the following zoning districts: ER, R1, R2, R3, TR, LR. The following standards apply:
(A) Permanent Signs. Permanent signs shall not be permitted.
(B) Temporary Signs. Temporary signs shall be permitted as follows:
(1) Permits. Temporary signs shall be exempt from obtaining an improvement location permit, but shall comply with applicable standards.
(2) Location. Temporary signs shall be located a minimum of five feet from any right-of-way, edge of pavement, and curb associated with a street or driveway.
(3) Illumination. Temporary signs shall not be illuminated.
(4) Standard Temporary Signs. Standard temporary signs shall be permitted provided all of the following conditions are met:
(a) Type. A standard temporary sign shall be a yard sign. (Examples of standard temporary signs include sale of property, garage sale, and supporting high school teams.)
(b) Quantity. One standard temporary sign shall be permitted for lots with frontage on one street. Two standard temporary signs shall be permitted for lots with frontage on two or more streets if they have a minimum of 300 feet of combined street frontage. However, no two standard temporary signs shall be closer than 80 feet to one another.
(c) Sign Area. The sign area for a standard temporary sign shall not exceed six square feet per side.
(d) Height Above Ground. No part of a standard temporary sign shall be more than four feet above the ground.
(e) Duration. A standard temporary sign may stay in place for the duration of the temporary event. The standard temporary sign may be put in place up to five days prior to the temporary event. All standard temporary signs shall be taken down within seven days after the standard temporary sign’s purpose no longer exists. [Ord. 1746-2023; Ord. 1352-2010; Ord. 1286-2008. UDO § 5.69.]
This sign standards section applies to the following zoning districts: R4, R5, MH.
(A) Permanent Signs. Permanent signs shall be permitted as follows:
(1) Entry Feature Signs. Entry feature signs shall be permitted provided the following conditions are met:
(a) An entry feature sign for a development with less than 20 dwelling units or dwelling sites shall meet the following conditions:
(i) Type. The entry feature sign shall be a ground sign and may be double-sided.
(ii) Quantity. One entry feature sign shall be permitted per development.
(iii) Sign Area. The sign area of the entry feature sign shall not exceed eight square feet.
(iv) Height Above Ground. No part of an entry feature sign shall be more than four feet above the ground.
(v) Location. The entry feature sign shall be located a minimum of five feet from any right-of-way, edge of pavement, and curb associated with a street or driveway.
(vi) Illumination. The entry feature sign shall not be illuminated.
(vii) Materials. The sign shall be wood, metal, masonry, or other durable materials, and both sides of the entry feature sign shall be finished using the same materials. Landscaping of the entry feature sign is encouraged.
(viii) Maintenance. The entry feature sign shall be maintained by the property owner, an owners’ association, or similar legal entity.
(b) An entry feature sign for a development with 20 or more dwelling units or dwelling sites shall meet the following conditions:
(i) Type. The entry feature sign shall be a ground sign and shall be single-sided.
(ii) Quantity. Two entry feature signs shall be permitted at the main entrance of the development. An additional two entry feature signs shall be permitted if the development has a second vehicular entrance and has 1,000 feet of combined street frontage.
(iii) Sign Area. The sign area for a single entry feature sign shall not exceed 25 square feet for developments with less than 60 dwelling units or dwelling sites; or 40 square feet for developments with 60 or more dwelling units.
(iv) Height Above Ground. No part of an entry feature sign shall be more than six feet above the ground.
(v) Location. The entry feature sign shall be located a minimum of five feet from any right-of-way, edge of pavement, and curb associated with a street or driveway.
(vi) Illumination. The entry feature sign may be illuminated by exterior ground lighting.
(vii) Materials. Supporting apparatuses of an entry feature sign shall be at least 50 percent brick, stone, or other masonry material. The back side of entry feature signs shall also be finished using the same materials to match the front of the sign. Landscaping of entry feature signs is encouraged.
(viii) Maintenance. Entry feature signs shall be maintained by the property owner, an owners’ association, or similar legal entity.
(B) Temporary Signs.
(1) Permits. Temporary signs shall be exempt from obtaining an improvement location permit, but shall comply with all applicable standards.
(2) Location. Temporary signs shall be located a minimum of five feet from any right-of-way, edge of pavement, and curb associated with a street or driveway.
(3) Illumination. Temporary signs shall not be illuminated.
(4) Standard Temporary Signs. Standard temporary signs shall be permitted provided the following conditions are met:
(a) Type. Standard temporary signs shall be yard signs. (Examples of standard temporary signs include sale of property, garage sale, and supporting high school teams.)
(b) Quantity.
(i) Per Development. One standard temporary sign shall be permitted for developments with frontage on one street. Two standard temporary signs shall be permitted for developments with frontage on two or more streets and 300 feet or more of combined street frontage. However, no two standard temporary signs shall be closer than 80 feet to one another.
(ii) Per Dwelling Site. One standard temporary sign shall be permitted for each dwelling site provided the regulations of the development permit such a sign.
(c) Sign Area. The sign area for a standard temporary sign shall not exceed six square feet per side.
(d) Height Above Ground. No part of a standard temporary sign shall be more than four feet above the ground.
(e) Duration. A standard temporary sign may stay in place for the duration of the temporary event. The standard temporary sign may be put in place up to five days prior to the temporary event. All standard temporary signs shall be taken down within seven days after the standard temporary sign’s purpose no longer exists.
(5) Special Temporary Signs. Special temporary signs shall be permitted provided the following conditions are met:
(a) Type. Special temporary signs shall include inflatables, banners, streamers, posters, pennants, and the like.
(b) Quantity. One special temporary sign shall be permitted per development.
(c) Height above Ground. No part of a special temporary sign shall be more than 15 feet above the ground.
(d) Duration. A special temporary sign may stay in place for seven continuous days, but no more than 30 total days in any calendar year. [Ord. 1746-2023; Ord. 1352-2010; Ord. 1286-2008. UDO § 5.70.]
This sign standards section applies to the following zoning districts: PR, AC, UV, IS, NC. The following standards shall apply:
(A) Project Applicability.
(1) Single-Tenant Building.
(a) Permanent Signs. Wall, ground, awning, window, drive-up menu, display board, and directional device signs shall be permitted for single-tenant buildings provided the conditions specified for single-tenant buildings are met, and the cumulative square footage of all permanent signs does not exceed one square foot of sign area per lineal foot of front façade, or 150 square feet, whichever is less.
(b) Temporary Signs. Standard temporary and special temporary signs shall be permitted for single-tenant buildings provided the conditions specified for single-tenant buildings are met.
(2) Multiple-Tenant Building.
(a) Permanent Signs. Wall, gateway, awning, window, drive-up menu, display board, and directional device signs shall be permitted for multiple-tenant buildings provided the conditions specified for multiple-tenant buildings are met, and the cumulative square footage of all permanent signs does not exceed one square foot of sign area per lineal foot of front façade.
(b) Temporary Signs. Standard temporary and special temporary signs shall be permitted for multiple-tenant buildings provided the conditions specified for multiple-tenant buildings are met.
(B) Permanent Signs. Permanent signs shall be permitted as follows:
(1) Wall Signs. Wall signs shall be permitted on single-tenant buildings and multiple-tenant buildings provided the following conditions are met. All wall signs shall count toward the maximum cumulative square footage for permanent signs.
Wall Signs | Single-Tenant Building | Multiple-Tenant Building |
|---|---|---|
Maximum Quantity | 1 per side of building, not to exceed 3 | 1 per tenant space |
Maximum Sign Area | 1 square foot per lineal foot of front façade; maximum of 65 square feet | 1 square foot per lineal foot of front façade; maximum of 40 square feet |
Changeable Copy Ratio | 50% of the sign area may be changeable copy | 50% of the sign area may be changeable copy |
Maximum Projection from Building | 8 inches | 8 inches |
(a) Changeable Copy. If changeable copy is used, it shall be an integrated component of the sign and shall only include cyclical or static messages, regardless if the sign is capable of flashing messages.
(b) Illumination. Wall signs on single-tenant buildings and multiple-tenant buildings may be illuminated internally or by externally mounted lights.
(c) Multiple-Tenant Building Consistency. The sign envelope that tenants may use and the regulations to maintain consistent sign appearance shall be identified during the permitting process. The sign envelope shall not exceed 150 percent of the allowable wall sign area for each tenant space.
(2) Ground Signs. Ground signs shall be permitted on single-tenant buildings provided the following conditions are met. (See subsection (B)(3) of this section, Gateway Signs, for multiple-tenant buildings). All ground signs shall be counted toward the maximum cumulative square footage for permanent signs.
Ground Sign | Single-Tenant Building | Multiple-Tenant Building |
|---|---|---|
Maximum Quantity | 1; or 2 for corner lots with a minimum of 150 feet of combined street frontage | not permitted |
Maximum Sign Area | 1 square foot per lineal foot of front façade; maximum of 36 square feet | not permitted |
Changeable Copy Ratio | 80% of sign area may be changeable copy | not permitted |
Height above Ground | 6 feet maximum | not permitted |
(a) Double-Sided. If a ground sign has two identical sides, back to back, only one side’s area counts toward the maximum cumulative square footage.
(b) Location. A ground sign shall be located a minimum of 10 feet from any existing or proposed right-of-way, edge of pavement, and curb associated with a street or driveway; and a ground sign shall be set back 10 feet from all property lines.
(c) Sign Separation. When two ground signs are permitted on the same lot, they shall be 70 feet or more from one another and located along different street frontages.
(d) Changeable Copy. If changeable copy is used, it shall be an integrated component of the sign and shall only include cyclical or static messages, regardless if the sign is capable of flashing messages.
(e) Illumination. A ground sign may be illuminated internally or by externally mounted ground lighting.
(3) Gateway Signs. Gateway signs shall be permitted for multiple-tenant buildings that have a minimum of six tenants, a minimum of 12,000 square feet of main floor area, and provided the following conditions are met. (See subsection (B)(2) of this section, Ground Signs, for single-tenant buildings). All gateway signs shall be counted toward the maximum cumulative square footage for permanent signs.
Gateway Sign | Single-Tenant Building | Multiple-Tenant Building |
|---|---|---|
Maximum Quantity | not permitted | 1 |
Maximum Overall Sign Area | not permitted | ½ square foot per lineal foot of each tenant’s front façade; maximum of 54 square feet |
Maximum Tenant Sign Area | not permitted | 18 square feet |
Changeable Copy Ratio | not permitted | 50% of sign area may be changeable copy |
Height above Ground | not permitted | 6 feet maximum |
(a) Double-Sided. If a gateway sign has two identical sides, back to back, only one side’s area counts toward the maximum cumulative square footage.
(b) Location. A gateway sign shall be located a minimum of 10 feet from any existing or proposed right-of-way, edge of pavement, and curb associated with a street or driveway; and a gateway sign shall be set back 10 feet from all property lines.
(c) Changeable Copy. If changeable copy is used, it shall be an integrated component of the sign and shall only include cyclical or static messages, regardless if the sign is capable of flashing messages.
(d) Illumination. A gateway sign may be illuminated internally or by exterior mounted ground lighting.
(4) Awning Signs. Awning signs shall be permitted on single-tenant buildings and multiple-tenant buildings provided the following conditions are met. All awning signs shall be counted toward the maximum cumulative square footage for permanent signs.
Awning Sign | Single-Tenant Building | Multiple-Tenant Building |
|---|---|---|
Maximum Quantity | 2 | 1 per tenant |
Maximum Sign Area | 20 square feet total | 20 square feet per tenant |
Maximum Projection from Building | 6 feet | 6 feet |
(a) Illumination. Awning signs on single-tenant buildings and multiple-tenant buildings may be illuminated with externally mounted lights, but shall not be illuminated with backlighting.
(5) Window Signs. Window signs shall be permitted on single-tenant buildings and multiple-tenant buildings provided the following conditions are met. All window signs shall be counted toward the maximum cumulative square footage for permanent signs.
Window Sign | Single-Tenant Building | Multiple-Tenant Building |
|---|---|---|
Maximum Quantity | no limit | no limit |
Maximum Sign Area | 20 square feet per window | 20 square feet per window |
Height above Ground | 14 feet maximum | 14 feet maximum |
(6) Drive-Up Menu Sign. Drive-up menu signs shall be permitted for single-tenant buildings and multiple-tenant buildings provided the lot has a permitted, operable, and in-use drive-up window and provided the following conditions are met. Drive-up window menu signs shall not count toward the maximum cumulative square footage for permanent signs.
Drive-Up Window Menu Sign | Single-Tenant Building | Multiple-Tenant Building |
|---|---|---|
Maximum Quantity | 2 | 1 per tenant with a drive-up window |
Maximum Sign Area | 20 square feet total | 20 square feet total |
Height above Ground | 7 feet maximum | 7 feet maximum |
(a) Design. A drive-up menu sign shall be single-sided.
(b) Location. A drive-up menu sign shall be located in the drive-up window lane, and the sign face shall not be conspicuously visible from the right-of-way.
(c) Illumination. Drive-up menu signs may be illuminated internally or by externally mounted lights.
(7) Display Board Signs. Display board signs shall be permitted on single-tenant and multiple-tenant buildings provided the following conditions are met. (Examples of display board signs include permanently affixed bulletin boards or encased display boards for posting of menus, specials, events, performances, and other temporary postings.) Display board signs shall be counted toward the maximum cumulative square footage for permanent signs.
Display Board Signs | Single-Tenant Building | Multiple-Tenant Building |
|---|---|---|
Maximum Quantity | 1 | 1 per tenant |
Maximum Sign Area | 40 square feet | 20 square feet per tenant |
Height above Ground | 7 feet maximum | 7 feet maximum |
(a) Design. The display board sign shall be framed with wood, metal, or other durable material and be permanently attached to the building; or be a designated window on the building.
(b) Postings. Postings on the display board sign shall not exceed the size of the display board sign. Postings shall not be required to obtain any type of permit.
(8) Directional Device Signs. Directional device signs shall be permitted for single-tenant buildings and multiple-tenant buildings provided the following conditions are met. Directional device signs shall not count toward the maximum cumulative square footage for permanent signs.
(a) Directional device signs may only be used to indicate vehicular points of entry or exit.
(b) Directional device signs shall not exceed three square feet in area per side per entrance. Up to 40 percent of the sign area may be a corporate logo.
(c) Directional device signs shall not exceed 36 inches in height.
(d) Directional device signs may be internally illuminated, but shall not be illuminated with externally mounted lights.
(e) Directional device signs shall not interfere with safe vehicular or pedestrian traffic circulation, obstruct the view of drivers entering or exiting, or be placed within a right-of-way.
(f) No more than two directional device signs shall be used per street frontage, and no more than four directional device signs shall be used per lot.
(9) Wayfinding System Signs. Wayfinding systems may be permitted, in place of directional device signs, for large institutions that encompass multiple lots or many buildings, provided the following conditions are met. Wayfinding systems shall not count toward the maximum cumulative square footage for permanent signs.
(a) Wayfinding systems shall be used to direct vehicular and pedestrian traffic to specific destinations.
(b) Wayfinding systems shall be required to have signs of consistent size, scale, and appearance.
(c) Proposals for wayfinding systems shall be reviewed and approved at the discretion of the Zoning Administrator. The Zoning Administrator may take into account the need for the wayfinding system, the size and complexity of the development, quantity and location of signs, number of entrances and exits, and the appearance of signs.
(C) Temporary Signs. Any combination of standard temporary and special temporary signs shall be permitted for single-tenant buildings and multiple-tenant buildings provided the following conditions are met:
(1) Permits. Temporary signs shall be exempt from obtaining an improvement location permit, but shall comply with applicable standards.
(2) Location. Temporary signs shall be located a minimum of five feet from any right-of-way, edge of pavement, and curb associated with a street or driveway.
(3) Illumination. Temporary signs shall not be illuminated.
(4) Standard Temporary Signs. Standard temporary signs shall be permitted provided the following conditions are met. The following conditions apply to single-tenant buildings and multiple-tenant buildings unless otherwise specified:
(a) Type. A standard temporary sign shall be a yard sign or a window panel. (Examples of standard temporary signs include sale of property, special sale, and special offer signs.)
(b) Quantity.
(i) Single-Tenant Buildings. One standard temporary sign shall be permitted for each lot, except for corner lots. Two standard temporary signs shall be permitted for corner lots that have 150 feet or more of combined street frontage. However, standard temporary signs shall be located at least 80 feet from one another.
(ii) Multiple-Tenant Buildings. One standard temporary sign shall be permitted for each tenant.
(c) Sign Area. The sign area for a standard temporary sign shall not exceed six square feet per side.
(d) Height Above Ground. No part of a standard temporary sign shall be more than five feet above the ground unless the standard temporary sign is in a first floor window.
(e) Duration. A standard temporary sign may stay in place for the duration of the temporary event. The standard temporary sign may be put in place up to five days prior to the temporary event. All standard temporary signs shall be taken down within seven days after the standard temporary sign’s purpose no longer exists.
(5) Special Temporary Signs. Special temporary signs shall be permitted provided the following conditions are met. The following conditions apply to single-tenant buildings and multiple-tenant buildings unless otherwise specified:
(a) Type. Special temporary signs shall include inflatables, banners, streamers, posters, pennants, yard signs, window panels, sandwich boards, self-standing signs, and the like. (Examples of special temporary signs include “now hiring” banner and “welcome home” sign.)
(b) Quantity.
(i) Single-Tenant Buildings. One special temporary sign shall be permitted at any one time for a lot.
(ii) Multiple-Tenant Buildings. One special temporary sign shall be permitted for each tenant.
(c) Height Above Ground. A special temporary sign shall not exceed 15 feet above the ground.
(d) Duration. A special temporary sign may stay in place for seven continuous days, no more than four times in any calendar year.
(e) Disqualification. Any lot with a permanent sign with changeable copy shall not qualify for a special temporary sign. [Ord. 1746-2023; Ord. 1352-2010; Ord. 1286-2008. UDO § 5.71.]
This sign standards section applies to the following zoning districts: DC. The following standards shall apply:
(A) Project Applicability.
(1) Single-Tenant Building.
(a) Permanent Signs. Wall, ground, awning, window, drive-up menu, display board, and directional device signs shall be permitted for single-tenant buildings provided the conditions specified for single-tenant buildings are met, and the cumulative square footage of all permanent signs does not exceed two square feet of sign area per lineal foot of front façade, or 150 square feet, whichever is less.
(b) Temporary Signs. Standard temporary and special temporary signs shall be permitted for single-tenant buildings provided the conditions specified for single-tenant buildings are met.
(2) Multiple-Tenant Building.
(a) Permanent Signs. Wall, gateway, awning, window, drive-up menu, display board, and directional device signs shall be permitted for multiple-tenant buildings provided the conditions specified for multiple-tenant buildings are met, and the cumulative square footage of all permanent signs does not exceed two square feet of sign area per lineal foot of front façade.
(b) Temporary Signs. Standard temporary and special temporary signs shall be permitted for multiple-tenant buildings provided the conditions specified for multiple-tenant buildings are met.
(B) Permanent Signs. Permanent signs shall be permitted as follows:
(1) Wall Signs. Wall signs shall be permitted on single-tenant buildings and multiple-tenant buildings provided the following conditions are met. All wall signs shall count toward the maximum cumulative square footage for permanent signs.
Wall Signs | Single-Tenant Building | Multiple-Tenant Building |
|---|---|---|
Maximum Quantity | 1 per side of building, not to exceed 3 | 1 per tenant space |
Maximum Sign Area | 2 square feet of sign area per lineal foot of front façade; maximum of 85 square feet on front façade and 25 square feet each on side or rear façades | 2 square feet of sign area per lineal foot of front tenant façade; maximum of 60 square feet per tenant on front façade and 25 square feet per tenant each on side or rear façades |
Changeable Copy Ratio | not permitted | not permitted |
Maximum Projection from Building | 8 inches | 8 inches |
(a) Changeable Copy. Changeable copy shall not be permitted.
(b) Illumination. Wall signs on single-tenant buildings and multiple-tenant buildings may be illuminated internally or by externally mounted lights.
(c) Multiple-Tenant Building Consistency. The sign envelope that tenants may use and the regulations to maintain consistent sign appearance shall be identified during the permitting process. The sign envelope shall not exceed 150 percent of the allowable wall sign area for each tenant space.
(2) Projecting Signs. Projecting signs shall be permitted on single-tenant and multiple-tenant buildings provided the following conditions are met. All projecting signs shall be counted toward the maximum cumulative square footage for permanent signs.
Projecting Sign | Single-Tenant Building | Multiple-Tenant Building |
|---|---|---|
Maximum Quantity | 1; or 2 for corner buildings | 1 per each tenant space with 20 lineal feet of front façade |
Maximum Sign Area | 20 square feet total | 14 square feet per tenant sign |
Changeable Copy Ratio | not permitted | not permitted |
Height above Ground | 8 feet minimum; 14 feet maximum | 8 feet minimum; 14 feet maximum |
(a) Double-Sided. If a projecting sign has two identical sides, back to back, only one side’s area counts toward the maximum cumulative square footage.
(b) Location. A projecting sign shall be located within 10 feet of the center of the primary entrance.
(c) Projection. Projecting signs and all supporting apparatuses of projecting signs shall not project more than eight feet from the building façade. However, a projecting sign shall be at least two feet from a curb or driving surface. In some cases, a projecting sign may encroach in the right-of-way which is owned by the Board of Public Works and Safety. The Board of Public Works and Safety generally approves these encroachments, but reserves the right to deny any encroachment into the right-of-way.
(d) Sign Separation. No two projecting signs shall be within 20 feet of one another.
(e) Changeable Copy. Changeable copy shall not be permitted.
(f) Illumination. A projecting sign may be illuminated by externally mounted lighting.
(3) Awning Signs. Awning signs shall be permitted on single-tenant buildings and multiple-tenant buildings provided the following conditions are met. All awning signs shall be counted toward the maximum cumulative square footage for permanent signs.
Awning Sign | Single-Tenant Building | Multiple-Tenant Building |
|---|---|---|
Maximum Quantity | 2 | 1 per tenant |
Maximum Sign Area | 20 square feet total | 20 square feet per tenant |
(a) Illumination. Awning signs on single-tenant buildings and multiple-tenant buildings may be illuminated with externally mounted lights, but shall not be illuminated with backlighting.
(b) Projection. Awning signs and all parts of an awning shall not project more than six feet from the building façade. However, an awning shall be at least two feet from a curb or driving surface. In some cases, an awning may encroach into the right-of-way which is controlled by the Board of Public Works and Safety. The Board of Public Works and Safety generally approves these encroachments, but reserves the right to deny any encroachment into the right-of-way.
(4) Window Signs. Window signs shall be permitted on single-tenant buildings and multiple-tenant buildings provided the following conditions are met. All window signs shall be counted toward the maximum cumulative square footage for permanent signs.
Window Sign | Single-Tenant Building | Multiple-Tenant Building |
|---|---|---|
Maximum Quantity | no limit | no limit |
Maximum Sign Area | 20 square feet per window | 20 square feet per window |
Height above Ground | 14 feet maximum | 14 feet maximum |
(5) Display Board Signs. Display board signs shall be permitted on single-tenant and multiple-tenant buildings provided the following conditions are met. (Examples of display board signs include permanently affixed bulletin boards or encased display boards for posting of menus, specials, events, performances, and other temporary postings.) Display board signs shall be counted toward the maximum cumulative square footage for permanent signs.
Display Board Sign | Single-Tenant Building | Multiple-Tenant Building |
|---|---|---|
Maximum Quantity | 1 | 1 per tenant |
Maximum Sign Area | 40 square feet | 20 square feet per tenant |
Height above Ground | 7 feet maximum | 7 feet maximum |
(a) Design. The display board sign shall be framed with wood, metal, or other durable material and be permanently attached to the building; or be a designated window on the building.
(b) Postings. Postings on the display board sign shall not exceed the size of the display board sign. Postings shall not be required to obtain any type of permit.
(6) Tenant Listing Sign. A tenant listing sign shall be permitted for a multiple-tenant building that has tenant spaces on upper floors and a common lobby or stairway. Tenant listing signs shall be counted toward the maximum cumulative square footage for permanent signs.
Tenant Listing Sign | Single-Tenant Building | Multiple-Tenant Building |
|---|---|---|
Maximum Quantity | not permitted | 1 per common lobby or stairway leading to upper floor tenant spaces |
Maximum Sign Area | not permitted | 6 square feet per sign |
Height above Ground | not permitted | 7 feet maximum |
(a) Location. The tenant listing sign shall be fully located within 10 feet of the primary entrance to the common lobby or stairway leading to upper floor tenant spaces.
(7) Directional Device Signs. Directional device signs shall be permitted for single-tenant buildings and multiple-tenant buildings provided the following conditions are met. Directional device signs shall not count toward the maximum cumulative square footage for permanent signs.
(a) Directional device signs may only be used to indicate vehicular points of entry or exit.
(b) Directional device signs shall not exceed three square feet in area per side per entrance. Up to 40 percent of the sign area may be a corporate logo.
(c) Directional device signs shall not exceed 36 inches in height.
(d) Directional device signs may be internally illuminated, but shall not be illuminated by externally mounted lights.
(e) Directional device signs shall not interfere with safe vehicular or pedestrian traffic circulation, obstruct the view of drivers entering or exiting, or be placed within a right-of-way.
(f) No more than two directional device signs shall be used per lot.
(C) Temporary Signs. Any combination of standard temporary and special temporary signs shall be permitted for single-tenant buildings and multiple-tenant buildings provided the following conditions are met:
(1) Permits. Temporary signs shall be exempt from obtaining an improvement location permit, but shall comply with applicable standards.
(2) Location. Temporary signs shall be located on a public or private sidewalk or in a first floor window. However, the placement of a temporary sign shall not constrain a sidewalk to less than five feet of clear way for pedestrians and temporary signs located on a public sidewalk shall be taken inside each day at the close of business.
(3) Illumination. Temporary signs shall not be illuminated.
(4) Standard Temporary Signs. Standard temporary signs shall be permitted provided the following conditions are met. The following conditions apply to single-tenant buildings and multiple-tenant buildings unless otherwise specified:
(a) Type. A standard temporary sign shall be a sandwich board, self-standing sign, or window panel. (Examples of standard temporary signs include sale of property, special sale, and special offer signs.)
(b) Quantity.
(i) Single-Tenant Buildings. One standard temporary sign shall be permitted for each lot, except for corner lots. Two standard temporary signs shall be permitted for corner lots that have a customer entrance on each front façade.
(ii) Multiple-Tenant Buildings. One standard temporary sign shall be permitted for each tenant.
(c) Sign Area. The sign area for a standard temporary sign shall not exceed eight square feet per side.
(d) Height Above Ground. No part of a standard temporary sign shall be more than five feet above the ground unless the standard temporary sign is in a first floor window.
(e) Duration. A standard temporary sign may stay in place for the duration of the temporary event. The standard temporary sign may be put in place up to five days prior to the temporary event. All standard temporary signs shall be taken down within seven days after the standard temporary sign’s purpose no longer exists.
(5) Special Temporary Signs. Special temporary signs shall be permitted provided the following conditions are met. The following conditions apply to single-tenant buildings and multiple-tenant buildings unless otherwise specified.
(a) Type. Special temporary signs shall include inflatables, banners, streamers, posters, pennants, window panels, sandwich boards, self-standing signs, and the like.
(b) Quantity.
(i) Single-Tenant Buildings. One special temporary sign shall be permitted per lot at any one time.
(ii) Multiple-Tenant Buildings. One special temporary sign shall be permitted for each tenant.
(c) Height Above Ground. A special temporary sign shall not exceed 15 feet above the ground.
(d) Duration. A special temporary sign may stay in place for seven continuous days, no more than four times in any calendar year. [Ord. 1746-2023; Ord. 1352-2010; Ord. 1286-2008. UDO § 5.72.]
This sign standards section applies to the following zoning districts: C1, C2. The following standards shall apply:
(A) Project Applicability.
(1) Single-Tenant Building.
(a) Permanent Signs. Wall, ground, awning, window, drive-up menu, display board, and directional device signs shall be permitted for single-tenant buildings, provided the conditions specified for single-tenant buildings are met and the cumulative square footage of all permanent signs does not exceed two and one-half square feet of sign area per lineal foot of front façade.
(b) Temporary Signs. Standard temporary and special temporary signs shall be permitted for single-tenant buildings provided the conditions specified for single-tenant buildings are met.
(2) Multiple-Tenant Building.
(a) Permanent Signs. Wall, gateway, awning, window, drive-up menu, display board, and directional device signs shall be permitted for multiple-tenant buildings, provided the conditions specified for multiple-tenant buildings are met and the cumulative square footage of all permanent signs does not exceed two and one-half square feet of sign area per lineal foot of front façade.
(b) Temporary Signs. Standard temporary and special temporary signs shall be permitted for multiple-tenant buildings provided the conditions specified for multiple-tenant buildings are met.
(B) Permanent Signs. Permanent signs shall be permitted as follows:
(1) Wall Signs. Wall signs shall be permitted on single-tenant buildings and multiple-tenant buildings provided the following conditions are met. All wall signs shall count toward the maximum cumulative square footage for permanent signs.
Wall Signs | Single-Tenant Building | Multiple-Tenant Building |
|---|---|---|
Maximum Quantity | 2 per façade, not to exceed 4 | 1 per tenant space |
Maximum Sign Area | 2 square feet per lineal foot of front façade; maximum of 200 square feet on front façade and 70 square feet on each other façade | 2 square feet per lineal foot of tenant front façade; maximum of 150 square feet on front façade and 50 square feet on each other façade |
Changeable Copy Ratio | 50% of the sign area may be changeable copy | 50% of the sign area may be changeable copy |
Maximum Projection from Building | 12 inches | 12 inches |
(a) Changeable Copy. If changeable copy is used, it shall be an integrated component of the sign and shall only include cyclical or static messages, regardless if the sign is capable of flashing messages.
(b) Illumination. Wall signs on single-tenant buildings and multiple-tenant buildings may be illuminated internally or by externally mounted lights.
(c) Multiple-Tenant Building Consistency. The sign envelope that tenants may use and the regulations to maintain consistent sign appearance shall be identified during the permitting process. The sign envelope shall not exceed 150 percent of the allowable wall sign area for each tenant space.
(2) Ground Signs. Ground signs shall be permitted on single-tenant buildings provided the following conditions are met. (See subsection (B)(3) of this section, Gateway Signs, for multiple-tenant buildings.) All ground signs shall be counted toward the maximum cumulative square footage for permanent signs.
Ground Sign | Single-Tenant Building | Multiple-Tenant Building |
|---|---|---|
Maximum Quantity | 1; or 2 for corner lots with a minimum of 200 feet of combined street frontage | not permitted |
Maximum Sign Area | 1.5 square feet per lineal foot of front façade; maximum 120 square feet | not permitted |
Changeable Copy Ratio | 80% of sign area may be changeable copy | not permitted |
Height above Ground | 8 feet maximum | not permitted |
(a) Double-Sided. If a ground sign has two identical sides, back to back, only one side’s area counts toward the maximum cumulative square footage.
(b) Location. A ground sign shall be located a minimum of 10 feet from any existing or proposed right-of-way, edge of pavement, and curb associated with a street or driveway; and a ground sign shall be set back 10 feet from all property lines.
(c) Sign Separation. When two ground signs are permitted on the same lot, they shall be 70 feet or more from one another and located along different street frontages.
(d) Changeable Copy. If changeable copy is used, it shall be an integrated component of the sign and shall only include cyclical or static messages, regardless if the sign is capable of flashing messages.
(e) Illumination. A ground sign may be illuminated internally or by externally mounted ground lighting.
(3) Gateway Signs. Gateway signs shall be permitted for multiple-tenant buildings that have a minimum of six tenants, a minimum of 12,000 square feet of main floor area, and provided the following conditions are met. (See subsection (B)(2) of this section, Ground Signs, for single-tenant buildings). All gateway signs shall be counted toward the maximum cumulative square footage for permanent signs.
Gateway Sign | Single-Tenant Building | Multiple-Tenant Building |
|---|---|---|
Maximum Quantity | not permitted | 1 |
Maximum Overall Sign Area | not permitted | 1 square foot per lineal foot of front façade; maximum of 160 square feet |
Maximum Tenant Sign Area | not permitted | 50 square feet |
Changeable Copy Ratio | not permitted | 50% of sign area may be changeable copy |
Height above Ground | not permitted | 8 feet maximum |
(a) Double-Sided. If a gateway sign has two identical sides, back to back, only one side’s area counts toward the maximum cumulative square footage.
(b) Location. A gateway sign shall be located a minimum of 10 feet from any existing or proposed right-of-way, edge of pavement, and curb associated with a street or driveway; and a gateway sign shall be set back 10 feet from all property lines.
(c) Changeable Copy. If changeable copy is used, it shall be an integrated component of the sign and shall only include cyclical or static messages, regardless if the sign is capable of flashing messages.
(d) Illumination. A gateway sign may be illuminated internally or by externally mounted ground lighting.
(4) Awning Signs. Awning signs shall be permitted on single-tenant buildings and multiple-tenant buildings provided the following conditions are met. All awning signs shall be counted toward the maximum cumulative square footage for permanent signs.
Awning Sign | Single-Tenant Building | Multiple-Tenant Building |
|---|---|---|
Maximum Quantity | 2 | 1 per tenant |
Maximum Sign Area | 40 square feet total | 30 square feet per tenant |
Maximum Projection from Building | 6 feet | 6 feet |
(a) Illumination. Awning signs on single-tenant buildings and multiple-tenant buildings may be illuminated with externally mounted lights, but shall not be illuminated with backlighting.
(5) Window Signs. Window signs shall be permitted on single-tenant buildings and multiple-tenant buildings provided the following conditions are met. All window signs shall be counted toward the maximum cumulative square footage for permanent signs.
Window Sign | Single-Tenant Building | Multiple-Tenant Building |
|---|---|---|
Maximum Quantity | no limit | no limit |
Maximum Sign Area | 30 square feet per window | 30 square feet per window |
Height above Ground | 14 feet maximum | 14 feet maximum |
(6) Drive-Up Menu Sign. Drive-up menu signs shall be permitted for single-tenant buildings and multiple-tenant buildings provided the lot has a permitted, operable, and in-use drive-up window and provided the following conditions are met. Drive-up window menu signs shall not count toward the maximum cumulative square footage for permanent signs.
Drive-Up Window Menu Sign | Single-Tenant Building | Multiple-Tenant Building |
|---|---|---|
Maximum Quantity | 2 | 1 per tenant with drive-up |
Maximum Sign Area | 30 square feet total | 30 square feet per drive-up |
Height above Ground | 7 feet maximum | 7 feet maximum |
(a) Design. A drive-up menu sign shall be single-sided.
(b) Location. A drive-up menu sign shall be located in the drive-up window lane and the sign face shall not be conspicuously visible from the right-of-way.
(c) Illumination. Drive-up menu signs may be illuminated internally or by externally mounted lights.
(7) Display Board Signs. Display board signs shall be permitted on single-tenant and multiple-tenant buildings provided the following conditions are met. (Examples of display board signs include permanently affixed bulletin boards or encased display boards for menus, specials, events, performances, and other temporary postings.) Display board signs shall be counted toward the maximum cumulative square footage for permanent signs.
Display Board Signs | Single-Tenant Building | Multiple-Tenant Building |
|---|---|---|
Maximum Quantity | 1 | 1 per tenant |
Maximum Sign Area | 50 square feet | 20 square feet per tenant |
Height above Ground | 6 feet maximum | 6 feet maximum |
(a) Design. The display board sign shall be framed with wood, metal, or other durable material and be permanently attached to the single-tenant or multiple-tenant building; be a designated window on the single-tenant building; or consist of hardware permanently affixed to the single-tenant or multiple-tenant building for display of a consistent size posting.
(b) Postings. Postings on the display board sign shall not exceed the size of the display board sign. Postings shall not be required to obtain any type of permit.
(8) Directional Device Signs. Directional device signs shall be permitted for single-tenant buildings and multiple-tenant buildings provided the following conditions are met. Directional device signs shall not count toward the maximum cumulative square footage for permanent signs.
(a) Directional device signs may only be used to indicate vehicular points of entry or exit.
(b) Directional device signs shall not exceed three square feet in area per side per entrance. Up to 40 percent of the sign area may be a corporate logo.
(c) Directional device signs shall not exceed 36 inches in height.
(d) Directional device signs may be internally illuminated, but shall not be illuminated with externally mounted lighting.
(e) Directional device signs shall not interfere with safe vehicular or pedestrian traffic circulation, obstruct the view of drivers entering or exiting, or be placed within a right-of-way.
(f) No more than two directional device signs shall be used per street frontage, and no more than four directional device signs shall be used per lot.
(9) Wayfinding System Signs. Wayfinding systems may be permitted, in place of directional device signs, for large developments that encompass multiple lots or many buildings, provided the following conditions are met. Wayfinding systems shall not count toward the maximum cumulative square footage for permanent signs.
(a) Wayfinding systems shall be used to direct vehicular and pedestrian traffic to specific destinations.
(b) Wayfinding systems shall be required to have signs of consistent size, scale, and appearance.
(c) Proposals for wayfinding systems shall be reviewed and approved at the discretion of the Zoning Administrator. The Zoning Administrator may take into account the need for the wayfinding system, the size and complexity of the development, quantity and location of signs, number of entrances and exits, and the appearance of signs.
(C) Temporary Signs. Any combination of standard temporary and special temporary signs shall be permitted for single-tenant buildings and multiple-tenant buildings provided the following conditions are met:
(1) Permits. Temporary signs shall be exempt from obtaining an improvement location permit, but shall comply with applicable standards.
(2) Location. Temporary signs shall be located a minimum of five feet from any right-of-way, edge of pavement, and curb associated with a street or driveway.
(3) Illumination. Temporary signs shall not be illuminated.
(4) Standard Temporary Signs. Standard temporary signs shall be permitted provided the following conditions are met. The following conditions apply to single-tenant buildings and multiple-tenant buildings unless otherwise specified.
(a) Type. A standard temporary sign shall be a sandwich board, self-standing sign, yard sign or a window panel. (Examples of standard temporary signs include sale of property, special sale, and special offer signs.)
(b) Quantity.
(i) Single-Tenant Buildings. One standard temporary sign shall be permitted for each lot, except for corner lots. Two standard temporary signs shall be permitted for corner lots that have 200 feet or more of combined street frontage. However, standard temporary signs shall be located at least 80 feet from one another.
(ii) Multiple-Tenant Buildings. One standard temporary sign shall be permitted for each tenant.
(c) Sign Area. The sign area for a standard temporary sign shall not exceed 16 square feet per side.
(d) Height Above Ground. No part of a standard temporary sign shall be more than five feet above the ground unless the standard temporary sign is in a first floor window.
(e) Duration. A standard temporary sign may stay in place for the duration of the temporary event. The standard temporary sign may be put in place up to five days prior to the temporary event. All standard temporary signs shall be taken down within seven days after the standard temporary sign’s purpose no longer exists.
(5) Special Temporary Signs. Special temporary signs shall be permitted provided the following conditions are met. The following conditions apply to single-tenant buildings and multiple-tenant buildings unless otherwise specified.
(a) Type. Special temporary signs shall include inflatables, banners, streamers, posters, pennants, yard signs, window panels, sandwich boards, self-standing signs, and the like. (Examples of special temporary signs include “now hiring” banner and “welcome home” sign.)
(b) Quantity.
(i) Single-Tenant Buildings. Two special temporary signs shall be permitted at any one time for a lot.
(ii) Multiple-Tenant Buildings. One special temporary sign shall be permitted for each tenant.
(c) Height Above Ground. A special temporary sign shall not exceed 15 feet above the ground.
(d) Duration. A special temporary sign may stay in place for seven continuous days, no more than four times in any calendar year.
(e) Disqualification. Any lot with a permanent sign with changeable copy shall not qualify for a special temporary sign. [Ord. 1746-2023; Ord. 1352-2010; Ord. 1286-2008. UDO § 5.73.]
This sign standards section applies to the following zoning districts: HC. The following standards shall apply:
(A) Project Applicability.
(1) Single-Tenant Building.
(a) Permanent Signs. Wall, ground, awning, window, drive-up menu, display board, and directional device signs shall be permitted for single-tenant buildings provided the conditions specified for single-tenant buildings are met, and the cumulative square footage of all permanent signs does not exceed two and one-half square feet of sign area per lineal foot of front façade, or 350 square feet, whichever is less. A pole sign may also be permitted for single-tenant buildings provided the conditions specified are met.
(b) Temporary Signs. Standard temporary and special temporary signs shall be permitted for single-tenant buildings provided the conditions specified for single-tenant buildings are met.
(2) Multiple-Tenant Building.
(a) Permanent Signs. Wall, gateway, awning, window, drive-up menu, display board, and directional device signs shall be permitted for multiple-tenant buildings, provided the conditions specified for multiple-tenant buildings are met and the cumulative square footage of all permanent signs does not exceed two and one-half square feet of sign area per lineal foot of front façade, but no single tenant shall have more than 350 square feet of sign area. A pole sign may also be permitted for multiple-tenant buildings provided the conditions specified are met.
(b) Temporary Signs. Standard temporary and special temporary signs shall be permitted for multiple-tenant buildings provided the conditions specified for multiple-tenant buildings are met.
(B) Permanent Signs. Permanent signs shall be permitted as follows:
(1) Wall Signs. Wall signs shall be permitted on single-tenant buildings and multiple-tenant buildings provided the following conditions are met. All wall signs shall count toward the maximum cumulative square footage for permanent signs.
Wall Signs | Single-Tenant Building | Multiple-Tenant Building |
|---|---|---|
Maximum Quantity | 2 per façade, not to exceed 4 | 1 per tenant space |
Maximum Sign Area | 2 square feet per lineal foot of front façade; maximum of 200 square feet on front façade and 70 square feet on other façades | 2 square feet per lineal foot of front façade; maximum of 150 square feet on front façade and 50 square feet on other façades |
Changeable Copy Ratio | 50% of the sign area may be changeable copy | 50% of the sign area may be changeable copy |
Maximum Projection from Building | 12 inches | 12 inches |
(a) Changeable Copy. If changeable copy is used, it shall be an integrated component of the sign and shall only include cyclical or static messages, regardless if the sign is capable of flashing messages.
(b) Illumination. Wall signs on single-tenant buildings and multiple-tenant buildings may be illuminated internally or by externally mounted lights.
(c) Multiple-Tenant Building Consistency. The sign envelope that tenants may use and the regulations to maintain consistent sign appearance shall be identified during the permitting process. The sign envelope shall not exceed 150 percent of the allowable wall sign area for each tenant space.
(2) Ground Signs. Ground signs shall be permitted on single-tenant buildings provided the following conditions are met. (See subsection (B)(3) of this section, Gateway Signs, for multiple-tenant buildings). All ground signs shall be counted toward the maximum cumulative square footage for permanent signs.
Ground Sign | Single-Tenant Building | Multiple-Tenant Building |
|---|---|---|
Maximum Quantity | 1; or 2 for corner lots with a minimum of 200 feet of combined street frontage | not permitted |
Maximum Sign Area | 1.5 square feet per lineal foot of front façade; maximum 120 square feet | not permitted |
Changeable Copy Ratio | 80% of sign area may be changeable copy | not permitted |
Height above Ground | 8 feet maximum | not permitted |
(a) Double-Sided. If a ground sign has two identical sides, back to back, only one side’s area counts toward the maximum cumulative square footage.
(b) Location. A ground sign shall be located a minimum of 10 feet from any existing or proposed right-of-way, edge of pavement, and curb associated with a street or driveway; and a ground sign shall be set back 10 feet from all property lines.
(c) Sign Separation. When two ground signs are permitted on the same lot, they shall be 70 feet or more from one another and located along different street frontages.
(d) Changeable Copy. If changeable copy is used, it shall be an integrated component of the sign and shall only include cyclical or static messages, regardless if the sign is capable of flashing messages.
(e) Illumination. A ground sign may be illuminated internally or by externally mounted ground lighting.
(3) Gateway Signs. Gateway signs shall be permitted for multiple-tenant buildings that have a minimum of six tenants, a minimum of 12,000 square feet of main floor area, and provided the following conditions are met. (See subsection (B)(2) of this section, Ground Signs, for single-tenant buildings.) All gateway signs shall be counted toward the maximum cumulative square footage for permanent signs.
Gateway Sign | Single-Tenant Building | Multiple-Tenant Building |
|---|---|---|
Maximum Quantity | not permitted | 1 |
Maximum Overall Sign Area | not permitted | 1 square foot per lineal foot of front façade; maximum of 160 square feet |
Maximum Tenant Sign Area | not permitted | 50 square feet |
Changeable Copy Ratio | not permitted | 50% of sign area may be changeable copy |
Height above Ground | not permitted | 8 feet maximum |
(a) Double-Sided. If a gateway sign has two identical sides, back to back, only one side’s area counts toward the maximum cumulative square footage.
(b) Location. A gateway sign shall be located a minimum of 10 feet from any existing or proposed right-of-way, edge of pavement, and curb associated with a street or driveway; and a gateway sign shall be set back 10 feet from all property lines.
(c) Changeable Copy. If changeable copy is used, it shall be an integrated component of the sign and shall only include cyclical or static messages, regardless if the sign is capable of flashing messages.
(d) Illumination. A gateway sign may be illuminated internally or by exterior mounted ground lighting.
(4) Pole Signs. Pole signs shall be permitted for single-tenant buildings and multiple-tenant buildings provided the majority of the lot is within 500 feet of an interstate right-of-way, a primary structure exists on the lot, and the following conditions are met. Pole signs shall not be counted toward the maximum cumulative square footage for permanent signs.
(a) Quantity.
(i) Single-Tenant Building. One pole sign shall be permitted for each single-tenant building.
(ii) Multiple-Tenant Building. One pole sign shall be permitted for each multiple-tenant building.
(b) Sign Area and Sign Height. Pole signs for single-tenant buildings and multiple-tenant buildings shall meet the following sign area and height above the ground proportions. If a pole sign has identical sides, back to back, only one side’s area counts toward the sign area:
(i) Pole signs with a sign area of 150 square feet or less shall be at least 25 feet above the ground, but no part of the sign shall exceed 35 feet above the ground.
(ii) Pole signs with a sign area greater than 150 square feet but less than 200 square feet shall be at least 30 feet above the ground, but no part of the sign shall exceed 45 feet above the ground.
(iii) Pole signs with a sign area of 200 square feet or more shall be at least 40 feet above the ground, but no part of the sign shall exceed 50 feet above the ground.
(iv) A pole sign shall not have a sign area greater than 225 square feet.
(v) No part of a pole sign shall exceed 50 feet above the ground.
(c) Location. A pole sign shall be located a minimum of 20 feet from any existing or proposed right-of-way, edge of pavement, and curb associated with a street or driveway; and a pole sign shall be set back 20 feet from all property lines.
(d) Changeable Copy. Up to 50 percent of the sign area of a pole sign on a single-tenant building or a multiple-tenant building may be changeable copy. If changeable copy is used, it shall be an integrated component of the sign and shall only include cyclical or static messages, regardless if the sign is capable of flashing messages.
(e) Illumination. A pole sign may be illuminated internally, but shall not be illuminated by externally mounted lights.
(5) Awning Signs. Awning signs shall be permitted on single-tenant buildings and multiple-tenant buildings provided the following conditions are met. All awning signs shall be counted toward the maximum cumulative square footage for permanent signs.
Awning Sign | Single-Tenant Building | Multiple-Tenant Building |
|---|---|---|
Maximum Quantity | 2 | 1 per tenant |
Maximum Sign Area | 40 square feet total | 30 square feet per tenant |
Maximum Projection from Building | 6 feet | 6 feet |
(a) Illumination. Awning signs on single-tenant buildings and multiple-tenant buildings may be illuminated with externally mounted lights, but shall not be illuminated with backlighting.
(6) Window Signs. Window signs shall be permitted on single-tenant buildings and multiple-tenant buildings provided the following conditions are met. All window signs shall be counted toward the maximum cumulative square footage for permanent signs.
Window Sign | Single-Tenant Building | Multiple-Tenant Building |
|---|---|---|
Maximum Quantity | no limit | no limit |
Maximum Sign Area | 30 square feet per window | 30 square feet per window |
Height above Ground | 14 feet maximum | 14 feet maximum |
(7) Drive-Up Menu Sign. Drive-up menu signs shall be permitted for single-tenant buildings and multiple-tenant buildings provided the lot has a permitted, operable, and in-use drive-up window and provided the following conditions are met. Drive-up window menu signs shall not count toward the maximum cumulative square footage for permanent signs.
Drive-Up Window Menu Sign | Single-Tenant Building | Multiple-Tenant Building |
|---|---|---|
Maximum Quantity | 2 | 1 per tenant with drive-up window |
Maximum Sign Area | 30 square feet total | 30 square feet per drive-up window |
Height above Ground | 7 feet maximum | 7 feet maximum |
(a) Design. A drive-up menu sign shall be single-sided.
(b) Location. A drive-up menu sign shall be located in the drive-up window lane and the sign face shall not be conspicuously visible from the right-of-way.
(c) Illumination. Drive-up menu signs may be illuminated internally or by externally mounted lights.
(8) Display Board Signs. Display board signs shall be permitted on single-tenant and multiple-tenant buildings provided the following conditions are met. (Examples of display board signs include permanently affixed bulletin boards or encased display boards for posting of menus, specials, events, performances, and other temporary postings.) Display board signs shall be counted toward the maximum cumulative square footage for permanent signs.
Display Board Signs | Single-Tenant Building | Multiple-Tenant Building |
|---|---|---|
Maximum Quantity | 1 | 1 per tenant |
Maximum Sign Area | 50 square feet | 20 square feet per tenant |
Height above Ground | 6 feet maximum | 6 feet maximum |
(a) Design. The display board sign shall be framed with wood, metal, or other durable material and be permanently attached to the single-tenant or multiple-tenant building; be a designated window on the single-tenant building; or consist of hardware permanently affixed to the single-tenant or multiple-tenant building for display of a consistent size posting.
(b) Postings. Postings on the display board sign shall not exceed the size of the display board sign. Postings shall not be required to obtain any type of permit.
(9) Directional Device Signs. Directional device signs shall be permitted for single-tenant buildings and multiple-tenant buildings provided the following conditions are met. Directional device signs shall not count toward the maximum cumulative square footage for permanent signs.
(a) Directional device signs may only be used to indicate vehicular points of entry or exit.
(b) Directional device signs shall not exceed three square feet in area per side per entrance. Up to 40 percent of the sign area may be a corporate logo.
(c) Directional device signs shall not exceed 36 inches in height.
(d) Directional device signs may be internally illuminated.
(e) Directional device signs shall not interfere with safe vehicular or pedestrian traffic circulation, obstruct the view of drivers entering or exiting, or be placed within a right-of-way.
(f) No more than two directional device signs shall be used per street frontage, and no more than four directional device signs shall be used per lot.
(C) Temporary Signs. Any combination of standard temporary and special temporary signs shall be permitted for single-tenant buildings and multiple-tenant buildings provided the following conditions are met:
(1) Permits. Temporary signs shall be exempt from obtaining an improvement location permit, but shall comply with applicable standards.
(2) Location. Temporary signs shall be located a minimum of five feet from any right-of-way, edge of pavement, and curb associated with a street or driveway.
(3) Illumination. Temporary signs shall not be illuminated.
(4) Standard Temporary Signs. Standard temporary signs shall be permitted provided the following conditions are met. The following conditions apply to single-tenant buildings and multiple-tenant buildings unless otherwise specified:
(a) Type. A standard temporary sign shall be a sandwich board, self-standing sign, yard sign or a window panel. (Examples of standard temporary signs include sale of property, special sale, and special offer signs.)
(b) Quantity.
(i) Single-Tenant Buildings. One standard temporary sign shall be permitted for each lot, except for corner lots. Two standard temporary signs shall be permitted for corner lots that have 200 feet or more of combined street frontage. However, standard temporary signs shall be located at least 80 feet from one another.
(ii) Multiple-Tenant Buildings. One standard temporary sign shall be permitted for each tenant.
(c) Sign Area. The sign area for a standard temporary sign shall not exceed 16 square feet per side.
(d) Height Above Ground. No part of a standard temporary sign shall be more than five feet above the ground unless the standard temporary sign is in a first floor window.
(e) Duration. A standard temporary sign may stay in place for the duration of the temporary event. The standard temporary sign may be put in place up to five days prior to the temporary event. All standard temporary signs shall be taken down within seven days after the standard temporary sign’s purpose no longer exists.
(5) Special Temporary Signs. Special temporary signs shall be permitted provided the following conditions are met. The following conditions apply to single-tenant buildings and multiple-tenant buildings unless otherwise specified:
(a) Type. Special temporary signs shall include inflatables, banners, streamers, posters, pennants, yard signs, window panels, sandwich boards, self-standing signs, and the like. (Examples of special temporary signs include “now hiring” banner and “welcome home” sign.)
(b) Quantity.
(i) Single-Tenant Buildings. Two special temporary signs shall be permitted at any one time for a lot.
(ii) Multiple-Tenant Buildings. One special temporary sign shall be permitted for each tenant.
(c) Height Above Ground. A special temporary sign shall not exceed 15 feet above the ground.
(d) Duration. A special temporary sign may stay in place for seven continuous days, no more than four times in any calendar year.
(e) Disqualification. Any lot with a permanent sign with changeable copy shall not qualify for a special temporary sign. [Ord. 1746-2023; Ord. 1352-2010; Ord. 1286-2008. UDO § 5.74.]
This sign standards section applies to the following zoning districts: I1, I2, I3, HI. The following standards shall apply:
(A) Project Applicability.
(1) Single-Tenant Building.
(a) Permanent Signs. Wall, ground, awning, window, and directional device signs shall be permitted for single-tenant buildings provided the conditions specified for single-tenant buildings are met, and the cumulative square footage of all permanent signs does not exceed two square feet of sign area per lineal foot of front façade, or 250 square feet, whichever is less.
(b) Temporary Signs. Standard temporary and special temporary signs shall be permitted for single-tenant buildings provided the conditions specified for single-tenant buildings are met.
(2) Multiple-Tenant Building.
(a) Permanent Signs. Wall, gateway, awning, window, and directional signs shall be permitted for multiple-tenant buildings provided the conditions specified for multiple-tenant buildings are met, and the cumulative square footage of all permanent signs does not exceed two square feet of sign area per lineal foot of front façade, but no single tenant shall have more than 250 square feet of sign area.
(b) Temporary Signs. Standard temporary and special temporary signs shall be permitted for multiple-tenant buildings provided the conditions specified for multiple-tenant buildings are met.
(B) Permanent Signs. Permanent signs shall be permitted as follows:
(1) Wall Signs. Wall signs shall be permitted on single-tenant buildings and multiple-tenant buildings provided the following conditions are met. All wall signs shall count toward the maximum cumulative square footage for permanent signs.
Wall Signs | Single-Tenant Building | Multiple-Tenant Building |
|---|---|---|
Maximum Quantity | 1 per side of building; not to exceed 3 | 1 per tenant space |
Maximum Sign Area | 1.5 square feet per lineal foot of front façade; maximum of 200 square feet on front façade and 70 square feet on each other façade | 1.5 square feet per lineal foot of front façade; maximum of 150 square feet on front façade and 50 square feet on each other façade |
Changeable Copy Ratio | not permitted | not permitted |
Maximum Projection from Building | 12 inches | 12 inches |
(a) Illumination. Wall signs on single-tenant buildings and multiple-tenant buildings may be illuminated internally or by externally mounted lights.
(b) Multiple-Tenant Building Consistency. The sign envelope that tenants may use and the regulations to maintain consistent sign appearance shall be identified during the permitting process. The sign envelope shall not exceed 150 percent of the allowable wall sign area for each tenant space.
(2) Ground Signs. Ground signs shall be permitted on single-tenant buildings provided the following conditions are met. (See subsection (B)(3) of this section, Gateway Signs, for multiple-tenant buildings). All ground signs shall be counted toward the maximum cumulative square footage for permanent signs.
Ground Sign | Single-Tenant Building | Multiple-Tenant Building |
|---|---|---|
Maximum Quantity | 1; or 2 for corner lots with a minimum of 200 feet of combined street frontage | not permitted |
Maximum Sign Area | 1.5 square feet per lineal foot of front façade; maximum 120 square feet | not permitted |
Changeable Copy Ratio | 80% of sign area may be changeable copy | not permitted |
Height above Ground | 8 feet maximum | not permitted |
(a) Double-Sided. If a ground sign has two identical sides, back to back, only one side’s area counts toward the maximum cumulative square footage.
(b) Location. A ground sign shall be located a minimum of 10 feet from any existing or proposed right-of-way, edge of pavement, and curb associated with a street or driveway; and a ground sign shall be set back 10 feet from all property lines.
(c) Sign Separation. When two ground signs are permitted on the same lot, they shall be 70 feet or more from one another and located along different street frontages.
(d) Changeable Copy. If changeable copy is used, it shall be an integrated component of the sign and shall only include cyclical or static messages, regardless if the sign is capable of flashing messages.
(e) Illumination. A ground sign may be illuminated internally or by externally mounted ground lighting.
(3) Gateway Signs. Gateway signs shall be permitted for multiple-tenant buildings that have a minimum of six tenants, a minimum of 12,000 square feet of main floor area, and provided the following conditions are met. (See subsection (B)(2) of this section, Ground Signs, for single-tenant buildings.) All gateway signs shall be counted toward the maximum cumulative square footage for permanent signs.
Gateway Sign | Single-Tenant Building | Multiple-Tenant Building |
|---|---|---|
Maximum Quantity | not permitted | 1 |
Maximum Overall Sign Area | not permitted | 1 square foot per lineal foot of front façade; maximum of 160 square feet |
Maximum Tenant Sign Area | not permitted | 50 square feet |
Changeable Copy Ratio | not permitted | 50% of sign area may be changeable copy |
Height above Ground | not permitted | 8 feet maximum |
(a) Double-Sided. If a gateway sign has two identical sides, back to back, only one side’s area counts toward the maximum cumulative square footage.
(b) Location. A gateway sign shall be located a minimum of 10 feet from any existing or proposed right-of-way, edge of pavement, and curb associated with a street or driveway; and a gateway sign shall be set back 10 feet from all property lines.
(c) Changeable Copy. If changeable copy is used, it shall be an integrated component of the sign and shall only include cyclical or static messages, regardless if the sign is capable of flashing messages.
(d) Illumination. A gateway sign may be illuminated internally or by externally mounted ground lighting.
(4) Awning Signs. Awning signs shall be permitted on single-tenant buildings and multiple-tenant buildings provided the following conditions are met. All awning signs shall be counted toward the maximum cumulative square footage for permanent signs.
Awning Sign | Single-Tenant Building | Multiple-Tenant Building |
|---|---|---|
Maximum Quantity | 2 | 1 per tenant |
Maximum Sign Area | 40 square feet total | 30 square feet per tenant |
Maximum Projection from Building | 6 feet | 6 feet |
(a) Illumination. Awning signs on single-tenant buildings and multiple-tenant buildings may be illuminated with externally mounted lights, but shall not be illuminated with backlighting.
(5) Window Signs. Window signs shall be permitted on single-tenant buildings and multiple-tenant buildings provided the following conditions are met. All window signs shall be counted toward the maximum cumulative square footage for permanent signs.
Window Sign | Single-Tenant Building | Multiple-Tenant Building |
|---|---|---|
Maximum Quantity | no limit | no limit |
Maximum Sign Area | 30 square feet per window | 30 square feet per window |
Height above Ground | 14 feet maximum | 14 feet maximum |
(6) Directional Device Signs. Directional device signs shall be permitted for single-tenant buildings and multiple-tenant buildings provided the following conditions are met. Directional device signs shall not count toward the maximum cumulative square footage for permanent signs.
(a) Directional device signs may only be used to indicate vehicular points of entry or exit.
(b) Directional device signs shall not exceed three square feet in area per side per entrance. Up to 40 percent of the sign area may be a corporate logo.
(c) Directional device signs shall not exceed 36 inches in height.
(d) Directional device signs may be internally illuminated.
(e) Directional device signs shall not interfere with safe vehicular or pedestrian traffic circulation, obstruct the view of drivers entering or exiting, or be placed within a right-of-way.
(f) No more than two directional device signs shall be used per street frontage, and no more than four directional device signs shall be used per lot.
(C) Temporary Signs. Any combination of standard temporary and special temporary signs shall be permitted for single-tenant buildings and multiple-tenant buildings provided the following conditions are met.
(1) Permits. Temporary signs shall be exempt from obtaining an improvement location permit, but shall comply with applicable standards.
(2) Location. Temporary signs shall be located a minimum of five feet from any right-of-way, edge of pavement, and curb associated with a street or driveway.
(3) Illumination. Temporary signs shall not be illuminated.
(4) Standard Temporary Signs. Standard temporary signs shall be permitted provided the following conditions are met. The following conditions apply to single-tenant buildings and multiple-tenant buildings unless otherwise specified.
(a) Type. A standard temporary sign shall be a sandwich board, self-standing sign, yard sign or a window panel. (Examples of standard temporary signs include sale of property, special sale, and special offer signs.)
(b) Quantity.
(i) Single-Tenant Buildings. One standard temporary sign shall be permitted for each lot, except for corner lots. Two standard temporary signs shall be permitted for corner lots that have 200 feet or more of combined street frontage. However, standard temporary signs shall be located at least 80 feet from one another.
(ii) Multiple-Tenant Buildings. One standard temporary sign shall be permitted for each tenant.
(c) Sign Area. The sign area for a standard temporary sign shall not exceed 16 square feet per side.
(d) Height Above Ground. No part of a standard temporary sign shall be more than five feet above the ground unless the standard temporary sign is in a first floor window.
(e) Duration. A standard temporary sign may stay in place for the duration of the temporary event. The standard temporary sign may be put in place up to five days prior to the temporary event. All standard temporary signs shall be taken down within seven days after the standard temporary sign’s purpose no longer exists.
(5) Special Temporary Signs. Special temporary signs shall be permitted provided the following conditions are met. The following conditions apply to single-tenant buildings and multiple-tenant buildings unless otherwise specified:
(a) Type. Special temporary signs shall include inflatables, banners, streamers, posters, pennants, yard signs, window panels, sandwich boards, self-standing signs, and the like. (Examples of special temporary signs include “now hiring” banner and “welcome home” sign.)
(b) Quantity.
(i) Single-Tenant Buildings. Two special temporary signs shall be permitted at any one time for a lot.
(ii) Multiple-Tenant Buildings. One special temporary sign shall be permitted for each tenant.
(c) Height Above Ground. A special temporary sign shall not exceed 15 feet above the ground.
(d) Duration. A special temporary sign may stay in place for seven continuous days, no more than four times in any calendar year.
(e) Disqualification. Any lot with a permanent sign with changeable copy shall not qualify for a special temporary sign. [Ord. 1746-2023; Ord. 1352-2010; Ord. 1286-2008. UDO § 5.75.]